P. 1
Design Handbook for Schools

Design Handbook for Schools

|Views: 507|Likes:
Published by Gaung Gyi

More info:

Published by: Gaung Gyi on Nov 23, 2012
Copyright:Attribution Non-commercial

Availability:

Read on Scribd mobile: iPhone, iPad and Android.
download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
See more
See less

02/01/2016

pdf

text

original

SCHOOL DESIGN HANDBOOK

EDITION 2006

Research, Innovation & Specifications Unit | Research & Procurement Branch| MOE

Produced by

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording or any other information storage and retrieval systems, without prior permission in writing from the copyright holder. Applications for use of the information within should be addressed to Research & Procurement Branch, Infrastructure & Facility Services Group, Ministry of Education.

Copyright of Ministry of Education 2006

FOREWORD
The Ministry of Education has invested a great deal of resources into

developing its school buildings. Many existing schools have seen their needs and expectations of school educators and students alike.

facilities enlarged, renovated or rebuilt to purposefully fulfil the varying

Today, the design direction for schools is towards innovative, adaptable learning, it is an inarguable fact that the schools serve as important

and flexible learning environments. Being centres of teaching and models of inspiration for our young. Schools’ physical environments, at the same time, serve as the platforms which facilitate their intellectual and physical growth. Thus, it is of concern that our schools be built to be conducive, efficient and easily maintainable.

The collaborative efforts of educators and designers will continue to be helpful in creating desirable spaces to nurture our young. Improvements that are responsive to the changing pedagogical styles will continue to be expected of our school buildings. To assist schools and designers in their tasks, Research & Procurement Branch (RPM) conducted a review of the School Design Handbook and put together existing good practices as well as fresh ideas on school design into this new 2006 edition.

As we resume our journey forward in school design and in garnering

even more learning points, it is hoped that the information herein would help facility planners to design learning environments that will be meaningful and enriching to both educators and students.

Acknowledgement
Our deepest appreciation to the following for their invaluable input :

Subject Specialists
Educational Technology Division, MOE Curriculum Planning & Development Division, MOE Co-Curricular Activities Branch, Education Programmes Division, MOE

Historical Reference
Public Works Department

MOE also sincerely thanks all parties who have contributed and assisted in one way or another in the production of this new edition of The School Design Handbook.

USER’S REFERENCE

Entire Page No. Volume No.

Section No. Section Name

Chapter Name Chapter No. Item No.

Sub-Item No.

Content

Key Point

Revision Series No. / Date

REV-02/MAY 05

SCHOOL DESIGN HANDBOOK
EDITION 2006

Vol. 1

Research, Innovation & Specifications Unit | Research & Procurement Branch| MOE

Produced by

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any

Copyright of Ministry of Education 2006

means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording or any other information storage and retrieval systems, without prior permission in writing from the copyright holder. Applications for use of the information within should be addressed to Research & Procurement Branch, Infrastructure & Facility Services Group, Ministry of Education.

FOREWORD
The Ministry of Education has invested a great deal of resources into

developing its school buildings. Many existing schools have seen their needs and expectations of school educators and students alike.

facilities enlarged, renovated or rebuilt to purposefully fulfil the varying

Today, the design direction for schools is towards innovative, adaptable learning, it is an inarguable fact that the schools serve as important

and flexible learning environments. Being centres of teaching and models of inspiration for our young. Schools’ physical environments, at the same time, serve as the platforms which facilitate their intellectual and physical growth. Thus, it is of concern that our schools be built to be conducive, efficient and easily maintainable.

The collaborative efforts of educators and designers will continue to be helpful in creating desirable spaces to nurture our young. Improvements that are responsive to the changing pedagogical styles will continue to be expected of our school buildings. To assist schools and designers in their tasks, Research & Procurement Branch (RPM) conducted a review of the School Design Handbook and put together existing good practices as well as fresh ideas on school design into this new 2006 edition.

As we resume our journey forward in school design and in garnering

even more learning points, it is hoped that the information herein would help facility planners to design learning environments that will be meaningful and enriching to both educators and students.

School Design Handbook

> GENERAL <

Vol. 1
CONTENTS

1

School Design Philosophy

2

FlexSI Framework and Guideline 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 Overview Design Concepts

The FlexSI Framework

FlexSI Design Provisions

3

Design Considerations 3.1 3.2 3.3 Site Planning Vision Care Introduction

3.4

Safety & Security / Emergency Planning

4

Appendices 4.1 4.2 4.4

4.3 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9

Facilities with Adaptable Multiple Usages Illustration of FAVE Space School White Area (SWA)

Possible Classroom Configurations

External Areas Designed as Learning Spaces

School White Area

Recommendations on Facilities and Finishes for Primary School Facilities Table Secondary School Facilities Table

Space Norms

Master Revision List Index

REV 00 - FEB 06

1 School Design Philosophy .

1 The User Understanding the profile and needs of the user. The other factors also help to determine other special components. visual handicapped etc. with respect to the following.0 2.1-1 SCHOOL DESIGN PHILOSOPHY THE SCHOOL DESIGN PHILOSOPHY The School Design Philosophy embodies the important principles to be addressed in school design and development. the other four factors may contribute towards architectural language provisions required by the school. one that provides one that serves as the platform for the child to aspire towards his goal. REV-00 / FEB 06 . music. secondary or junior college students Gender – all-girls. life sciences etc Population – small capacity. 1. single or doublesession Disability needs – full handicapped. The user is defined by the following terms: • • • • • • Age group – primary. basic handicapped. In whatever form. 2. all-boys or co-educational History – as a school. big capacity. the objective should foster in the designer the need to: • • • • • • Know the User Examine the Function Encourage Flexibility Ensure Maintainability Respond to the Climate Understand the Site 2. The objective is: • To develop the school into a physical environment that is conducive to learning and play.1 1. is important in any building design. and 1.0 VOL.1 The objective can be translated in the form of efficient provisions or in the form of interesting design.2 While the Age Group and Population will affect the scale of the building and building image. stimuli for the child’s mental and physical growth. whether it has an established past or an identity Specialty – whether the school has niche areas or offers special programmes in art.

2 The school ought to also be efficient in its use of resources such as water and energy. Corridors and walkways ought to be sufficiently daylit to minimize dependence on artificial lighting.3 Some ways to achieve flexibility would be to ensure sufficient space and to demarcate appropriate plots for expansion. in view of the need to conserve water and electricity consumption. 4. REV-00 / FEB 06 . are discouraged.1-2 SCHOOL DESIGN PHILOSOPHY One aspect of function that school designs ought to achieve is spatial efficiency. User comfort encompasses factors such as general acoustic treatment. there must be a conscious effort by architects to keep up with the dynamic changes in teaching pedagogy. The operations within the room and the need for particular operations must be addressed and well-catered 3.2 It has been widely acknowledged that one important consideration to addressing such dynamics is through employing flexibility in design.1 3. while user safety includes easy supervision. vision care and good ventilation. easy movement.0 3.3 User safety and comfort is another essential component of functional design. Spaces must be planned with clearly assigned functions.4 Another crucial function of school design is to provide stimulus for the child’s creative development and encourage his appreciation of nature and the outdoors.1 Flexibility In designing the learning environment. 3. Double-volume air conditioning of facilities should be avoided. Lux levels provided are to be suitable for rooms of different usages. to cater for multi-purpose and multisize usage of rooms and to encourage sharing of facilities and integrated learning. 4. 4. Excessive water features. VOL. 3. 1. good ergonomics and careful detailing. like fountains.0 4. Flexibility would prepare the school organization to adjust to new conditions and demands.1 Function for.

also needs to be considered.1 5. curved roofs. 1. 5. and avoiding certain building elements. single loaded corridors cross ventilation To ensure generous fenestration or openings on walls for good Use of glare-proof materials in external areas Use of moisture-resistant materials in areas that are exposed to the weather REV-00 / FEB 06 . e. repair and replacement. 6. carpentry or sanitary fittings. roof gutters which can cause ponding and lead to mosquito breeding. e.2 It is also critical to ensure that the design and assembly of all building and spatial components cater for easy access for maintenance. or discouraging certain building design. 6. especially since 85% of the schools’ built-up areas are naturally ventilated.g. such as 5.g.3 The cost effectiveness of the design component. e.0 6.1 The Climate It is important for architects designing schools to consider Singapore’s tropical climate.0 5. cleaning. curved structures.1-3 SCHOOL DESIGN PHILOSOPHY Maintainability It is necessary to ensure durability and hardiness of areas that are prone to weathering.g. glass. wear and tear and vandalism. This would include discouraging the extensive use of certain materials.1 VOL. captured in the technical specifications and drawings for all types of works. among others. as seen from its life period.2 Some of the ways to address the heat and humidity of the tropical climate include: • To orientate the front elevation of the buildings in the Northtransmission • • • • • devices South direction to minimize direct solar light and heat To provide effective roof overhangs to function as sunshading To introduce more balconies. This aspect of maintainability should be roofing. metal and ironmongery.

detailing.0 The Site VOL.3 The appropriate location of green spaces and covered spaces 7.4 The orientation of the building blocks in relation to the climate 8. frontage). traffic conditions and other users). 1.0 Conclusion The encapsulation of all the above as a set of design philosophy serves to guide all parties in the process of planning.1 7.2 How the buildings should be laid out in terms of massing and height • • • whether the arrangement obstructs the neighbouring building whether it blends in with the general surrounding whether it affects areas reserved for future expansion 7. The site also has critical relationship with its neighbours (surrounding buildings. adequate facilities to meet educational needs in the best possible way. choice of architectural style and image for the school building. orientation.1 Zoning within the site • • • whether the buildings grouped together have compatible uses where the quieter facilities should be located compared with the surrounding where the noisier activities should be housed 7. This is to ensure that our schools continue to have REV-00 / FEB 06 .1-4 SCHOOL DESIGN PHILOSOPHY The site bears topographical features (land form and levels) and a physical boundary (shape. These serve as pointers that can be used to establish the following: 7.

2 FlexSI Framework and Guideline 2.2 Design Concepts 2.4 FlexSI Design Provisions .3 The FlexSI Framework 2.1 Overview 2.

1. FLEXSI 2.1-1 OVERVIEW 1.2 Objective The new framework will allow primary and secondary schools to design their building infrastructure so that it is sufficiently flexible to adapt to varying as schools embark on new developments in pedagogy.3 REV-00 / FEB 06 . multiple functionalities and cater for future expansions 1. and to create flexible learning spaces and facilities that are sufficiently adaptable in order to support new pedagogies that will better engage our students in learning. Design Concepts for Functional Flexibility The FlexSI framework proposes for school infrastructure to be designed to achieve the following: a) b) c) Modular Flexibility for Classroom Sizes / Dimensions Facilities with Adaptable Multiple Usages Design of External Areas as Learning Spaces classroom capacities.1 VOL.0 Overview of the Flexible School Infrastructure (FLEX SI) 1.1 The FlexSI Concept The Flexible School Infrastructure (FlexSI) was conceptualised to allow our school leaders more autonomy on the design of their schools.

for independent learning. b) Another possibility is to use mobile partition screens within the classroom space. so that they can engage students in differentsized group activities. schools can choose to vary the size of a classroom in modules of 45 m2 needed. The screens can be moved around to form enclosures for small group discussions. a school may decide to design classrooms through the choice of the movable walls or some of its classrooms to have foldable walls which can lecture style teaching for certain subjects/classes. When the flexibility is not 2. and allow the When the need arises. there will be some trade-offs in installing foldable walls for this flexibility (compared cost. With modular flexibility. schools can make use of dry wall partitions (gypsum board) instead of solid walls. Modular Flexibility for Classroom Sizes instead of the standard 90 m2.1 Design Concepts Some schools may decide that they need smaller and/or larger classrooms so they can employ different pedagogical approaches.g. FLEXSI 2. However.2-1 DESIGN CONCEPTS 2.1 VOL. or. durability and noise insulation. year-to-year) flexibility. schools can revert to the classrooms’ standard size and capacity.0 2. or to Day to day flexibility using movable partitions be opened to form a big lecture room to enable larger partition a standard classroom into smaller rooms to cater to smaller groups of students with different learning abilities. REV-00 / FEB 06 . c) or to isolate students who need to take private tests. or with the traditional brick wall classrooms) in terms of For medium term (e.2 Schools can also opt for differing levels of flexibility in the partitions: a) For day-to-day flexibility. See Appendix 1 for examples of some classroom flexible classroom configurations. these spaces to be quickly Medium term flexibility using dry wall partitions partitions can be removed without too much difficulty reconfigured.

See REV-00 / FEB 06 . independent or hands-on learning. tilting and rotating to enhance the facility’s flexibility in space.4 Schools wanting to use a facility for multiple functions can consider the use of flexible mechanisms with features such as folding. experiential. canteen space available for group or other activities. See Flexible Mechanisms 2. Some schools relatively less utilized to make them adaptable for alternative or Facilities with Adaptable Multiple Usages 2. Furniture and equipment that can be stacked. sliding.3 Under FlexSI. FLEXSI 2. Such spaces generate exciting and varied Appendix 3 for examples. display and storage capabilities. certain school facilities can be used for multiple currently make use of special teaching areas or rooms which are multiple usages.6 both the areas to be combined into a larger area for activities The effective mode of learning differs from child to child. the Music Room or AV Room could be designed so that it could be converted into a recording studio when the need arises for the school to produce AV recordings. making the Appendix 2 for examples. to enable such as dance or drama practices. One possibility is to have mobile canteen tables so that they can be folded and wheeled away.5 Detachable “plug and play” components such as internet ready IT equipment supplemented by acoustic paneling can also be brought in to enhance infrastructural flexibility for adaptable usage. Furniture & Equipment (F&E) For instance.2-2 DESIGN CONCEPTS 2. Alternatively. purposes other than its intended function. 2. physical experiences to ignite the students’ learning passions.g. modified or wheeled can also be incorporated so that the room can be used for multiple functions such as training. whether interactive. projects. lighting.1 VOL. Facilities or spaces can be configured to meet the needs of the relevant modes. Spaces outside classrooms can especially be exploited as potential learning spaces. outdoor gardens. For e. the Music and AV Rooms could be located next to each other with a flexible partition between them. quizzes and competitions. classroom Designing External Areas as Learning Spaces corridors and foyers can be designed to integrate teaching and learning functions.

FLEXSI 2.1 VOL.3-1 The FlexSI FRAMEWORK 3.0 3.1 The FlexSI Framework The FlexSI framework is represented diagrammatically as follows:Table 1: REV-00 / FEB 06 .

there are overall caps placed on the use of budget.3-2 The FlexSI FRAMEWORK 3. Hence. FLEXSI 2.7 Independent Schools currently have full flexibility in deciding on their facilities. roles and responsibilities and stipulates the major 3.3 In deciding on the design for FlexSI. Caps on Funding 3. it will be provided 95% of the amount.exercise proper stewardship over the management of infrastructure resources to minimize wastages and maximize usage 3. The guideline lays down the guiding principles.2 The FlexSI framework is translated into the following Design Guideline. and may already be provided with a wide range of facilities including lecture theatres and tutorial rooms.6 The remaining schools which have already undergone PRIME and/or will not be undergoing PRIME will be able to leverage on School. If an Aided school is selected as a FlexSI Pilot 3.4 Under the guideline. provided. Schools. the FlexSI Fund. and provide them with more ideas on how they can make No extra funding will be REV-00 / FEB 06 . schools should be guided by the following principles: a) Guiding Principles Spirit of Learning – the purpose is to promote learning b) Safety . the built-up area (both Nett Floor Area and Gross Floor Area) and the school’s design provisions as follows: Caps on FlexSI provisions 3. and funding. the FlexSI framework will only serve as a guide to Independent their infrastructure more flexible.5 Schools that are undergoing PRIME can capitalize on the budget for upgrading to re-think their learning needs and build the school that can best support their vision for learning. caps infrastructural provisions for schools.user safety must not be compromised at all times c) Sustainability - plan for sustainability and maintainability of the facilities over the longer term d) Stewardship .1 VOL.

requests for additional IT points and equipment.10 IT proposals. Caps on Areas 3.5 m2 respectively. FLEXSI 2. 3. are already made available under the existing IT grant.11 FlexSI proposals that would result in significant recurrent costs are to be carefully considered and schools have to ensure their sustainability within their existing recurrent votes. limits are set on grouped areas such as the School White Area (SWA) and FAVE space.13 Containers or any other forms of temporary structures are not allowed to be used in the implementation of FlexSI. the provision of air-conditioning to facilities to make them possible for multiple usages would incur substantial running costs.12 Designs under the FlexSI concept must not be ostentatious and any aesthetic embellishments to the intended proposal must be excluded. the total NFAs not to be exceeded are 8878 m2 and 11682.g.3-3 The FlexSI FRAMEWORK 3. and 1110 m2 for secondary school (taken from 10% of the standard circulation area). e.1 VOL. 3. 3.9 Within the given NFA. In primary and secondary schools. REV-00 / FEB 06 .g. are to be catered for outside of the FlexSI design package as these Caps on Other Provisions 3. E. caps are placed on the total Nett Floor Area (NFA) per school. Proposals for SWA shall not exceed 15% of the total NFA while proposals for FAVE space shall be within 890 m2 for primary school.8 In terms of areas.

Responsibilities including considerations like the school’s profile. The representative each have a part to play in contributing to the ideation levels. their perceived implications on the physical infrastructure. the design consultant it is and the Ministry’s to have the inputs can be captured and taken into the design process. 3.9 Inputs from the various stakeholders of the school can Schools will be engaged in the relevant thinking processes leading to the formulation of the Needs Identification with the help of the design consultant.1 VOL.14 The FlexSI guideline seeks to bring the relevant parties into design collaboration at the beginning stages of planning a new school so school leaders. FLEXSI 2. During the engagement sessions. process. schools should freely express their needs and visions in terms of the pedagogical approaches. For schools. operational needs. culture. to arrive at the Schedule of Accommodation and the proposed school design. identity and REV-00 / FEB 06 . The consultant will consolidate these needs.3-4 The FlexSI FRAMEWORK 3. educational strategies and finally. important Roles representation from the different subject specialisation and user bring added value to the process.

1 The Essential Area lists the basic essential facilities that the school must have to fulfil its basic instructional capabilities.1 VOL. learning spaces.g.Others 4. staff rooms and some rooms for the specialised subjects.4-1 FlexSI DESIGN PROVISIONS 4. The facilities are provided to address basic teaching and learning pedagogical requirements.g. type. namely the Fixed Specifications and the Flexible Specifications: a) “non-negotiable” i.School White Area (SWA) Group 3 .2 The Essential Area is grouped into 2 sub categories.e. It places minimum limits on the size and number of units of each facility. Fixed Specification consists of provisions which are the Fixed Specification administrative facilities such as the general office.0 FlexSI Design Provisions The design provisions details the various facilities to be provided under FlexSI and what the school can decide on in the design of their schools. Adaptable and VErsatile) d) Group 4 . configuration or size. provisions REV-00 / FEB 06 .Essential Area Group 2 . b) Flexible Specification consists of areas which the school has the flexibility in deciding on number. Canteen and Library. FLEXSI 2.“FAVE” Space (Flexible. must be finished according to the minimum specifications provided e. It consists of 4 main groups as listed below: a) b) c) Group 1 . and interior This allows a school greater Flexible Specification flexibility in mixing and matching the different Note that the school must still of the facility e. the conform to the minimum number. Essential Area (Group 1) 4. modular size classrooms and ancillary areas such as the Hall.

3 The School White Area is an existing concept which gives the school autonomy to design or modify certain areas within the as SWA (about 15% of the total nett floor area) into new facilities to school. School White Area (Group 2) 4. 4. FLEXSI 2.8 The Facilities Tables for Primary Schools and Secondary Schools sum up the infrastructural provision to be provided under FlexSI in terms of facility type. These can be found in Appendix 7 and Appendix 8 respectively.6 There is no set limit on the type of spaces that can be annexed for the selected function. finishes and internal provision of the facilities to create new facilities. area. The school can choose to convert those areas designated cater to the school’s special programmes and niche areas. funding and approval authority will remain unchanged. Facilities Tables for Primary and Secondary Schools REV-00 / FEB 06 . the space can be used as we estimate that up to a maximum of 10% of the total of FAVE space is found in Appendix 4. FAVE Spaces can be identified from the school’s circulation areas. field and parade square. FAVE Space (Group 3) 4. number of units.4 Under FlexSI.4-2 FlexSI DESIGN PROVISIONS 4. If modifications to these facilities are specialist in MOE for consideration. An illustration 4.7 The “Others” category provide for mainly external works such as the play courts. schools can submit the proposals to the relevant Others (Group 4) 4. Please refer to the tables on School White Area Component in Appendix 5 and Appendix 6 for the details and recommendations on SWA facilities and provisions. the SWA concept. These facilities have to be provided as specified. FAVE area usage so long as the space fits the design objective of informal learning areas cum circulation space. It can change the existing function.1 VOL. Meanwhile. and unit area. required.5 The “FAVE” concept makes use of “excess” areas that can be aggregated to become useful spaces. circulation/service areas may become FAVE space. Under this concept. and which can remain flexible and available for future expansion needs that the school might not yet envisage.

3 Design Considerations 3.3 Safety & Security / Emergency Planning 3.2 Site Planning 3.4 Vision Care .1 Introduction 3.

They include: • • • Site Planning Safety & Security / Emergency Planning Vision Care School Design Criteria 1.1 VOL. finishes. DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 3. there would be other considerations which schools could review and which consultants could render their expertise on. roof.0 1. facade.1 Introduction This section serves to highlight the important considerations to be followed in school design. internal provisions and fitment and furniture.2 During the design process. REV-00 / FEB 06 . building elements.3 These considerations apply to the design of the physical and spatial layout. These include: • • • Ergonomic design Maintainability Weather protection 1.1-1 INTRODUCTION 1.

The site area should be fairly level without excessive embankment and be free from drainage. 4 .2 Special design features in the building may be able to reduce. many factors that can favourably or adversely 2. eliminate. the unfavourable effects. Site suitability is 2.1 VOL. There are influence the micro environment of the school. inevitable but within acceptable limits.1 2. The elaboration in terms of particular dimensions and technical pointers can be referred to in Vol. the area of the site has to be carefully examined by the architect in terms of feasibility for school development.3 In order to achieve quality design. if not therefore an important aspect to be addressed at the onset of school development. it is necessary to optimise the usage of land In land Site to be regular in shape and well optimised REV-00 / FEB 06 .Chapter 1 (Architectural) of the School Design Handbook.0 Introduction In every building design.2-1 SITE PLANNING 2. as much as possible. should be allowed for.5 Site Area At the inception of design. scarce Singapore. a slightly bigger site area Where site encumbrances are from encumbrances Site area to be free 2. sewerage or road reserve and service lines.4 The following describes the afore-mentioned site factors. They often result in pockets of unusable land.6 Site Configuration Sites of irregular shapes are not ideal for effective utilization of land. DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 3. the surrounding environment has significant impact on the quality of school facilities provided. 2. consideration must be given to the planning criteria outlined by the following site factors: Site Area Site Configuration and Terrain Site Orientation Setback Requirements Zoning and Facilities Layout Site factors to be considered 2.

Deviations from the desired orientation should be addressed in the building design.g. These are largely considerations on zoning include emergency planning. these setbacks help to create good cross ventilation within the site. For e.7 Site Orientation The site configuration with respect to its orientation is important. 2. Schools have areas that need to be secured and accesses to certain facilities need to be restricted. minimizing bottle-neck situations and Facilities Layout to accommodate smooth operations and mass activity Zoning to achieve safety and security REV-00 / FEB 06 .9 Zoning & Facilities Layout The placement of certain types of facilities in relation to other types and the proximity between them usually take into account the functions and operational requirements of those facilities. to be located in the correct orientation.2-2 SITE PLANNING 2. particularly the classroom block(s). Minimise the penetration of sunlight 2. CONSIDERATIONS DESIGN 3. dictated by the facilities layout plan within the school. with the longer facade facing the North-South direction. certain minimum setback distances from the site boundary and clearances between blocks have to be observed. i. This is to minimise the penetration of sunlight and thus solar heat into the building. They affect the spatial flow within the school and influence the conduct of the activities.8 Setback & Spacing Requirements When planning the layout of the various blocks of the school. As the school building is largely naturally-ventilated. This is to provide the school with buffers against noise and distractions (from adjacent traffic or from neighbouring facilities). the Canteen placed next to the Parade Square of Field enables the smooth spillover of mass providing a safe and more comfortable accommodation for the students. A site with good orientation enables the buildings.1 VOL. Other activity between facilities.e.

3. so that they do not pose as safety hazards to the students and staff. must be given due consideration and properly organized to ensure student safety at all times.6 Traffic.4 provided. finishes. in fitment and furniture. Security provisions REV 00 / FEB 06 . as well as building 3. elements and services.8 As schools house a large quantity of assets.0 3. Pedestrian and vehicular traffic 3. in terms of architectural. staff and property. Where differing levels occur between spaces on the It is important to note the profile of students in terms of they normally engage in so as to provide the appropriate and fitment. their physical attributes. M & E services. including IT equipment and confidential materials. tendencies and the kinds of activity scale and design for all areas of building including furniture Student Profile 3. Safety or the physical wellbeing of staff and students must be prioritized over other issues in the design of the building spaces.2 The following highlight the safety pointers for Consultants to emergency planning provisions in a school. note. of various building components such as Installations of building components 3. they need to be wellsecured within the right places and by the appropriate means. When students move in masses. both vehicular and pedestrian.7 Care and precautionary steps need to be exercised in the installations ceilings.3 The design of spaces within the building must take into account the size of the student population and the Mass Accommodation possibility of their mass movement. ramps are preferred. engineering and 3. DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 3. Climatic implications 3. weather protection devices.1 Safety & Security Every school must provide a safe environment for its students. wider corridors and even level flooring are to be same floor.1 VOL.3-1 SAFETY & SECURITY 3.5 The implications of wet weather climate on student safety need to be addressed as our school buildings are largely open to the elements and are mostly naturally-ventilated.

cross ventilation and acceptable air qualities.12 The particular specifications and technical details on all the Vol. the school must be well–prepared to direct and guide its students and staff to areas of safety or to accommodate them in protected facilities within the school. above requirements can be referred to in Chapters 1 & 2 of REV 00 / FEB 06 .10 Thermal comfort and Environmental Health are extended areas of safety that affect the well-being of students and staff. key systems or security alarm systems.9 Certain facilities and areas within the school are out of bounds to students and unauthorized staff.4. Emergency Planning 3. Thermal Comfort Environmental Health and 3. refreshment areas and toilets within the school. Access to these facilities need to be strictly controlled by use of secure locking mechanisms. DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 3. Holding areas must be identified and equipped with Public Address (PA) Systems. Spaces and facilities ought to be designed to ensure good Requirements relating to good hygiene need to be given due consideration at food preparation areas. Controlled Accesses 3.1 VOL.11 In time of emergency.3-2 SAFETY & SECURITY 3.

g. DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 3. the desired vision care objective is to provide for a comfortable level of lighting for the various purposes that may be required during teaching and learning. 4. e.4 There are some possible technical pointers that could affect the vision care requirement of school facilities. Schools can take the effort to promote good eye care habits among students while ensuring students’ vision. These include: Layout of facility in relation to the solar orientation Number and size of window openings Arrangement of students’ seats and work tables in relation to source of light and teaching surfaces e. the school environment is well-catered for the care of its Objective of Vision Care in Facility Planning 4. it is to moderate the intensity of direct light coming from light sources and to minimize the glare that may be reflected off the working surfaces.1 Vision Care Vision care is an important design consideration in the planning of every facility. sunshades. the solar orientation and the design of activities.2 From the technical viewpoint. whiteboard. as well as the vision care implications on these objectives. The environmental impact of light on the facility. must also be evaluated in order to achieve the Implications on Vision Care 4. projection screen Placement of whiteboard / projection screen in relation to the source of light Students’ viewing angles to the teaching surfaces Type of material for whiteboard surface Size of text used on whiteboard and projection screen Type and number of lightings provided Choice of room colour REV-00 / FEB 06 .0 4.4-1 VISION CARE 4.3 Facilities should hence be designed to take into account the full range of lighting needs of the activities conducted within them.1 VOL. At the same time.g. the amount of daylight.

Some of them are highlighted below: can be referred to in Vol.6 Non-air-conditioned rooms shall be orientated with their that the whiteboard receives minimum glare from windows facing the North-South direction.7 Sunshades shall be provided along the windows facing the exterior. not have windows or openings that would allow light to Minimize Glare on Whiteboard surface REV-00 / FEB 06 . the North-South Orientation 4. This is to ensure incoming sunlight.8 The first 2m of the wall perpendicular to the whiteboard shall infiltrate. Chapters 1 & 2 of the School Guidelines on Vision Care 4.1 VOL. DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 3.5 The guidelines on how to address vision care in facility design Design Handbook.4-2 VISION CARE 4. 4. 4. This is to minimize glare on the whiteboard surface.

5 School White Area (SWA) 4.4 Illustration of FAVE Space 4.9 Space Norms .6 Recommendations on Facilities and Finishes for School White Area 4.8 Secondary School Facilities Table 4.2 Facilities with Adaptable Multiple Usages 4.7 Primary School Facilities Table 4.1 Possible Classroom Configurations 4.4 Appendices 4.3 External Areas Designed as Learning Spaces 4.

The enlarged classroom space can be used for lecture-style physical niches are needed to accommodate resource corners within the classroom. Additionally.g. for e. On the other hand. 2 Medium Term Flexibility Compared to solid walls. simply by opening the sliding folding partition in between.1 In this illustration. dry wall partitions will take a shorter time to remove (about 3 days) when a reconfiguration of space is required. both degrees of flexibility have been incorporated: The sliding folding partition allows 2 classrooms to be combined into 1 large teaching on a day-to-day need basis. 3 Sample Configuration 1: Sliding Folding Partition “Lecture” style teaching can be conducted when partition is opened Dry wall partition reconfigured into resource areas 3. the drywall partition in between can be easily removed and reconfigured. when classroom. REV-00 / FEB 06 . for the purpose of medium term flexibility. mobile furniture and equipment (F & E) which can be easily shifted within a facility as well as from room to room can be used.1-1 CLASSROOM CONFIGURATIONS APPENDIX 1. Thus both teachers and students will be able to quickly configure a space to suit their requirements.1 VOL. EXAMPLES OF POSSIBLE CLASSROOM CONFIGURATIONS 1 Day to Day (Immediate) Flexibility Full height operable partitions can be used to reconfigure a space within a short time span of perhaps 10 to 15 minutes. APPENDICES 4.

folding partition and the mobile screen aid to minimize visual distractions for students involved in the small group discussions. The teacher in this case. APPENDICES 4. we can see that the enlarged classroom allows the teacher to explore different pedagogical styles. The partially closed sliding REV-00 / FEB 06 .1 In this illustration. is formally teaching a set of students while at the same time monitoring another set of students seated in small discussion groups.1-2 CLASSROOM CONFIGURATIONS 4 Sample Configuration 2: “Instructional” style teaching being conducted Mobile partition acts as visual screen Small Group discussion 4.1 VOL.

the school can have a smaller Canteen and another café-style eating area near the library. APPENDICES 4. EXAMPLES OF FACILITIES WITH MULTIPLE ADAPTABLE USAGES The photo on the left shows an example of an Indoor Sports Hall with retractable tiered seating neatly flushed against the wall when seating is not required. the tiered seating is pulled out. For example. for other activities.2-1 FACILITIES WITH MULTIPLE ADAPTABLE USAGES APPENDIX 2. These satellite eating spaces provide venues for student interaction and can be used as learning areas outside their classrooms. the chairs and tables can be moved aside.1 VOL. REV-00 / FEB 06 . when there is need for A school can opt to divide Canteen space into several Canteen areas distributed throughout the school. Alternatively. This flexibility allows the Hall to be utilized for multiple functions. When required for other purposes. thus clearing the space seating of an audience. However. as shown in the photo on the right. the school can transform some of its smaller yet open common spaces into the snack bars.

1 VOL. REV-00 / FEB 06 . It can be used for performing arts events as well as for informal group briefings.3-1 EXTERNAL AREAS AS LEARNING SPACES APPENDIX 3. APPENDICES 4. EXAMPLES OF EXTERNAL AREAS DESIGNED AS LEARNING SPACES This is an example of an outdoor amphitheatre. The corridor can be used for other forms of display and become a highly interactive space for learning. The above picture shows a corridor outside the Mother Tongue Language Room which has been modified into a display gallery showcasing the Malay Culture.

REV-00 / FEB 06 . APPENDICES 4. for example. Adaptable and VErsatile) SPACE Before Expansion Corridor Staircase Study Corner “FAVE” space Room Space Room Space After Expansion Corridor Staircase Study Corner “optimized” Room Space enlarged As part of the school design. When a room needs to be enlarged for a larger class size. the FAVE space can then be aggregated together with the existing space within the room. ILLUSTRATION OF “FAVE” (Flexible. FAVE space can be carved out of the circulation areas to serve as informal learning spaces.1 VOL.4-1 FAVE AREAS APPENDIX 4.

by the school.1 ‘School White Area’ (SWA) is a planning concept that allows schools undergoing development greater flexibility in deciding the facilities requirement for the schools’ special programmes and niche areas.1 VOL. the commonly replaced “basic” facilities include the CCA Commonly requested facilities 1. for the architect’s evaluation and MOE’s approval. Performing Arts.6 The overall costs of both ‘basic’ areas and SWA must be within the project budget. hand. The funds for these facilities would be arranged by the 1. whether they pertain to teaching or ancillary facilities that support the schools’ ability-driven programmes and niches. Recommended finishes 1.4 The school submitting proposals for their change request would have to obtain approval through MOE.5-1 SCHOOL WHITE AREA APPENDIX 5: OVERVIEW 1. If there is cost overrun due to new facilities under the SWA. Sports. • • • project cost within the total nett floor area (NFA) of standard facilities and within the approved caps on maintenance and running costs for standard facilities put to use for a minimum period proposal time to take effect of 5 years in order to give the REV-00 / FEB 06 . A complete list is shown in Appendices 6. schools will be asked to fund the extra costs. Approval process 1. Archive and Heritage display. Schools can also refer to a list of recommended finishing for the different facilities as shown in Appendix 6. 1. APPENDICES 4. provision.3 Under the SWA concept. On the other rooms and the Mother Tongue Language rooms.5 Finishes and interior provisions for SWA facilities could be proposed This is to encourage creativity and innovation. 15% to 20% of the standard school nett floor area can be utilised to change the existing standard facilities. or to create new ones that are not found within schools’ standard replacement cost method.7 Schools’ proposal for SWA request must be: • in line with educational needs.2 The more common SWA facilities requested by schools are for various functions including Multi-purpose use. Planning criteria for SWA 1. Dance and Music.

8 The following facilities are not allowed: • • • • • Running tracks and swimming pools .9 For the external areas.1 VOL.5-2 SCHOOL WHITE AREA 1. APPENDICES 4.these would require more land area and are costly to build and maintain Covered car-parks Air-conditioning of classrooms Facilities which are ostentatious or opulent in nature Increase in administrative and personnel areas that are in contradiction to Inter-Ministry guidelines Facilities that are not allowed 1. a Basketball Court and Netball cum Volleyball Court must be retained. REV-00 / FEB 06 . the current provision of a Field. as advised by the Educational Programmes Division.

SCHOOL WHITE AREA FACILITIES IN PRIMARY SCHOOL Basic Facilities Facility Unit (No) 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Total Area (m 2 ) 0 0 90 0 90 90 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 White Area Facilities Unit (No) 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 135 90 90 180 90 90 90 65 24 65 65 195 40 65 Total Area (m 2 ) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Mother Tongue Language Room Mathematics Room Art & Crafts Room Audio Visual Room (A/C) Music Room (A/C) Science Room IT Learning Resource Room (A/C) Meeting Room (A/C) Counselling Room Furniture Store Games Equipment Store CCA Room Pastoral Care Room Health & Fitness Room REV-00 / FEB 06 .6-1 RECOMMENDED SWA FACILITIES APPENDIX 6A. APPENDICES 4.1 VOL.

1 VOL.5 135 45 180 115 200 20 25 24 40 65 72 72 96 72 48 208 20 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Mother Tongue Language Room Humanities Room Humanities Workroom Commerce Room Art & Crafts Room Project Room Casting Room Audio Visual Room (A/C) AV Store IT Learning Resource Room (A/C) Needlework Room Design Room Design Room Store Prefects’ Room Counselling Room Career Guidance Room Meeting Room (A/C) Furniture Store Games Equipment Store CCA Room Health & Fitness Room NCC/NPCC Room Rifle Range Armoury Total Nett Floor Area REV-00 / FEB 06 .5 135 135 45 22. APPENDICES 4.6-2 RECOMMENDED SWA FACILITIES APPENDIX 6B. SCHOOL WHITE AREA FACILITIES IN SECONDARY SCHOOL Basic Facilities Facility (No) 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Unit Total Area (m 2 ) 0 0 0 0 135 0 0 0 0 90 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 225 White Area Facilities (No) 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 2 1 1 Unit Total Area (m 2 ) 135 90 22.

For project work & students' extra school hour activities Used for CCA group activities and meetings For Guzheng music practices For working out on fitness equipment For testing robotics experiments.3 17. includes "playfield" in centre of room that calls for change in standard LAN pt layout For student recreational activities For performances/ seminar/ lectures/ training For conducting school performances. conducting group activity etc. shared between band and choir Storage of school's heritage items Display of school's heritage items Stores informative charts.7 18 Store Room Strong Room REV-00 / FEB 06 .1 Creativity Room Centre of Learning For multi-purpose usage and CCA. for reception. housing of props etc.5 17.1 ITEM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 VOL. software and communication tools on career development.2m high only Wall tiles up to 2. Chinese orchestra and dance practices For practical and theory dance lessons For practical and theory music lessons. refreshments tiles auditorium with above Carpet Tiles For lecture theatre. reference documents. rehearsals.6-3 APPENDIX 6C.2m high only Emulsion Paint Suspended Ceiling Suspended Ceiling Suspended Ceiling Emulsion paint Suspended Ceiling Suspended Ceiling Suspended Ceiling Emulsion paint Suspended ceiling Suspended ceiling Emulsion paint Suspended ceiling Emulsion Paint Suspended ceiling Emulsion paint Suspended ceiling Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Nil Yes Yes Nil Yes Yes Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes Nil Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Master key Master key Master key Master key Master key Master key Master key Master key Master key Master key Nil Nil Master key Key Alike Key Alike Master key Medium High Medium Medium High High Medium Medium Medium Medium Nil Nil High Medium Medium Medium Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Fixed Theatre Seats Seats with flipup writing tops Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil (Chinese Studies) Room Cooperative Learning CCA Room Guzheng Ensemble Room Health & Fitness Room Robotics Laboratory/ Inotech Room Youth Hub Auditorium Seating Area 17. enrichment programmes as well as teaching of mother tongue language Teaching of Chinese language. ceremonies For lectures / seminars Cement screed Vinyl Homogenous Ceramic Tiles Homogenous Ceramic Tiles Timber Strip Flooring Vinyl Sports Flooring Vinyl Vinyl Carpet Tiles Acoustic Vinyl T&G timber strips/board (inlcuding stage steps) Acoustic vinyl for lecture-style platform Vinyl Non-slip homogeneous ceramic tiles Non-slip homogeneous ceramic Emulsion paint Emulsion paint Emulsion paint Emulsion paint Acoustic Panel Wall Emulsion paint and mirror for one wall Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint Acoustic timber / fabric panelling Acoustic timber panelling Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint Wall tiles up to 2. as a receiving /registration area only For storing furniture and props For storing PSLE question papers and confidential documents before and after the examinations. small performances etc. For band. Homogenous Ceramic Tiles Cement screed Homogenous Ceramic Tiles Emulsion paint Emulsion Paint Emulsion paint Emulsion paint Emulsion Paint Emulsion paint Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Key Alike Nil Nil Nil High Nil Nil Smoke Detector 17. Sanitary uses For performance auditorium. literature. for interviews.6 Control Room Changing Rooms Toilet Reception (Lobby) for 400-seats only For housing and operating sound and video equipment For changing in between performances. consultations on career resource FLOOR Homogenous Ceramic Tiles Homogenous Ceramic Tiles Timber Strip Flooring Timber Sport Floor Timber Strip Flooring Homogeneous Ceramic Tiles Homogeneous Ceramic Tiles Cement screed WALL/ PARTITION Emulsion paint Acoustic Panels Acoustic Panels Full-height mirrored Wall on 3 sides and acoustic wall panels Full-height mirrored Wall on 1 side and acoustic wall panels Emulsion paint Emulsion paint Emulsion paint CEILING Emulsion paint Suspended Ceiling Ceiling Suspended Ceiling Suspended Ceiling Suspended Ceiling Suspended Ceiling Emulsion paint Suspended MAGNETIC Nil Yes Nil Yes Yes Nil Nil Yes WHITEBOARD PIN-UP Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes Nil Nil Yes BOARD PROJECTION SCREEN Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes Nil Nil Yes MASTERKEY GROUPINGS Nil Master key Master key Master key Master key Masterkey Master key Master key SECURITY High Medium High Medium Medium High High Medium OTHERS Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 17. a holding area for guests before programme starts. RECOMMENDED FINISHING FOR SWA FACILITIES RECOMMENDED FINISHES FOR SWA FACILITIES FACILITY/ROOM Art Gallery Multi-Purpose Room Band Room Dance Studio Music Room Archives Room Heritage Centre Career Resource Room DESCRIPTION OF USAGE To display students' art works and art pieces For group function.4 17. APPENDICES 4. ceremonies For lectures / seminars 17.2 Stage For conducting school performances.

built area must be able to revert to 42 units of 90m2. OF UNITS UNIT AREA (m2) REMARKS SPECIFICATION FLEXIBLE GENERAL TEACHING 1 CLASSROOM (1 CLASSROOM TO BE DESIGNATED AS LEARNING SUPPORT COORDINATOR’S ROOM) Min. 1 880 Min. size (in modular increments of 45 m2) and configuration. 135 Min. ESSENTIAL AREA (GROUP 1) FIXED SPECIFICATION FACILITY TYPE NO. 1 Min. 3 720 Min. 1 Min.Ds’ OFFICE (A/C) 1 1 per VP 20 12 per VP Must adhere to existing IM for individual staff.7-1 FACILITIES TABLE PRIMARY SCHOOL APPENDIX 7. 90 Min. 1 Min. 45 Min. Min. 20 Min. APPENDICES 4. workstation area of 4 m2 per REV-02 / FEB 06 . 1 Min. 45 To provide for maximum capacity of 1440 students per session. 20 Min. 1 Min. (RECOMMENDED SUBTOTAL) SPECIAL TEACHING 1 2 3 4 5 ART & CRAFTS ROOM MUSIC ROOM (A/C) MUSIC STORE SCIENCE ROOM COMPUTER ROOM (A/C) (RECOMMENDED SUBTOTAL) ADMINISTRATIVE/STAFF 1 2 PRINCIPAL'S OFFICE (A/C) VICE-PRINCIPAL'S OFFICE (A/C) ADMINISTRATION MANAGER 3 4 5 6 7 8 (A/C) 3 1 Min. When required.1 VOL. 65 Min. 1 Min. 54 Min. 40 -Nil502 workstation area of 8 m2 per -NilCan explore different layouts but must adhere to existing IM for individual staff. 9 STAFF ROOM (A/C) Min. guidelines on space provisions OPERATION MANAGER (A/C) GENERAL OFFICE (A/C) OFFICE STORE PRINTING ROOM (A/C) SICK BAY H. 1 8 per staff Min. To provide for 94 staff and staff. 1 10 11 STAFF LOUNGE (A/C) STAFF RESOURCE ROOM (A/C) (RECOMMENDED SUBTOTAL) Min. guidelines on space provisions Min. 20 103 To provide for 10 staff and HOD. 1 Min. 42 Min. 90 -NilCan explore provisions for multiple usages. 90 3780 School to decide on the number of units.O. depending on its needs. 1 Min.

700 Total Canteen areas to provide for maximum student recess periods.1 VOL. 3 CANTEEN Min. Can explore provisions for multiple usages. Can be combined with “FAVE” canteen type but total minimum 4 5 6 BOOK SHOP DENTAL CLINIC (A/C) NON-TEACHING STAFF ROOM (RECOMMENDED SUBTOTAL) TOTAL ESSENTIAL AREA Min. APPENDICES 4. 1 1 1 Min. If the Stage and Seating areas total less than 1070 m2. If this Can explore provisions for multiple usages.7-2 FACILITIES TABLE PRIMARY SCHOOL ESSENTIAL AREA (GROUP 1) – CON’T FIXED SPECIFICATION FACILITY TYPE NO. Hall’s seating area to provide capacity for maximum enrolment and staff. 910 To provide Librarian Workroom and Instructional Area. 30 Min. areas. 12 42 10 2214 7594 -Nil- Can explore provisions for multiple usages. A full performance stage has to be provided in the school. enrolment per session over 2 School can decide on different area must not be less than 700m2. REV-02 / FEB 06 . 1 Min. the excess area can be recombined with other facilities e. is not provided in the Hall. the Hall area shall accommodate a minimum basic stage. 1 1 1 1 Min.g. OF UNITS UNIT AREA (m2) REMARKS SPECIFICATION FLEXIBLE ANCILLARY 1 2 MEDIA RESOURCE LIBRARY (A/C) MULTI-PURPOSE HALL STAGE AREA SEATING AREA Min. AV Room to include the full performance stage. Can explore provisions for multiple usages. 368 1070 Min.

ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF AREAS ANCILLARY facilities to support the school’s niche areas. OF UNITS UNIT AREA (m2) 45 TOTAL AREA (m2) 135 REMARKS GENERAL TEACHING 1 MOTHER TONGUE LANGUAGE ROOM 3 facilities. This facility can be converted into other SPECIAL TEACHING 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 MATHEMATICS ROOM ART & CRAFTS ROOM / ART STORE AUDIO VISUAL ROOM (A/C) MUSIC ROOM (A/C) SCIENCE ROOM IT LEARNING RESOURCE ROOM (A/C) COUNSELLING ROOM MEETING ROOM (A/C) CCA ROOM PASTORAL CARE ROOM HEALTH & FITNESS ROOM FURNITURE STORE GAMES EQUIPMENT STORE TOTAL SCHOOL WHITE AREA 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 90 90 90 90 90 90 24 65 65 40 65 65 65 90 90 180 90 90 90 24 65 195 40 65 65 65 1284 These facilities can be converted into other These facilities can be converted into other facilities to support the school’s niche areas.7-3 FACILITIES TABLE PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL WHITE AREA (GROUP 2) FLEXIBLE SPECIFICATION FACILITY TYPE NO. These facilities can be converted into other facilities to support the school’s niche areas. TOTAL NFA * INCLUDING : ESSENTIAL AREA. APPENDICES 4. SCHOOL WHITE AREA * The total NFA of the school must not exceed 8878m2 8878m2 REV-02 / FEB 06 .1 VOL.

these facilities have to be provided as stated.0 32.0 80.0 X 19. REMARKS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 STAFF & VISITORS CAR PARK LOTS BUS LOTS MOTORCYCLE LOTS BASKETBALL COURT NETBALL-CUM-VOLLEYBALL COURT PLAYFIELD PARADE SQUARE OUTDOOR FITNESS AREA 4.0 40.0 x 30.4 X 1.8 x 2.0 REV-02 / FEB 06 . OF UNITS 23 4 6 1 1 1 1 1 DIMENSIONS (m) TOTAL AREA (m2) 265 190 14.1 VOL. APPENDICES 4.7-4 FACILITIES TABLE PRIMARY SCHOOL “FAVE” AREA (GROUP 3) TYPE OF SPACE 1 2 CIRCULATION SPACE SERVICES AREAS TOTAL “FAVE” AREA (M2) FIXED SPECIFICATION school’s circulation space can be carved from. 890 Approximately 890m2 (10%) of the FLEXIBLE SPECIFICATION To cater for future expansion of facilities while currently serving as informal learning spaces.6 2.4 608 544 3200 1200 120 In general. Schools will be required to justify all deviations. OTHER AREA (GROUP 4) FIXED SPECIFICATION FACILITY TYPE NO.4 13.0 x 40.2 X 3.0 X 17.0 30.0 32.0 x 4.

ESSENTIAL AREA (GROUP 1) FACILITY TYPE FIXED SPECIFICATION NO. OF UNITS AREA (m2) UNIT REMARKS SPECIFICATION FLEXIBLE GENERAL TEACHING 1 CLASSROOM Min. 135 Min. 3 Min. 40 24 Min. 2 Min. 1 Min. 135 Min. 90 -NilCan explore provisions for multiple usages. Min. 135 Min. 360 Min. APPENDICES 4. Min. size (in modular increments of 45 m2) and configuration. 6 Min. (RECOMMENDED SUBTOTAL) 828 (excluding D & T Studio (LS)) offering lower secondary -NilCan explore provisions for multiple usages. 125 Min. (RECOMMENDED SUBTOTAL) SPECIAL TEACHING 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ART & CRAFTS ROOM ART STORE MUSIC ROOM (A/C) MUSIC STORE IT LEARNING RESOURCE ROOM (A/C) COMPUTER ROOM (A/C) SCIENCE LABORATORY LAB PREP ROOM / STORE KITCHEN KITCHEN PREP ROOM / STORE (RECOMMENDED SUBTOTAL) DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY STUDIO 1 DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY STUDIO 2 WOOD MACHINE SHOP MAIN STORE TOOLS STORE D & T STAFF ROOM (A/C) D & T STUDIO (LS) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Min. 124 Min.8-1 FACILITIES TABLE SECONDARY SCHOOL APPENDIX 8. 1 Min. 1 Min. 144 Min. When required. 22. 45 Min. 40 Min. 1 Min.5 3420 School to decide on the number of units. 300 As required for schools curriculum only. 34 Min. 1 2273. 42 Min. depending on its needs. 4 Min. 1 Min.5 Min. REV-02 / FEB 06 . 50 Min. built area must be able to revert to 38 units of 90m2. 45 To provide for maximum capacity of 1520 students per session.1 VOL. 240 Min.

40 Min. -Nil- Can explore provisions for multiple usages. 1 1 1 Min.Ds’ OFFICE (A/C) STAFF ROOM (A/C) STAFF LOUNGE (A/C) STAFF RESOURCE ROOM (A/C) (RECOMMENDED SUBTOTAL) ANCILLARY 1 2 MEDIA RESOURCE LIBRARY (A/C) MULTI-PURPOSE HALL STAGE AREA SEATING AREA Min. Can be combined with “FAVE” areas. 3 CANTEEN Min. OF UNITS 1 1 per VP AREA (m2) 20 12 per VP Must adhere to existing IM 8 per staff Min. 1 778 workstation area of 8 m2 per HOD. -NilCan explore provisions for multiple usages.1 1 2 VOL.8-2 FACILITIES TABLE ESSENTIAL AREA (GROUP 1) – CON’T FACILITY TYPE FIXED SPECIFICATION NO. 450 To provide Librarian Workroom and Instructional Area. 700 Can explore provisions for multiple usages. 20 Min. the Hall area shall accommodate a minimum basic stage. AV Room Total Canteen areas to provide for maximum student enrolment per session over 2 recess periods. Hall’s seating area to provide capacity for maximum enrolment and staff. guidelines on space provisions for individual staff. 1 Min.g. -Nil3 Can explore different layouts but must adhere to existing IM for individual staff. UNIT REMARKS FLEXIBLE SPECIFICATION ADMINISTRATIVE/STAFF PRINCIPAL'S OFFICE (A/C) VICE-PRINCIPAL'S OFFICE (A/C) ADMINISTRATION MANAGER 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 (A/C) OPERATION MANAGER (A/C) GENERAL OFFICE (A/C) OFFICE STORE PRINTING ROOM (A/C) SICK BAY H. 20 113 390 Min. 1 Min. 1 Min. 1 1 1 1 1177 Min. 1 Min. 65 -NilTo provide for 11 staff and To provide for 73 staff and workstation area of 4 m2 per staff. SECONDARY SCHOOL APPENDICES 4. 30 Min. 20 Min. 1 Min.5 REV-02 / FEB 06 . 54 Min. If the Stage and Seating areas total less than 1070 m2.O. If with other facilities e. School can decide on different canteen type but total minimum area must not be less than 700m2. the excess area can be recombined to include the full performance stage. 2361 (excluding Dental Clinic) 9660. 1 Min. 1 Min. 4 5 6 BOOK SHOP DENTAL CLINIC (A/C) NON-TEACHING STAFF ROOM (RECOMMENDED SUBTOTAL) TOTAL ESSENTIAL AREA Min. guidelines on space provisions has to be provided in the school. 990 Min. A full performance stage this is not provided in the Hall. 12 42 10 -NilTo provide facility as required only. Can explore provisions for multiple usages. 1 Min.

5m2 11682.5 135 135 45 22. TOTAL NFA * INCLUDING : ESSENTIAL AREA. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF AREAS 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 PREFECTS’ ROOM COUNSELLING ROOM CAREER GUIDANCE ROOM MEETING ROOM (A/C) CCA ROOM NPCC / NCC ROOM ARMOURY RIFLE RANGE HEALTH & FITNESS ROOM FURNITURE STORE GAMES EQUIPMENT STORE TOTAL SCHOOL WHITE AREA 1 1 1 1 4 2 1 1 1 1 1 2022 25 24 40 65 24 24 20 208 72 72 72 25 24 40 65 96 48 20 208 72 72 72 These facilities can be These facilities can be converted into other facilities to support the school’s niche areas. SPECIAL TEACHING 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 HUMANITIES ROOM HUMANITIES WORKROOM / STORE COMMERCE ROOM ART & CRAFTS ROOM PROJECT ROOM CASTING ROOM AUDIO VISUAL ROOM (A/C) AV STORE IT LEARNING RESOURCE ROOM (A/C) NEEDLEWORK ROOM DESIGN ROOM DESIGN ROOM STORE 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 90 22. SCHOOL WHITE AREA * The total NFA of the school must not exceed 11682. OF UNITS UNIT AREA (m2) 45 TOTAL AREA (m2) 135 REMARKS GENERAL TEACHING 1 MOTHER TONGUE LANGUAGE ROOM 3 This facility can be converted into other facilities. These facilities can be converted into other facilities to support the school’s niche areas.5 135 45 180 115 200 20 These facilities can be converted into other facilities to support the school’s niche areas. DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY ANCILLARY converted into other facilities to support the school’s niche areas.5m2 REV-02 / FEB 06 .1 VOL.5 135 45 90 115 200 20 90 22. APPENDICES 4.8-3 FACILITIES TABLE SECONDARY SCHOOL SCHOOL WHITE AREA (GROUP 2) FLEXIBLE SPECIFICATION FACILITY TYPE NO.5 135 135 45 22.

REMARKS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 STAFF & VISITORS CAR PARK LOTS BUS LOTS MOTORCYCLE LOTS BASKETBALL COURT NETBALL-CUM-VOLLEYBALL COURT LONG JUMP PIT SCHOOL FIELD PARADE SQUARE OUTDOOR FITNESS AREA REV-02 / FEB 06 .4 X 1.1 VOL.0 AS REQUIRED 100.2 X 3.6 2. SECONDARY SCHOOL APPENDICES 4.0 40.0 40.0 x 5.0 32. Schools will be required to justify all deviations. OF UNITS 40 4 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 4. 1110 Approximately 1110m2 (10%) of the FLEXIBLE SPECIFICATION To cater for future expansion of informal learning spaces. these facilities have to be provided as stated.0 x 30.8-4 FACILITIES TABLE “FAVE” AREA (GROUP 3) TYPE OF SPACE 1 2 CIRCULATION SPACE SERVICES AREAS TOTAL “FAVE” AREA (M2) FIXED SPECIFICATION school’s circulation space can be carved from.0 6600 1200 200 DIMENSIONS (m) TOTAL AREA (m2) 461 190 14.0 X 17.4 608 544 In general.0 X 19.0 32.8 x 2.4 13.0 x 66. facilities while currently serving as OTHER AREA (GROUP 4) FIXED SPECIFICATION FACILITY TYPE NO.

of storeys Nos.44 Staff Rm MRL ECA Rm Mathematics Rm Art Store Music Store Computer Rm H. APPENDICES 4. of Classrooms 1.Ds’ Rm Staff Resource Rm Meeting Rm SA and OM’s Offices Non-Teaching Staff Rm Counselling Rm Pastoral Care Rm REV-00 / FEB 06 .27 and 6.08 and 6.43 and 11.8 between 1050 and 1470 4 36 2000 Design 1.35 and 12.1 VOL. 24 Area of Classrooms (m2) Total NFA (m2) Space Norm per student (m2) by NFA Total GFA (m2) 64 3068 2.96 between 9264.00 9082.42 and 1.99 2nd Science Rm School White Area Visitors’ Lounge at General Office Space Norm per student (m2) by GFA New Facilities 4. 36+6.9-1 SPACE NORMS TYPICAL PRIMARY SCHOOL 1970’s Design Site Area (ha) Planned Student Enrolment Nos.21 between 7.8 1260 4 36 1470 between 4 and 6 42.4 65 5046 4.93 7.8 between 65 and 90 between 5147 and 8705 between 4.06 approx.8 1990’s Design 1.6 1120 4 28 between 1980’s Design 1.6 and 15669 90 between 8856 and 8911 between 5. 17523 and 17618 between 10.74 5522.O.

Ds’ Office MRL Hall Furniture Store Canteen Games Equipment Store Dental Clinic CCA Rm Classroom Mother Tongue Rm Art & Crafts Rm Art & Crafts Rm AVA Rm Music Rm Science Rm Computer Rm Mathematics Rm Music Store General Office AM Office Staff Room 2000 Design REV-00 / FEB 06 .1 VOL.9-2 SPACE NORMS TYPICAL PRIMARY SCHOOL 1970’s Design New Facilities (Continued) 1980’s Design 1990’s Design Health & Fitness Rm IT Learning Resource Rm LAN Rm Central Server Rm Coaxial Distribution Rm Increase in Facilities Size Classroom 2nd Language Rm Language Lab Art & Crafts Rm AVA Rm Music Rm Science Rm General Office Staff Rm MRL Hall Furniture Store Canteen Games Store Dental Clinic CCA Rm Equipment AVA Rm Music Rm Science Rm General Office Staff Rm H.O. APPENDICES 4.

1 VOL. Rm History/Geo.9-3 SPACE NORMS TYPICAL SECONDARY SCHOOL 1970’s Design Site Area (ha) Planned Student Enrolment Nos.95 approx.04 980 28 64 1980’s Design 2.2 between 11644.0 1330 38 REV-00 / FEB 06 .O.12 between 14326. Rm Needlework Rm Housecraft Rm Multi Purpose Rm CCA Rm NCC/NPCC Rm Armoury 13.4 Space Norm per Student (m2) by GFA New Facilities Art Store Casting Rm Science Prep.Ds’ Office Staff Lounge Furniture Store between 13.15 OM/AM’s Office Visitors Lounge at General office 90 2000 Design 3.55 and 8. 22358 between 16.4 and 20914.58 and 14.77 and 9.7 980 between 28 and 36 72 1990’s Design 3.2 and 17114.81 and 17.6 between 7.68 between 13. of Classrooms Area of Classrooms (m2) Total NFA (m2) 7448 between 7959 and 9508 Space Norm per Student (m2) by NFA Total GFA (m2) 13406.99 and 15.5 and 11908 between 8. Workrm Audio Visual Store Music Rm Music Store Computer Laboratory Vice-Principal’s Rm Office Store H.0 between 1260 to 1330 between 36 and 38 between 72 and 90 between 9793 and 11619 between 7.76 and 8.04 between 17627.72 Mother Tongue Language Rm IT Learning Resource Rm Commerce Rm SA and OM’s Offices Project Rm Counselling Rm Career Guidance Rm Meeting Rm Staff Resource Rm Printing Rm D & T Workshop 2 Technology Store Games Equipment Store Health & Fitness Rm 3. APPENDICES 4.62 Language Laboratory History/Geo.4 7.

O.Ds’ Office Staff Rm MRL Hall Furniture Store Canteen CCA Rm Technical Areas Commerce Rm Art & Crafts Rm Music Rm Project Rm Staff Rm 1990’s Design Non-Teaching Staff 2000 Design REV-00 / FEB 06 .9-4 SPACE NORMS TYPICAL SECONDARY SCHOOL 1970’s Design New Facilities (Continued) 1980’s Design Rm LAN Rms Central Server Rm Coaxial Distribution Rm Increase in Facilities Size Classroom Special Rm Art & Crafts Rm Principal’s Office Sick Bay Prefects’ Rm Staff Rm MRL Bookshop Technical Areas Classroom Science Laboratory Kitchen Staff Rm MRL Classroom Music Rm Computer Laboratory Science Laboratory Kitchen Office Store Home Economics Prep.1 VOL. APPENDICES 4. Rm/Store General Office Office Store Printing Rm H.

Master Revision List Index .

1 . Chapter/ Section/ Page No.Master Revision List Design Handbook Vol./ Date Circular No. Revision Series No. / Circular Date .General Volume No.

Ministry of Education. Innovation & Specifications Unit | Research & Procurement Branch| MOE Produced by All rights reserved. electronic or mechanical.SCHOOL DESIGN HANDBOOK EDITION 2006 Vol. without prior permission in writing from the copyright holder. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any Copyright of Ministry of Education 2006 means. . recording or any other information storage and retrieval systems. Infrastructure & Facility Services Group. Applications for use of the information within should be addressed to Research & Procurement Branch. including photocopy. 2 Research.

serve as the platforms which facilitate their intellectual and physical growth. Schools’ physical environments. The collaborative efforts of educators and designers will continue to be helpful in creating desirable spaces to nurture our young. the design direction for schools is towards innovative. it is hoped that the information herein would help facility planners to design learning environments that will be meaningful and enriching to both educators and students. As we resume our journey forward in school design and in garnering even more learning points. it is an inarguable fact that the schools serve as important and flexible learning environments.FOREWORD The Ministry of Education has invested a great deal of resources into developing its school buildings. facilities enlarged. . renovated or rebuilt to purposefully fulfil the varying Today. Thus. efficient and easily maintainable. it is of concern that our schools be built to be conducive. To assist schools and designers in their tasks. Many existing schools have seen their needs and expectations of school educators and students alike. Improvements that are responsive to the changing pedagogical styles will continue to be expected of our school buildings. Research & Procurement Branch (RPM) conducted a review of the School Design Handbook and put together existing good practices as well as fresh ideas on school design into this new 2006 edition. adaptable learning. at the same time. Being centres of teaching and models of inspiration for our young.

10 Staff Lounge 3.5 2.7 3.5 3.12 Sick Bay 3.11 Staff Resource Room REV 00/ FEB 06 .6 IT Learning Resource Room 3 Administrative / Staff 3.4 2.2 Principal’s Office Vice-Principal’s Office Office Store General Office 3.School Design Handbook > PRIMARY SCHOOL < Vol.1 2.2 Classroom 1.4 3.3 Learning Support Coordinator’s Room Mother Tongue Language Room 2 Special Teaching 2.6 3. 2 CONTENTS Introduction 1 General teaching 1.1 3.8 Counselling Room Staff Room Meeting Room 3.O.9 H.3 3.7 Mathematics Room Art & Crafts Room Audio Visual Room Music Room & Store Computer Room Science Room 2.3 2.2 2.1 1.Ds’ Office Printing Room 3.

3 4.4 6.2 6. Driveway & Porch Play Courts & Parade Square Outdoor Fitness Area Gates & Signwall Guard Post Field.6 List of Abbreviations Master Revision List User’s Reference REV 00/ FEB 06 . Control Room 2. Fence & Footbath 6.12 Pastoral Care Room 5 Services & Circulation 5.10 Bookshop Co-Curricular Activities (CCA) Room 4.9 4.6 4.2 5.2 4.4 Media Resource Library Multi-Purpose Hall Furniture Store Canteen Multi-Purpose Hall (1.3 Carpark.4 Ancillary 4.1 6. Changing Room 3.11 Dental Clinic 4.3 5.5 4.8 4.4 Toilets LAN Room FAVE Area Central Server Room 6 External Works 6.1 5. Store) 4.1 4.7 Non-Teaching Staff (NTS) Room Health & Fitness Room Games Equipment Room 4.5 6.

Introduction .

3 As certain facilities may require revisions to their size and/or unit numbers or other details due to the school’s specific programmes. 3.0 2. (Refer to Vol.2 In designing the provisions for each type of facility. accordingly. Should any deviation from the specifications be necessary. INTRODUCTION The information found in this Volume is a compilation of data describing the major provisions and particular specifications for each of the Planning Parameters The overall facility provisions were computed based on the following planning scenario: School operating on a 4:2 session model Having a max.1 VOL.8 of the School Design Handbook). 1 .1 3.Chapters 4. A sample layout of the facility is also provided to show how the space within the facility could be configured.0 1. enrolment of 1440 students (critical session) 2. How to use this Volume Each facility is represented by a datasheet which lays down the recommended provisions as well as the critical requirements of the facility. REV-02 / FEB 06 . 3.2 The recommended provisions and sample layouts shown in the datasheets are to be used only as a guide by Consultants who are designing the facility. Consultants are required to seek the school’s and MOE’s advice as to the relevancy of the information to the project.0 3. 1 2. if any. the Consultant shall advise the school or MOE on the extent of it and the implications. unless otherwise stated. 1 The list of facilities is as tabulated in the Primary School and Secondary School’s Facilities Tables.2 1.7 & 4. the above planning parameters must be taken into account.1 Introduction school’s facilities.

1 General Teaching 1.2 Learning Support Coordinator’s Room 1.1 Classroom 1.3 Mother Tongue Language Room .

sound insulation of 42 dBA. independent learning Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Students’ Table Cabinets Computer Table LOCATION/PROXIMITY Quiet zone Preferably near the Special Teaching areas 1 no. no.1-1 CLASSROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 90 M2 MODULE NO. Ceiling Mounted Nil Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 1 no. 4 – 2. of units must be able to revert to 42 (90 m2 each).6m x 1.2m Magnetic 1 no. 4 – 1. for LCD) 3 nos.6m x 0. based on the proposed function of the room FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain/ Blinds Whiteboard Pin-up Board As required 1 no. (including 1 no.2m FUNCTION General Instruction Area Other possible functions include – project work.4) Walls between classrooms to be impact-resistant Window arrangement and other façade openings to be appropriately designed to suit the module size allocated to each classroom unit. GENERAL TEACHING (per school) 1.6m 40 nos.8m Retractable length 2 nos.2m x 0. for teacher) 500 4 nos.2) As required 1 no. SERVICES/ EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 3 nos. 1 – 3. 42 When required. 1. 40 Students For modules other than 90 m2: The appropriate space per student norm to be used to derive the capacity.2m high x minimum 30% of rear wall 1 no. OF UNITS Min. 0.8m x 1. 1. 0. State Flag shall be above all other decoration or emblem of any kind Moveable Wall Partition SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Security System Others Key alike per room Master Key Set C (See Vol.6m x 0. Wall Mounted for teacher PA System (See Vol. 1. Twin Gang (including 1 no. Consideration must be given to the proper distribution of mechanical & electrical services as well. Single Gang (including 1 no. 3. 1. module of 45 m2 per classroom m2 (42 units) When required.8m Wall Mounted and 1 no. 3m clear from whiteboard Moveable wall partition if installed should have a min. and to take into account any future conversions to a different module size. FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogenous Tiles/ Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint to Soffit of slab AREA Min.4m x 1. 4 – 1.7m x 0.3) DB Closet as required As required (for Primary Schools only) REV-01 / FEB 06 .0m x 0.2 Critical Information VOL. multi-group activity.5m Storage Space for 40 FITMENT/FURNITURE State Flag students per session (See Vol. for teacher) Lighting (Lux) Fans 6 nos.2) As required Nil SERVICES -- OTHERS Classrooms should face North-South direction and address vision care needs (See Vol. area must be able to revert to 90 CAPACITY For a module of 90 m2: 1 Staff. 1. to comply with specifications Students’ seating to be min.8m 1 no.

Students’ Tables Area 3. Cabinet M2 MODULE) 4. LCD Projector 9. Printer POSITION OF STATE FLAG/ MAGNETIC WHITEBOARD & PIN-UP BOARD AT FRONT WALL REV-00 / FEB 06 . Computer Tables 8.1-2 CLASSROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT (FOR A 90 LEGEND 1. Teacher’s Table 2. Magnetic Whiteboard. Pin-up Board 6. Students’ Storage Cabinet Area 7.2 VOL. GENERAL TEACHING 1. Pin-up Board & Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen 5.

4m x 1. Listening Post 4. 4 – 1.2) As required SERVICES -- Nil OTHERS When required. for teacher & 1 no. units must be able to revert to 1 unit of 90m2 each FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogenous Tiles / Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab AREA Min. Library Corner 5.2m at each Specific Area 1 no.6m x 0. 3. 1. for 7 nos.2m x 0. area must be able to revert to 1 unit CAPACITY 1 Staff 10 Students Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Students’ Table Cabinets 1 no. Interview Area 3. 4 – 1. Teacher’s Corner 2.2-1 LEARNING SUPPORT COORDINATOR’S ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 90 M2 MODULE NO. for printer) no. to comply with specifications Moveable Wall Partition FITMENT/FURNITURE State Flag shall be above all other decoration or emblem of any kind 1. Twin Gang (including 1 no. Ceiling Mounted Nil Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 1 no.6m x 1. GENERAL TEACHING 1. Group Instructional Area of 90 m2 FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain/Blinds Whiteboard Pin-up Board As Required 1 no.2m Magnetic When required.5m high partitions to be provided for specific area SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Security System Others Key alike per room Master Key Set C (See Vol.6m LOCATION/PROXIMITY On 1st Storey Preferably near to Special Teaching areas Separated from Music Room and Canteen/ Hall State Flag Storage Space for 10 students (See Vol. If moveable wall partition is installed. Single Gang (including 1 no. 1. 1 When required.8m x 1. (including 1 no. it should have a min.6m x 0. SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 7 nos. 4 – 1. Wall Mounted for teacher PA System (See Vol.8m 1 no. area must be able to revert to 1 x 90 m2 with consideration given to façade elements and proper distribution of mechanical and electrical services. 45 m2 per module to include: 1.2) As Required Low Cabinet (See Vol. for teacher & 1 no. for LCD & 1 printer) Lighting (Lux) Fans 500 6 nos. 0. 4 – 2. 4 – 1. OF UNITS Min.4) 1 no.3) As required DB Closet as required REV-01 / MAY 06 .2 Critical Information VOL.4) Worktop with High Cabinet (See Vol. sound insulation of 42 dBA. 1.8m Wall Mounted and Retractable FUNCTION General Instruction Area Project work / Individual coaching / Independent learning 10 nos. for TV) 4 nos.

Interview Area 7. Students’ Tables Area 3. Low Cabinet/ Computer Workstation Area 9. GENERAL TEACHING 1.5m High Partition 12. Pin-up Board 14.2 VOL. Listening Post 6. Group Instructional Area 5. Min 1. Worktop with High Cabinet 10. Low Cabinet for EP Resources & Student’s Storage 8.2-2 LEARNING SUPPORT COORDINATOR’S ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT FOR A 90 M2 MODULE LEGEND 1. Library Corner 4. Magnetic Whiteboard & Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen 13. Teacher’s Table 2. TV 15. LCD Projector 11. Printer REV-01 / MAY 06 .

Ceiling Mounted Nil Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 1 no. Twin Gang (including 1 no. for teacher & 1 no.2) Sliding folding partition to be usable as Pin-up Board SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Others Security System Nil Nil Master Key Set B (See Vol.3) Nil DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 . for LCD) 3 nos. 1. 1.2m x 0.8m Wall Mounted and with High Cabinet LOCATION/PROXIMITY Near Staff Room Centrally accessible from classrooms FITMENT/FURNITURE -- 1 no.8m x 1.4m x 1. for teacher & 1 no. (including 1 no.8m x 1.3-1 MOTHER TONGUE LANGUAGE ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 45 M2 ROOM NO.2m Sliding Magnetic integrated 2 nos.2) SERVICES/ EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 5 nos.6m Retractable SERVICES -- 10 nos. 4 – 1. 4 – 1. for printer) 5 nos.2m Sliding integrated with High Cabinet 1 no. Single Gang (including 1 no. OF UNITS 3 nos. of Mobile Table (See Vol.2 Critical Information VOL.4) High Cabinet with Whiteboard & Pin-up Board OTHERS 2 rooms to be interconnected with sliding folding partition (See Vol. GENERAL TEACHING 1. AREA 45 m2 per unit FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint / Sliding Folding Partition between 2 Rooms Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab Total of 135 m2 to be School White Area (SWA) CAPACITY 1 Staff 30 Students FUNCTION Teaching of Mother Tongue Languages: Chinese.4 – 2. Tamil & Malay Can be converted into other facilities FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Students’ Table Cabinets Nil 2 nos. Wall Mounted for teacher PA System (See Vol. 1. for printer) 500 Lighting (Lux) Fans 4 nos. 4 – 1. 1.

2 VOL.3-2 LANGUAGE ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF 3 MOTHER TONGUE LANGUAGE ROOMS LEGEND 1. Sliding Folding Partition REV-00 / FEB 06 . Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen 4. High Cabinet with Sliding Whiteboard & Sliding Pin-up Board. GENERAL TEACHING MOTHER TONGUE 1. Teacher’s Table 2. LCD Projector 5. Students’ Tables Area 3.

6 Computer Room 2.2 Special Teaching 2.4 Music Room & Store 2.2 Art & Crafts Room 2.3 Audio Visual Room 2.7 IT Learning Resource Room .5 Science Room 2.1 Mathematics Room 2.

2. (including 1 no. to cover minimum 30% of the rear wall length Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Students’ Table Computer Table Cabinets 1 no.2 Critical Information VOL.8m x 1. 1.3) Nil DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 .6m/0. for teacher & 1 no. for LCD) Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 500 6 nos.2. for teacher & 1 no. Twin Gang (including 1 no.4m x 1. 1.2m x 0.6m 14 nos. Ceiling Mounted Nil PA System (See Vol. 4 – 1.7m Trapezoidal Table (See Vol. 4 – 1. for printer) 7 nos. 0. OF UNITS 1 no. 1.2) Nil 1 no. 4 . 1.4) 5 nos.8m x 1.7m x 0.2m Sliding Magnetic integrated with High Cabinet 2 nos.2m Sliding integrated with High Cabinet 1 no.8 x 0.4) LOCATION/PROXIMITY Should not be on 1st storey Near Classrooms FITMENT/FURNITURE -- SERVICES -- OTHERS -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Master Key Set B (See Vol.1-1 MATHEMATICS ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 90M2 MATHEMATICS ROOM AREA 90 m2 Area to be School White Area (SWA) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab CAPACITY 1 Staff 40 Students FUNCTION Repository for Mathematics materials and resources Can be converted into other facilities FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Blackout Blinds 2 nos.6m High Cabinet with Whiteboard & Pin-up Board (See Vol. 4 – 1. SPECIAL TEACHING NO. of Fire Extinguisher SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 7 nos. 1.8m Wall Mounted and Retractable* 1 no. Single Gang (including 1 no. for printer) 4 nos.

Computer Tables 5. Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen 4.1-2 MATHEMATICS ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 90 M2 MATHEMATICS ROOM LEGEND 1.2 VOL. Pin-up Board 6. LCD Projector REV-00 / FEB 06 . Teacher’s Table 2. High Cabinet with Sliding Magnetic Whiteboard & Sliding Pin-up Board. Students’ Tables Area 3. SPECIAL TEACHING 2.

5m shelter/ overhang to protect area from rain Drying terrace should be fenced. 4 – 1. 1.8m x 0. (including 1 no.3) DB Closet as required 2 nos. 1 AREA Min. Isolator for Kiln (where kiln is provided) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 6 nos. 0. with access only from Art and Crafts Room Door to Store to be min.6/0. 1.2) SERVICES Ceiling mounted track lighting to be provided for still life session Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock Security Grilles to Drying Terrace 1 no. for teacher & 1 no. 4 – 1.8m x 1. balcony or field to hold larger/bulky projects and for drying pottery/ clay sculptures Computer Table Cabinets 5 nos.4) High Cabinet with Whiteboard & Pin-up Board Worktop with High Cabinet (See Vol. 4 – 1.7m Trapezoidal Tables LOCATION/PROXIMITY Min.4m x 1. of Cold Water Supply for each Art Room Isolator to be provided for Exhaust Fans REV-01 / MAY 06 .2m integrated with High Cabinet 1 no. the 2nd unit and above shall be School White Area (SWA) Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles / Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint / Sliding Folding Partition between 2 Rooms Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab CAPACITY 1-2 Staff 40 Students FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Students’ Table As required 2 nos. 1. 8 cubic (Optional. 1 no. of Fire Extinguisher OTHERS Art Store to be provided and should have visual link with the Art and Crafts Rooms Drying terrace to be a hard non-porous surface with a min. for printer) 1 no. 1. 4 – 1. OF UNITS Min.4) Low Cabinet with Sinks (See Vol. 2. 90 m2 If there is more than 1 unit. 1.2m high x appropriate rear wall length 1 no. 1.8m Wall Mounted and Retractable FUNCTION Instructional Strategies Mostly activity-based learning strategies involving hands-on experience Storage of Art Materials Can explore provision for multiple usages (for min.2m Sliding Magnetic integrated with High Cabinet 2 nos.4) Supply Cabinet Folio Cabinet FITMENT/FURNITURE Kiln is optional . for teacher & 1 no.6m 14 nos. Ceiling Mounted Nil 2 nos.Safety and ventilation requirements to be ensured where kiln is placed Counter top with sink to be of non-porous finish Sliding folding acoustic partition to be usable for mounting of display items All fitment located outside Art & Crafts Room must be weather-resistant Kiln Others 1 no. SPECIAL TEACHING 2.2-1 ART & CRAFTS ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 90M2 ART & CRAFTS ROOM FINISHES NO.8m x 1.4 – 2. 4 – 1.6m Low Cabinet (See Vol.4) 1 no. the 2nd unit and above can be converted into other facilities 40 nos.7m x 0.4) (See Vol. Twin Gang (including 1 no.2m wide Computer Ports Power Points SERVICES/EQUIPMENT 7 nos.6m x 0.6m x 0. 1.8m or (See Vol. 1 unit) If there is more than 1 unit.2m x 0. 4 – 1.2 Critical Information VOL. Single Gang for LCD Lighting (Lux) Fans 500 1 no. Art & Crafts Room preferably adjoining an open courtyard. to be confirmed) Soap Dispenser SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Burglar Alarm Master Key Set B (See Vol. 0. for printer) 7 nos. 3m Long Track Lighting PA System (See Vol.

of double-sided Mobile Whiteboard 7. Pin-up Board 8. Computer Tables Area 5. Teacher’s Table 2. Worktop with High Cabinets SAMPLE LAYOUT OF STORE (KILN IS OPTIONAL) 11. Sliding Folding Acoustic Partition 12. High Cabinet with Sliding Magnetic Whiteboard & Sliding Pin-up Board. Trapezoidal Tables) 4. Large Format Table Area (14 nos.2 VOL. Students’ Tables Area 3.2-2 ART & CRAFTS ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF ART & CRAFTS ROOMS 1 & 2 (90 M2 EACH) AND ART STORE (WITHOUT KILN) LEGEND 1. Low Cabinet 10. Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen 6. Low Cabinet with Sinks 9. 2 nos. SPECIAL TEACHING 2. LCD Projector 13. Space for Kiln REV-00 / FEB 06 .

2 VOL. SPECIAL TEACHING 2.2-3 ART & CRAFTS ROOM SAMPLE DIAGRAM OF SEATING AREA FOR STILL LIFE LESSONS PHOTO OF ART & CRAFTS ROOM AS SEEN FROM REAR OF ROOM PHOTO OF DRYING DECK REV-00 / FEB 06 .

TV 1 no. OF UNITS 2 nos. 4 – 1. microphone points for each room DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 .2 Critical Information 90 VOL.4m x 2.6m High Cabinet with Whiteboard & Pin-up Board (See Vol. Single Gang 500 Nil A/C to be provided with isolator PA System (See Vol. television etc. AREA Total of 180 m2 to be School White Area (SWA) m2 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Vinyl Acoustic Treatment Non-Acoustic Ceiling CAPACITY 1 Staff 40 Students FUNCTION For screening of films. Can be converted into other facilities FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Cabinets Blackout Blinds 2 nos. SPECIAL TEACHING 2.3-1 AUDIO VISUAL ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 90 M2 AUDIO VISUAL ROOM NO.2m Sliding 1 no. Telephone Point Nil 1 no. LCD 4 nos.4m Wall Mounted and Retractable 1 no.3) 1 no.8m x 1.2m x 0. Twin Gang 1 no.2) Burglar Alarm Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock with Door Closer & Viewing Panel OTHERS The 2 Audio Visual Rooms preferably to be adjacent to each other with sliding folding partition in between Sliding folding partition to be acoustic type SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 1 no. 2 nos. 1.2m Sliding Magnetic 2 nos. slides. OHP transparency filmstrips.4) LOCATION/PROXIMITY Should be on upper storeys Centrally located with respect to Classrooms and preferably near MRL FITMENT / FURNITURE -- SERVICES Microphone points to be evenly distributed within room SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Master Key Set B (See Vol. 2.4m x 1. 1. 4 – 2. 1. 4 – 1.

SPECIAL TEACHING 2. LCD Projector 4. TV REV-00 / FEB 06 . Sliding Folding Acoustic Partition 5.2 VOL. High Cabinet with Sliding Magnetic Whiteboard & Sliding Pin-up Board. Teacher’s table 2.3-2 AUDIO VISUAL ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF 2 AUDIO VISUAL ROOMS LEGEND 1. Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen 3.

2m integrated with High Cabinet 1 no. 1.8m Wall Mounted and Retractable 1 no. 0. for printer) 5 no.8m x 1. 4 – 1. (including 1 no. 1 Music Room Min. of Fire Extinguisher (Music Room) Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock with Door Closer & Viewing Panel (Music Room) Solid Door (Music Store) SERVICES TV to be mounted on wall/ ceiling beside whiteboard. in Music Store) Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 500 300 (Music Store) 2 nos. 4 – 2. OF UNITS Min.3) Nil 1 no. 1. AV Table LOCATION/PROXIMITY Away from Classroom Areas Preferably interconnected with Music Store Separated from General and other Special Teaching Areas FITMENT/FURNITURE Pin-up Boards to flank Whiteboard Adjustable shelves in rack required 2. 1 Music Store AREA Min. for teacher & 1 no. 1 unit of 90 m2 to be School White Area (SWA) Min.4m High Full Height Mirror on one side) Emulsion Paint (Music Store) Ceiling Non-Acoustic Ceiling (Music Room) Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab (Music Store) NO.4-1 MUSIC ROOM & STORE RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 90 M2 MUSIC ROOM & A 45 M2 MUSIC STORE FINISHES Floor Wall Timber Strip (Music Room) Concrete Topping (Music Store) Acoustic Treatment (One Music Room to have 2. 1.4m x 1. Ceiling Mounted (Music Store) A/C to be provided with Isolator PA System (Music Room) (See Vol. for printer) 7 nos. Magnetic with 1m Manuscript Lines 2 nos. Single Gang (including 1 no. 90 m2 per Music Room If more than 1 unit is provided. Piano 1 no.2m x 0. Twin Gang (including 1 no. SPECIAL TEACHING 2. 1. for LCD & 1 no.2 Critical Information VOL.4m full-height mirror and 2 grab bars at 840mm and 1050mm from the floor level and 250mm from the wall SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Master Key Set B (See Vol. 45 m2 per Music Store CAPACITY 1 Staff 40 Students FUNCTION Instructional Strategies: Mostly activity-based learning strategies involving hands-on experience Storage of musical instruments Can explore provision for multiple usages FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Computer Table Cabinets Others Blackout Blinds 1 no.7m x 0.6m 5 nos. for teacher & 1 no.5m wide SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 7 nos.6m Music Rack & Adjustable Rack Shelves (Store) 1 no. TV DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 .2) Burglar Alarm 1 no. on the side of the AV hardware cabinet OTHERS Store door to be min.

Full Height Mirror (in one music room only) 7.2 VOL. Computer Tables Area 3. AV Hardware Cabinet 4. Music Rack with adjustable shelves 8. LCD Projector 9. SPECIAL TEACHING 2.4-2 MUSIC ROOM & STORE SAMPLE LAYOUT OF 2 MUSIC ROOMS (90 M2 EACH) & MUSIC STORE LEGEND 1. Teacher’s Table 2. Magnetic Whiteboard & Pin-up Board 6. TV REV-00 / FEB 06 . Piano 5.

of Fire Extinguisher Preparation Room should have visual link to the Science Room Door to Store to be min.8m x 1. for printer) 8 nos. Soap Dispenser FUNCTION Science based subjects and hands-on experiments Storage of teaching aids and lab materials Preparation of class activities Can explore provision for multiple usages LOCATION/PROXIMITY Near Classrooms FITMENT/FURNITURE Worktops to be finished with solid surfacing material with no-drip edge Sink to be polypropylene and vitreous enamel 2 trolleys located in the store/Preparation Room SERVICES -- OTHERS SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Master Key Set B (See Vol.2 Critical Information VOL. 4 – 1.8m x 0. 4 – 1. Twin Gang (including 1 no. 3-way Swan-Neck Laboratory Tap 1 no.2m Height (except for walls behind High Cabinet in Preparation Room) Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab NO. 90 m2 per unit If more than I unit is provided. for LCD) Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 500 6 nos. SPECIAL TEACHING 2.2m Sliding Graph Board integrated with High Cabinet 2 nos.2m x 1. 1. Worktable with sink 14 nos. Ceiling Mounted Nil PA System (See Vol. 1.2m Sliding Magnetic and 1. 4 – 1. Single Gang (including 1 no.6/0.2) Burglar Alarm 1 no.2m wide SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 7 nos. 4 – 1.4) Low Cabinet with Sink (See Vol.7m x 0.3) 3 nos. TV DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 . 1.4m x 1. 0. for teacher & 1 no.6m High Cabinet with Whiteboard & Pin-up Board (See Vol. 1 – 2. 1.4) Worktop with Sink & High Cabinet (See Vol.2m integrated with High Cabinet 1 no. 1 AREA Min. 4.8m x 1.8m Wall Mounted and Retractable 1 no.7m Trapezoidal Tables (See Vol. 1. OF UNITS Min.4) Others 1 no. for printer) 3 no. for teacher & 1 no.5-1 SCIENCE ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 90 M2 TYPE FACILITY FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogenous Tiles/Ceramic Tiles Glazed ceramic tiles to min. Refrigerator (in preparation room) 1 no. (including 1 no.4) 5 nos.1. 1 unit of 90 m2 to be School White Area (SWA) CAPACITY 1 Staff 40 Students FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Students’ Table Computer Table Cabinets Blackout Blinds 2 nos. 2.

Teacher’s Worktable with sink 2. SPECIAL TEACHING 2. Low Cabinet with Sink 6. Worktop with Sink & High Cabinet 7. Refrigerator 9. LCD Projector 10. Students’ Tables Area 3.2 VOL. TV REV-00 / FEB 06 .5-2 SCIENCE ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 90 M2 SCIENCE ROOM LEGEND 1. Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen 5. Computer Tables Area 4. High Cabinet with Sliding Whiteboard & Sliding Pin-up Board. Low Cabinet 8.

3) 1 no. FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Vinyl with concealed floor trunking (See Vol. 3 Nos. 1. for workroom) 1 no. 4 – 1.4m x 1. for teacher & 1 no. 4 – 1. for printer) 26 nos. 1.2m Sliding Magnetic integrated with High Cabinet 2 nos. 1.7m High Cabinet with Whiteboard & Sliding Pin-up Board (See Vol.2) Burglar Alarm 1 no. for printer & 1 no. of Fire Extinguisher Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock with Door Closer & Viewing Panel OTHERS Visual connection between Computer Workroom and Computer Rooms to be provided Vinyl floor finish to be anti-static type SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 44 nos.6m x 0. Twin Gang (including 1 no. OF UNITS Min.6m x 0. Master Switch DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 .8m (Computer Workroom) 21 nos. Single Gang for LCD Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 500 Nil A/C to be provided with isolator PA System (See Vol. 4 – 1.6-1 COMPUTER ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISION FOR A 135 M2 TYPE FACILITY NO.4m Wall Mounted and Retractable 1 no.4) Hands-on computer-based learning Computer Workroom for Technical Assistant Can explore provisions for multiple usages LOCATION/PROXIMITY Near Classrooms Interconnected with Computer Workroom FITMENT/FURNITURE Projection screen to be positioned centrally to room SERVICES 1 twin gang power point and 2 LAN points mounted in service outlet box for each computer table 1 twin gang power point and 1 LAN point mounted in service outlet box for teacher’s table Room lights to be controlled row by row parallel to whiteboard SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Master Key Set B (See Vol.8m x 1. 1 no.7m 1 no.2m integrated with High Cabinet 1 no. 4 – 2.3m x 0.4m x 2.2 Critical Information VOL. 1. 1. Telephone Point Nil 1 no. 135 m2 (including Workroom) CAPACITY 1 Staff 40 Students FUNCTION FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Computer Table Cabinets As required 2 nos.3) Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling AREA Min. (including 1 no. 2. for teacher. SPECIAL TEACHING 2.

High Cabinet with Sliding Magnetic Whiteboard & Sliding Pin-up Board. Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen 4. SPECIAL TEACHING 2. Computer Tables Area 3.2 VOL.6-2 COMPUTER ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF 135 M2 COMPUTER ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF COMPUTER WORKROOM LEGEND 1. LCD Projector REV-00 / FEB 06 . Teacher’s Table 2.

8m x 1. 2. OF UNITS AREA 90 m2 Area to be School White Area (SWA) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Vinyl with concealed floor trunking (See Vol 4 – 2. twin gang power point and 2 LAN points mounted in service outlet box for 2 computer tables OTHERS Vinyl floor finish to be anti-static type Max.7m 14 nos.3) Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling CAPACITY 1 Staff 42 Students FUNCTION Hands-on Computer based Group Learning Group Studies Can be converted into other facilities FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Blinds 2 nos. for LCD) Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 500 Nil A/C to be provided with Isolator PA System (See Vol.6/0. viewing distance from projection screen to last row of students to be 12. Twin Gang (including 1 no. 4 – 1. for printer) 2 nos. of Fire Extinguisher Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock with Door Closer & Viewing Panel SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 17 nos. 4 – 1. 1.4m x 1. 1.4) Nil LOCATION /PROXIMITY Near Classrooms FITMENT/FURNITURE Projection Screen to be positioned centrally to Room SERVICES 1 no.4m Wall Mounted and Retractable 1 no.2m Sliding integrated with High Cabinet 1 no. 4 – 1.7m Trapezoidal Table (See Vol. to cover minimum 30% of rear wall length Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Computer Table Cabinets Others 1 no.8m x 0. Master Switch DB Closet as required REV-01 / MAY 06 . for teacher & 1 no. SPECIAL TEACHING IT LEARNING 2. VOL.2m Sliding Magnetic integrated with High Cabinet 2 nos. for printer) 11 nos. for teacher & 1 no. Single Gang (including 1 no.6m x 0.2 Critical Information 1 no. (including 1 no.2) Burglar Alarm 1 no. 4 – 2.5m SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Master Key Set B (See Vol.4m x 2.3) Nil 1 no.7-1 RESOURCE ROOM RECOMMENDED MINIMUM PROVISIONS FOR A 90 M2 MODULE NO. 1. 1.4) High Cabinet with Whiteboard & Pin-up Board (See Vol.

SPECIAL TEACHING IT LEARNING 2. High Cabinet with Sliding Magnetic Whiteboard & Sliding Pin-up Board. LCD Projector REV-00 / FEB 06 . Teacher’s Table 2. Computer Tables Area 3. Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen 4.2 VOL.7-2 RESOURCE ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF 90 M2 IT LEARNING RESOURCE ROOM LEGEND 1.

3 Administration Principal’s Office 3.11 Printing Room 3.9 General Office 3.10 Office Store 3.O.4 Staff Room 3.1 Meeting Room 3.7 Vice-Principal’s Office 3.2 3.5 Staff Lounge 3.3 Counselling Room 3.12 H.8 3.D’s Store Sick Bay .6 Staff Resource Room 3.

2. 0.0m x 0.7m Coffee Table 1 no. 4 – 1.2m Magnetic Nil Principal’s work area LOCATION/PROXIMITY Preferably on 1st storey near main entrance Interconnected with Vice-Principal’s Office and General Office Near Staff Room.9m x 1.5m x 0. Telephone Point A/C to be provided with Isolator 1 no. High Cabinet with Built-in Safe Built-in safe for Chubb Castle Size 2 or Australian Safe Company AS 2002 or Fische Bauche Size 2 or equivalent to be embedded on concrete pedestal Ensure no blind zone in front of the safe Safe to be 850mm above FFL Others SERVICES -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Security System Master Key Set A (See Vol. 1.2m x 1. 1.3) Nil 1 no.1-1 STAFF PRINCIPAL’S OFFICE RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 20 M2 OFFICE NO.8m 3-seater Sofa set 1 no.0m x 0.0m x 0. Others SERVICES/ EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 2 nos.2m Principal’s Tables Cabinets 2 nos. 500 PA System (See Vol. 1.5m 2-Doors Filing Cabinet 2 nos. FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogenous Tiles/ Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling AREA 20 m2 CAPACITY 1 Principal 5 Visitors FUNCTION FITMENT/ FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Blinds 1 no.7m x 0. ADMINISTRATIVE / 3.7m x 0. Staff Lounge and HODs’ Office Projection Screen 1 no. 0. 0.8m 1-seater Sofa set 2 nos. OF UNITS 1 no. 1.2) Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock if access is 1 no.4m x 1.5m Side Table 1 no. 4 – 2.7m 4-Drawer Filing Cabinet 1 no. 0. 2.5m 1 no. Safe (See Critical Information) from outside with Door Closer & Viewing Panel Burglar Alarm OTHERS School can explore different layouts but must adhere to existing IM guidelines on space provisions for individual staff.2 Critical Information VOL.7m x 0. Battery Operated Clock REV-00 / FEB 06 . Twin Gang Nil 1 no.0m FITMENT/FURNITURE 2 nos.

1-2 STAFF PRINCIPAL’S OFFICE SAMPLE LAYOUT SAMPLE LAYOUT OF 20 M2 PRINCIPAL’S OFFICE LEGEND 1. High Cabinet with Built-in Safe 4. Principal’s Work Area 2. Magnetic Whiteboard REV-00 / FEB 06 . 2-Doors Filing Cabinet 6. Pin-up Board 7. 4-Drawers Filing Cabinet 5.2 VOL ADMINISTRATIVE / 3. Lounge Area (Sofa Set & Side Tables) 3.

0m 1 no. 4 – 1.2 Critical Information VOL. 2 Visitors FUNCTION Vice-principal’s work area FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Table Blinds 1 no. 1.O.0m x 0.2) Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock if access is from outside with Door Closer & Viewing Panel Burglar Alarm OTHERS School can explore different layouts but must adhere to existing IM guidelines on space provisions for individual staff. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 3. Telephone Point A/C to be provided with Isolator 1 no.4m x 1. OF UNITS 1 per VP FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogenous Tiles/ Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling AREA 12 m2 per VP CAPACITY 1 Staff . 500 PA System (See Vol. 0.7m 4-Drawers Filing Cabinet SERVICES -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Others Security System Master Key Set A (See Vol.3) Nil 1 no.6m x 1.D’s Office Vice-Principal’s Cabinets Others 1 no. 1. Twin Gang Nil 1 no.2-1 VICE-PRINCIPAL’S OFFICE RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 12 M2 OFFICE NO.2m x 1. 2.5m x 0.5m 2-Doors Filing Cabinet LOCATION/PROXIMITY On 1st storey Accessible through General Office Interconnected with General Office Near Principal’s Office and H. SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 2 nos. Battery Operated Clock REV-00 / FEB 06 .2m Magnetic 1 no.2m FITMENT/FURNITURE -- Nil 1 no. 1. 4 – 2.

4-Drawers Filing Cabinet REV-00 / FEB 06 . Pin-up Board 4.2-2 VICE-PRINCIPAL’S OFFICE SAMPLE LAYOUT OF VICE-PRINCIPAL’S OFFICE LEGEND 1. 2-Doors Filing Cabinet 5. Vice-Principal’s Work Area 2. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 3.2 VOL. Magnetic Whiteboard 3.

each (AM/OM/CSO) 7 nos.5m x 0. for Printer) PA System (General Office) (See Vol. 2-Doors Cupboards CAPACITY or 3 Staff + 3 Managers (Administration Manager.8m 2 nos. Operation Manager’s Workstation (8 m2) 4. (including 1 no.2m 3 nos. for OTHERS Key deposit box must be cylindrical & placed within concrete wall beside entrance to General Office and flushed with wall Entrance door to be tempered glass Adjacent FAVE spaces shall be incorporated to provide for future expansion School can explore different layouts but must adhere to existing IM guidelines on space provision for individual staff 3 nos. Twin Gang (AM) Lighting (Lux) Fan Air-Conditioning Communications 500 Nil 1 nos. Key Deposit Box For school administration 2 nos. General Office 2. of Fire Extinguisher Entrance Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock & Door Closer SERVICES -- SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 6 nos. Administration Manager’s Workstation (8 m2) 3. Workstation (for 2 CSOs) (See Vol. Twin Gang (General Office. 4 – 1. Twin Gang and 1 nos. Workstation (1 no. 54 m2 comprising: 1. AREA Min. AM/Operation Manager. Battery Operated Clock Lightning Warning System Console DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 . 4 – 1. Single Gang (General Office) 2 nos. OF UNITS 1 no.3) 1 no. Telephone Points each (General Office/AM) Water Supply Others Nil Control Panel for Bell Timer LED Mimic Panel Photocopier 1 no.2m Magnetic 5 nos. 1. 2. 4 – 1. Keyboard Vol.2) Burglar Alarm Roller Shutter to be provided at the entrance of the FITMENT/FURNITURE -- General Office 1 no.3-1 GENERAL OFFICE RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR 78 M2 TYPE FACILITY FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogenous Tiles/ Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling NO. 4 – 2.4m x 1.3m x 0.4) FUNCTION Others 1 no. including 1 no.7m 4-Drawers Filing Cabinet High Cabinet (See Vol. Workstation (for 1 AM) or 2 nos. 4 – 1. OM) 3 Staff + 2 Managers + 2 Clerical Support Officers (CSO) Typist’s Table 1 no. Single Gang (OM) Scanner & 1 no.4) Reception Counter 1 no. for printer) 1 no. 0. each for AM and OM) (See 1 no. Telephone Point (OM) A/C to be provided with Isolator 2 nos.4) LOCATION/PROXIMITY On 1st storey with clear unobstructed view of main entrance Easily accessible to public Recommended to be in view of Parade Square Interconnected with Principal’s Office & Printing Room Away from Canteen SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Others Security System Master Key Set A (See Vol. 1 AM/1 OM/2 CSO (Additional 8 m2) 5.2m x 1. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 3. 1.2 Critical Information VOL. Visitors’ Lounge FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Cabinets Blinds 1 no.

Typists’ Tables Area 3. High Cabinet 6. 4-Drawers Filing Cabinet 10.2 VOL. Key Deposit Box REV-00 / FEB 06 . 2-Doors Cupboards 9.3-2 STAFF GENERAL OFFICE SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 78 M2 OFFICE LEGEND 1. AM/OM/CSO Area 2. ADMINISTRATIVE / 3. PA System 14. Printer/Scanner Area 8. Keyboard 15. Visitors’ Lounge 4. Photocopier 7. Magnetic Whiteboard 11. Fire Alarm Panel 13. Reception Counter 5. Pin-up Board 12.

4 – 1.5m 2-Doors Filing Cabinet FITMENT/FURNITURE -- SERVICES -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Others Security System Master Key Set A (See Vol.2) Burglar Alarm System Control Panel (direct feed from Distribution Board) Burglar Alarm OTHERS Door to be min. 1 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint AREA Min. equipment and printing FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Cabinets Nil Nil Nil Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY Interconnected with General Office Near Principal’s & Vice-Principal’s Offices and Staff Room Projection Screen Open Shelves 6 nos.4-1 STAFF OFFICE STORE RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 20 M2 STORE NO. Ceiling Mounted Nil 300 Nil Nil Nil REV-00 / FEB 06 . 20 m2 CAPACITY -- Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab FUNCTION Storage of office stationery. OF UNITS Min. Single Gang 1 no.0m x 0.2m wide SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 1 no. 1. 1. ADMINISTRATIVE / 3.2 Critical Information VOL.

equipment and printing FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Cabinets Others Blinds Nil Nil Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY Interconnected with General Office Near Principal’s & Vice-Principal’s Offices and Staff Room Projection Screen Nil Low Cabinet (See Vol. ADMINISTRATIVE / 3. Cyclostyling Machine REV-00 / FEB 06 .2) Burglar Alarm Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock SERVICES -- OTHERS Windows to face external Door to be min.6m x 0. 300 PA System (See Vol.5-1 STAFF PRINTING ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 20M2 ROOM NO. Transparency Maker. Laminating Machine.6m). 1. 4 – 1. Scanner.2m wide SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 4 nos. Twin Gang Nil 1 no. Photocopy Machine.3) Nil A/C to be provided with Isolator Shredder (0. 4 – 1. Photostat Maker.2. 1 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles/ Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling AREA Min. 4 .4) FITMENT/FURNITURE -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Others Security System Master Key Set A (See Vol. OF UNITS Min. Duplicator. 20 m2 CAPACITY -- FUNCTION Storage of office stationery.2 Critical Information VOL.

for printer) Nil 12 nos.2 Critical Information 1 no. Staff workstation area (8 m2 <+/. Central area for printer. for printer) 500 PA System (See Vol.2) Burglar Alarm Roller Shutters to be provided at the entrance Staff workstation to be system furniture Whiteboard and Pin-up Boards can be either wall-mounted or free-standing SERVICES Entrance Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock & Door Closer See Vol.O.Ds’ OFFICE RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 103M2 OFFICE NO. Battery Operated Clock REV-00 / FEB 06 . 1. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 3.5%> each) 2. Principal’s & Vice-Principal’s Offices Projection Screen 2 nos. 4 – 2. Telephone Points A/C to be provided with Isolator 1 no.3) Nil 2 nos. 4 – 1.6-1 H.3m 10 nos. OF UNITS AREA 103 sqm comprising: 1.2m 1 no. Twin Gang (including 1 no. (including 1 no. scanner and copier FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles/ Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling CAPACITY 10 Staff 20 Visitors (2 visitors per workstation) FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board DB Closet Others Blinds 1 no.2m x 1.4) FITMENT/FURNITURE SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Others Security System Master Key Set A (See Vol. VOL.Ds’ Office to be tempered glass School can explore different layouts but must adhere to existing IM guidelines on space provisions for individual staff.2m Magnetic Whiteboard Nil FUNCTION Heads of Departments’ office LOCATION/PROXIMITY Preferably on 1st floor Interconnected with General Office. of Workstations (See Vol. 0.6m x 1. 3.9m x 0.4 on requirements for workstation OTHERS Main entrance door to H. SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 15 nos. 4 – 1. 4 – 1.O.

H. 3.2 VOL.O.Ds’ OFFICE SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 103 M2 H. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 3.O.O.Ds’ OFFICE LEGEND 1.Ds’ Workstations Printer/Scanner Area Magnetic Whiteboard REV-00 / FEB 06 .6-2 H. 2.

1.3) Nil 1 no. 0.4) LOCATION/ PROXIMITY Near General Office.6m x 1. Principal’s & VicePrincipal’s Offices 18 nos. etc Can be converted into other facilities Projection Screen Cabinets Others 2 nos.5m x 0.6m x 1. external appraisal visits. 4 – 1.2m Retractable Low Cabinet (See Vol. Telephone Point A/C to be provided with Isolator 1 no.8m x 1. 4 – 1. various committee meetings.8m x 1. OHP DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 .2m Magnetic 1 no. Tape Recorder 1 no. 3. VOL. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 3. Twin Gang 500 Nil 1 no. Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 1 no. 4.2 Critical Information 1 no. 4 – 2.4m Swivel Chairs 1 no.8m Conference Table FITMENT/FURNITURE -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Others Security System Master Key Set A (See Vol. 3. OF UNITS AREA 65 m2 Area is School White Area (SWA) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles/ Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling CAPACITY 26 Staff including: 16 seated at table and 10 backbenchers FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Blinds 1 no.7-1 MEETING ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 65M2 MEETING ROOM NO. Single Gang for LCD PA System (See Vol. LCD 1 no.8m Wall Mounted and FUNCTION Weekly staff meeting.2) Burglar Alarm Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock SERVICES -- OTHERS -- SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 3 nos.

7-2 MEETING ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 65 M2 MEETING ROOM LEGEND 1. Conference Table and Swivel Chairs Area 2. Low Cabinet 4. Pin-up Board 5. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 3. LCD Projector 3.2 VOL. Magnetic Whiteboard & Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen REV-00 / FEB 06 .

0. 0.7m Coffee Table 1 no.5m x 0. Tape Recorder 2 nos.0m x 0. 3. 4 – 1. Single Gang 1 no.8m 3-Seater Sofa Set 10 nos.6m 4-Drawers Filing Cabinet 2 nos.8m 1-Seater Sofa Set 2 nos. 1. 2. Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 3 nos.4) 1 no. 0. 1. 4 – 2. Other Electrical Equipment DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 .0m x 0. 4 – 1.2m 1 no.2) Door with Vision Panel SERVICES -- OTHERS To ensure privacy. VOL.7m x 0. Twin Gang 500 Nil 1 no. Ceiling Mounted PA System (See Vol. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 3.7m Side Table 1 no.2 Critical Information 1 no.7m x 0. OF UNITS FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Vinyl Flooring Emulsion Paint AREA 24 m2 Area is School White Area (SWA) Emulsion Paint to Soffit of slab CAPACITY 5 persons FUNCTION FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Blinds Nil Nil Private area to counsel students and parents Can be converted into other facilities LOCATION/PROXIMITY Preferably on 2nd storey Access from corridor Easily accessible to staff and students There should be sufficient privacy to encourage students requiring counselling to use it Counselling Room should be on the same level as Pastoral Care Room.4m in Diameter) FITMENT/FURNITURE -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Nil Master Key Set A (See Vol. preferably next to each other Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Cabinets Others 1 no.2m x 0. Pouffes (0.8-1 COUNSELLING ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 24 M2 COUNSELLING ROOM NO.6m Low Cabinet (See Vol.6m x 1.3) Nil 1 no. room should have full height walls and not half-partitions SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 1 no.

Pouffes Area 4.2 VOL. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 3. side table and coffee table) 3. 4-Drawers Filing Cabinet 6. Low Cabinet 5. Pin-up Board REV-00 / FEB 06 .8-2 COUNSELLING ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 24 M2 COUNSELLING ROOM LEGEND 1. Lounge Area (3+1+1 sofa set. Teacher’s Table 2.

4 on requirements for workstation SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 102 nos.g. H. 4 – 1. Telephone Points A/C to be provided with Isolator DB Closet as required 1 no.3) Nil 2 nos. Workstation for 36 + 6 Classrooms or SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Others Security System Master Key Set A (See Vol. GEP. scanners. at selected schools School can explore different layouts but must adhere to existing IM guidelines on space provisions for individual staff. for printer) Nil 98 nos. OF UNITS (PER SCHOOL) Min.2 Critical Information VOL. 78 nos. of workstations to be provided. 4 – 2. 4 – 1.6m x 1.6m x 1. e.9-1 STAFF ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 502 M2 STAFF ROOM NO.Ds’ Office and Office Store 94 nos.O. (including 1 no.4) 78 nos. 3. 4 – 1. Main entrance door to Staff Room be tempered glass 500 PA System (See Vol. for printer) OTHERS For schools with 36 + 6 classrooms. Workstation for 42 Classrooms (See Vol.2) Burglar Alarm Entrance Door to be with Jimmy-Proof Lock FITMENT/FURNITURE Staff workstation to be system furniture Whiteboard and Pin-up Boards to be wallmounted with Door Closer Roller Shutters to be provided at the Entrance SERVICES The power points and data points to be recessed into system furniture and located slightly above the worktable See Vol.2m Magnetic Nil FUNCTION Teaching staff office Projection Screen 1 no.2m LOCATION /PROXIMITY Not higher than 2nd storey and preferably to be on one single storey Preferably Interconnected with Staff Lounge and Staff Resource Room Near General Office. Staff workstation area (4 m2 <+/. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 3. Battery Operated Clock REV-00 / FEB 06 . with space for future 16 nos. copiers CAPACITY 94 Staff FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Others Blinds 1 no. additional workstations Consultants are to consult the MOE Officer-inCharge on the possible increase in the number of teachers due to the conduct of special programmes. Twin Gang (including 1 no.5%> each) 2. 3. Common area for printers. 1 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles/ Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling AREA 502 m2 comprising: 1.

ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 3. Magnetic Whiteboard 4. Common Printer Area 3. Workstations Area 2.9-2 STAFF ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 502 M2 STAFF ROOM LEGEND 1. Pin-up Board REV-00 / FEB 06 .2 VOL.

4 – 1. 0.4) 20 nos. 4 – 1.0m x 0.2) Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock & Door OTHERS -- Closer SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 2 nos.8m x 0. Hot and Cold Water Dispenser DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 . 4 – 2.6m Coffee Table 1 no. 1. 0.2 Critical Information VOL.6m Journal Rack SERVICES -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Nil Master Key Set A (See Vol.5m x 0. Refrigerator A/C to be provided with Isolator 1 no.10-1 STAFF LOUNGE RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 40 M2 STAFF LOUNGE NO. OF UNITS Min.Ds’ Office Projection Screen Low Cabinet with Sink (See Vol.3) 1 no. 40 m2 CAPACITY 20 seats FUNCTION Relaxation area for staff FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Cabinets Others Blinds Nil Nil Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY Not higher than 2nd storey Preferable interconnected with Staff Room Near General Office and H. 1 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles/ Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling AREA Min.O.7m Lounge Sofa FITMENT/FURNITURE Solid surfacing material countertop to cabinet with sink 2 nos. Single Gang Nil 300 PA System (See Vol. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 3.

Lounge Sofa Area 2.2 VOL. Refrigerator REV-00 / FEB 06 . ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 3.10-2 STAFF LOUNGE SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 40 M2 STAFF LOUNGE LEGEND 1. Journal Rack 3. Low Cabinet with Sink 4.

8m Wall Mounted and LOCATION/PROXIMITY FITMENT/FURNITURE Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Cabinets 2 nos. 65 m2 CAPACITY 16 Staff FUNCTION Repository for shared teaching materials Preparation of teaching materials Secure place to prepare examination/ assessment questions FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Blinds 1 no. Hot/Cold 1 no. 4 – 1. Other Electrical Equipment DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 .5m 2-doors Filing Cabinet SERVICES -- OTHERS -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Master Key Set A (See Vol.6m x 1. 3.6m Worktop with High Cabinet (See Vol. Telephone Point A/C to be provided with Isolator 5 nos.2m x 1.2. Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 1 no. 1. 0.9m x 0. 4 .11-1 STAFF RESOURCE ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 65 M2 STAFF RESOURCE ROOM NO. Twin Gang 500 Nil 5 nos.2m x 0. 4 – 1.8m x 0.9m x 0.2m Magnetic 1 no.8m x 1. 1.7m 5 nos.2 Critical Information VOL. Fire Extinguisher Burglar Alarm Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 10 nos. Single Gang for LCD PA System (See Vol.2) 1 no. 1. OF UNITS Min. 1 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles/ Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling AREA Min. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 3.4) Polypropylene and vitreous enamel sink Sink to have swan neck laboratory tap Low Cabinet with Sink (See Vol.5m Double-Sided Bookshelves 2 nos.3) 1 no.4) 8 nos.2m Retractable* Preferably interconnected with Staff Room Computer Table 4 nos. 0. 4 – 1. 0.

ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 3. 7. 2. 6. 5. 3. 4.2 VOL. Teachers’ Tables Area Book Shelves Area Computer Tables Area 2-door Filing Cabinet Worktop with High Cabinet Low Cabinet with Sink LCD Projector Magnetic Whiteboard.11-2 STAFF RESOURCE ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 65 M2 STAFF RESOURCE ROOM LEGEND 1. 8. Pin-up Board & Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen REV-00 / FEB 06 .

2) Nil Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock and Viewing Panel SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 2 nos. 1. ANCILLARY 3. 1 AREA Min. 4 – 2.12-1 RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 20 M2 SICKBAY SICKBAY NO.2 Critical Information VOL. Soap Dispenser LOCATION /PROXIMITY Preferably on 1st storey Accessible from General Office for close supervision Preferably interconnected with General Office FITMENT /FURNITURE Cater for future air-conditioning Backsplash to be provided for Sink SERVICES Power point to be located at table area OTHERS -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Master Key Set A (See Vol.2m x 0. Ceiling Mounted Nil PA System (See Vol.3) 1 no. Single Gang 300 (Bedhead lights to be provided) 2 nos. 4 – 1. 1.0m x 0. 1 no.9m Folding Single Bed Towel Rail and Mirror 1 no. Sink REV-00 / FEB 06 .6m 1 no.5m 2-Doors Filing Cabinet 2 nos. 20 m2 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles/Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab CAPACITY 2 Students FUNCTION Resting Simple first aid treatment FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Tables Cabinets Others Blinds Nil Nil Nil 2 nos. OF UNITS Min. 1.8m x 0.

Dry Wall Partition 6. 2. Table 2. Sink 5. 2-Doors Filing Cabinet 4.2 VOL. ANCILLARY 3. Folding Single Bed 3.12-2 SICKBAY SAMPLE LAYOUT 1 SAMPLE LAYOUT 2 SAMPLE LAYOUT 3 ABOVE : SAMPLE LAYOUTS OF 20 M2 SICK BAY LEGEND 1.1m High Curtains REV-00 / FEB 06 .

10 Canteen 4. Store) 4.6 Non-Teaching Staff (NTS) Room Dental Clinic 4.1 Media Resource Library 4.2 4. Changing Room.8 Multi-Purpose Hall 4.5 Bookshop 4.7 Health & Fitness Room 4.9 Multi-Purpose Hall (Control Room.4 Ancillary 4.12 Pastoral Care Room .11 4.3 Games Equipment Room 4.4 Co-Curricular Activities (CCA) Room Furniture Store 4.

8m x 1.7m Copy Machine (LW) 2 nos. 1. 0. 2. 4 for the details of some of the above items. of Fire Extinguisher Roller Shutters to be provided at the entrance of MRL REV-00 / FEB 06 .0m x 0.6m Double-Sided Bookshelves (RRA) 10 nos. 2. 4. 1. at RRA and 2 nos. 1.2m Magnetic Whiteboard (IA) 2 nos. 368 m2 comprising: Reading / Reference Area (RRA) Instructional Area (IA) (80 m2) Librarian’s Workroom (LW) (25 m2) Circulation Counter (CC) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Vinyl Flooring Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling CAPACITY 120 users seated and standing 2 teacher librarians 10 student librarians 21000 volumes of books FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Computer Table Cabinets Blinds (All Areas) 1 no. 1.3m Newspaper Rack (RRA) 2 nos.4m x 0.6m x 0.8m x 1.6m (IA) 1 no.8m x 0. VOL.1-1 MEDIA RESOURCE LIBRARY RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 368M2 MEDIA RESOURCE LIBRARY NO. 1.7m Circulation Counter (CA) 8 nos.2m x 0. 0.7m x 0. 3.6m x 0. 1.9m x 0.6m Worktables (LW) FUNCTION Reading and Referencing.5m x 0.8m x 0.8m x 0. OF UNITS AREA Min.6m Open Table (RRA) 2 nos. 1.6m Picture-Book Shelf (RRA) 1 no.2m x 1. 1.7m x 0. 1. Overhead Projector Trolley (I A) 1 no.3m x 0.5m x 0. 0. 2.8m (LW) 3 nos.8m x 0.2m x 0.6m TV/VCR Cabinet (IA) 1 no. ANCILLARY 4.7m Open Shelf (LW) 1 no. 0. 1. 0.4m x 0. 1. 1.2 Critical Information 1 no.5m Book Trolley (CA) 1 no.6/0.2m x 0.) 2 nos.0m x 0.7m Double Seat (IA) 2 nos.5m x 0.7m AV Equipment Worktop (RRA) 5 pcs Sofa Set (RRA) 1 no.6m Book Chute (CA) 3 nos. 4 –1. 1.5m Steel Cabinet (LW) (See Vol.5m x 0.6m Media Island (1 no. each at RRA & IA) 1 no.0m x 0.7m Trapezoidal Table (RRA) 8 nos.2) Burglar Alarm 1 no. 1.0m x 0.8m Filing Cabinet (LW) 1 no. 1.9m Atlas Stand (RRA) 2 nos. 3. 3.7m Single Seat (LW) 1 no.6m x 1.6m Single-Sided Bookshelves (RRA) 1 no. Group learning Can explore provision for multiple usage LOCATION/PROXIMITY Away from noisy area Access preferably on 1st or 2nd storey Away from Music Room and Hall/Canteen Can consider other locations if for alternative usage FITMENT/FURNITURE adjustable All fitment shelves to be removable and Others SERVICES TV point in Reading Reference Area to be located near AV Equipment Worktop SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Master Key Set B (See Vol.4m Periodicals Shelf (single or double sided) (RRA) 1 no. 1.6m Non-Print Media Cabinet (CA) 1 no.2m (1 no. 4. 1.0m x 0. at IA) 14 nos.8m Wall Mounted and Retractable (IA) 1 no. 1.

Single Gang at Counter Area 25 nos. TV (1 no. (IA) 2 nos. Telephone Point (LW) Water Supply Others Nil 2 nos. + 3 nos. 6 nos. LCD (LW) window Book shelves to be arranged perpendicularly to Circulation Counter for easy supervision tempered and sandblasted Glass doors and screens (if provided) to be Half height glass partition for visual access to be provided to Instructional Area and Librarian’s Workroom All windows to have locks REV-00 / FEB 06 . Single Gang (LW) Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications 500 Nil A/C to be provided with Isolator PA System at Counter (RRA) PA System (IA and LW) 1 no. (LW) Power Points 12 nos. at Counter Area (RRA) 10 nos. Single Gang (IA) 8 nos.2 VOL. each at RRA and IA) 1 no.1-2 MEDIA RESOURCE LIBRARY RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 368M2 MRL OTHERS Minimum 2 nos. Telephone Point at Counter (RRA) 1 no. direct access doorways from corridor to be provided Direct access and visual connection to be provided from Media Resource Library (MRL) to where necessary Librarians’ Workroom and Instructional Area Book drop/chute to allow return of books from outside the MRL to be provided be arranged Reading tables and Periodicals display shelves to openings perpendicularly to SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports 3 nos. ANCILLARY 4. Single Gang (RRA).

2

VOL.

ANCILLARY

4.1-3

MEDIA RESOURCE LIBRARY

SAMPLE LAYOUT FOR A 368M2 MEDIA RESOURCE LIBRARY

LEGEND
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Circulation Area Book Chute Circulation Counter Area Queue Area Reading/Reference Area 5-piece Sofa Set Raised Platform Trapezoidal Tables Area Open Table Area 15. Librarian’s Workroom 16. Timber Open Shelves 17. Teacher’s Table 18. Pin-up Board 19. Work Table Area 20. Single Seat Computer Table Area 21. Filing Cabinet, Steel Cabinet, Copy Machine 22. Instructional Area 23. Double Seat Computer Table Area 24. TV/VCR Cabinet 25. Magnetic Whiteboard, Pin-up Board & Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen 26. LCD Projector 27. Overhead Projector Trolley

10. Double-Sided Bookshelves 11. Single-Sided Bookshelves 12. Media Islands Area 13. Picture-Book Shelf, Newspaper Rack, Periodicals Shelf, Atlas Stand 14. AV Equipment Worktop

REV-00 / FEB 06

2

VOL.

ANCILLARY

4.1-4

MEDIA RESOURCE LIBRARY

EXAMPLE OF LIBRARY BOOK SHELVES

EXAMPLE OF READING / REFERENCE AREA

EXAMPLE OF READING / REFERENCE AREA

REV-00 / FEB 06

2
Critical Information
1no.

VOL.

ANCILLARY

4.2-1

MULTI-PURPOSE HALL
RECOMMENDED PROVISION FOR A 1070M2 MULTI-PURPOSE HALL
(1070 M2 TO INCLUDE STAGE, CONTROL ROOM AND CHANGING ROOM)

NO. OF UNITS

AREA

FINISHES – SEATING AREA AND STAGE
m2

Min. 910 ( for Seating Area including 3 badminton courts) Min. 30 m2 (for Stage Area) A full performance Stage must be provided in the school. If this is not provided in the Hall, a minimum basic stage (30 m2) shall be provided.

Floor Wall Ceiling

T&G Timber Strips Emulsion Paint (Seating Area) / Acoustic wall treatment (Rear of Hall) Suspended Acoustic Ceiling

CAPACITY

FITMENT/FURNITURE
Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board DB closet Others Fire Retardant Motorized Stage Curtain (Stage) Nil Nil 1 no. 4.88m x 4.88m Wall Mounted Motorized Manually Operated Flybar on Stage

To provide for maximum student enrolment and teaching staff

FUNCTION

For school assembly, talks, concert, school examination and sports like badminton, gymnastics, aerobics, etc. Can explore provision for multiple usages

Projection Screen

1 no. 0.9m x 0.3m

2 nos. Wall Climbing Rack

LOCATION/PROXIMITY
On ground or second storey Directly accessible from the main entrance of the school Should be adjacent to the Playfield and Outdoor Courts Preferably interconnected with Furniture Store

SAFETY/SECURITY
Master Key Others Security System Nil Master Key Set A (See Vol. 4 – 1.2)

2 nos. minimum Hosereels 5 nos. Fire Extinguisher

FITMENT/FURNITURE

Projection screen should be positioned so that it is highly visible to all students in the Seating Area School crest to be provided above the stage

SERVICES/EQUIPMENT
Computer Ports Power Points 1 no. (Stage) 1 no. for every Column (Seating Area)

4 nos. (Stage) Area)

SERVICES

4 nos. 13A Twin Gang Power Points (Seating Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications 300/500 (Seating Area) 300 (Stage) Wall Mounted at 3-4.5m C/C

Row switching control for high bay lighting Microphone point position should be at same line as curtain line (if full performance stage is provided)

4 nos. Ceiling Mounted (Stage) Nil Sound Reinforcement System (Seating Area)

OTHERS

Steps to be provided at front of the stage Door into Hall to be min. 1.5m wide The number and location of access doors should ensure efficient circulation and discharge of students All openings should be adjustable to cater for varying ventilation and lighting requirements These openings should be operable from a service platform or corridor Badminton Area to have a min. clear height of 7.6m Control Room is to be linked at upper rear of the Hall

Intercom System (connecting Stage and Control Room) 2 nos. Telephone Points (Stage) Exit Light at every Exit

Water Supply Others

Nil

Isolator for Stage Lighting Stage Lighting System 2 nos. Battery Operated Clock

4 nos. Microphone Points (Seating Area)

3 nos. Microphone Points (Front part of Stage) 3 nos. Microphone Points (Behind Stage Area)

REV-00 / FEB 06

2

VOL.

ANCILLARY

4.2-2

MULTI-PURPOSE HALL

Plan

Section A-A

CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OF FULL PERFORMANCE STAGE (IF PROVIDED WITHIN HALL)

CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OF BADMINTON COURTS

REV-00 / FEB 06

2

VOL.

ANCILLARY

4.2-3

MULTI-PURPOSE HALL

CRITICAL DIMENSIONS FOR EXAMINATIONS

Section

CRITICAL DIMENSIONS FOR ASSEMBLY

WALL CLIMBING RACK FOR PRIMARY SCHOOLS

REV-00 / FEB 06

2
Critical Information

VOL.

MULTI-PURPOSE HALL
ANCILLARY
NO. OF UNITS
1. Control Room (1 no.) 2. Stage (Min. 1 no. basic) 3. Changing Room + Store (Min. 1)

4.3-1

1. CONTROL ROOM 2. STAGE 3. CHANGING ROOM & STORE

RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS

FINISHES
Floor Wall Concrete Topping (Control Room, Store) Non-Slip Tiles (Changing Room) Emulsion Paint (Control Room, Store) Glazed Ceramic Tile to minimum 2.2m Height (Changing Room) Glazing (Control Room) Ceiling Non-Acoustic Ceiling (Control Room) Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab (Changing Room, Store)

AREA

1. Control Room (8 m2 exclusive of Hall area) 2. Stage (Min. 30 m2 included within Hall area) 3. Changing Room + Store (As required within Hall area)

CAPACITY
1. Control Room (3 persons maximum) 2. Stage (To provide appropriate capacity for either basic stage or full performance stage) 3. Changing Room + Store (Min. 1 person)

FITMENT/FURNITURE
Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Cabinet Others To provide (Dressing Area) Nil 1 no. 1.4m x 1.2m (Control Room) 2 nos. Dressing Tables with Wall Mirrors 1 no. Stage Light Control Desk (Control Room) 1 no. Sound Reinforcement System Housing Rack (Control Room)

FUNCTION
1. 2.

Control Room: To control the sound and lighting systems Changing Room: To provide toilet & dressing facilities for performers & stage crew only; Store: For storage of badminton posts, vaulting horses (2 nos.), landing mats (20 nos.), crash mats and trampoline

3.

LOCATION/PROXIMITY
1.

Control Room: At the rear of the hall and at least 3.6m above the Seating Area with unobstructed view of the Stage

SAFETY/SECURITY
Master Key Security System Others Master Key Set A (See Vol. 4 – 1.2) Burglar Alarm (Control Room) Nil

2.

Changing Room: Easily accessible from the stage but ensure that noise in the Changing Room is not transmitted to the Stage and Seating Area Store: Directly accessible from Seating Area

3.

SERVICES/EQUIPMENT
Computer Ports Power Points Nil 4 nos. Single Gang (Control Room) 4 nos. Twin Gang (Changing Room) 1 no. Single Gang (Store) Lighting (Lux) 300 1 no. Wall Mounted (Control Room, Store) 1 no. Ceiling Mounted (Changing Room) per room AirConditioning Communicatio ns Water Supply Others Nil Intercom System (1 no. connecting Stage and Control Room) No. of taps to comply with latest statutory requirement 2 nos. Exhaust Fans (1 no. per Changing Room) Fans

FITMENT/FURNITURE
--

SERVICES
--

OTHERS

To allow table/ cabinet for equipment in Control Room To provide door at back of stage for performers to enter and exit Changing Room to include min. 1 wash basin and 1 changing area

REV-00 / FEB 06

2

VOL.

MULTI-PURPOSE HALL
ANCILLARY 4.3-2
1. CONTROL ROOM 2. STAGE 3. CHANGING ROOM & STORE

SAMPLE LAYOUT OF 8 M2 CONTROL ROOM
LEGEND

1. Stage Layout Control Desk 2. Sound Reinforcement System Equipment Housing Rack

PHOTO OF HALL AND FULL PERFORMANCE STAGE

REV-00 / FEB 06

2
Critical Information

VOL.

ANCILLARY

4.4-1

FURNITURE STORE
RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 65M2 STORE
FINISHES
Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint

NO. OF UNITS
Min. 1

AREA
65 m2 Area to be School White Area (SWA)

CAPACITY
--

Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab

FUNCTION

Storing of furniture Can be converted into other facilities

FITMENT/FURNITURE
Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Nil Nil Nil Nil

LOCATION/PROXIMITY
Near Multi-Purpose Hall Preferably interconnected with Multi-Purpose Hall

Projection Screen

FITMENT/FURNITURE -SERVICES
--

SAFETY/SECURITY
Master key Others Security System Nil Nil Master Key Set A (See Vol. 4 –1.2)

OTHERS

Door to be min. 1.5m wide

SERVICES/EQUIPMENT
Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 1 no. Single Gang 1 no. Ceiling Mounted Nil

300

Nil

Nil

Nil

REV-00 / FEB 06

ANCILLARY 4. per stall) 1 no. VOL.5-1 CANTEEN RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 700 M2 TYPE FACILITY FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogenous Non-Slip Tiles Concrete Topping (Store) Glazed Tile to minimum 2.6m 104 nos.2 Critical Information 1. water and electrical for each stall Bottle Store to be min. 4.2m height Emulsion Paint (Store) Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab NO. 4 – 2. drinks stall 52 nos. 2. 2.2) See Vol.8m x 0. Wash Sink per stall 3 nos. Water Coolers Minimum 2 nos. consumption of meals LOCATION/PROXIMITY Near Field and Playcourts 1st storey accessible by vehicle for goods delivery Away from General Office and Teaching areas FITMENT/FURNITURE Soap dispenser at students’ wash trough to be provided SERVICES -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Master Key Set A (See Vol. 1.8m x 0. Dishwashing Trough Others 16 nos.1m wide serving counter per stall (total of 8 Foodstalls) Wash Troughs 2 nos. (3 nos. Gas points (Foodstall) Hood & Flue over cooking range at food stalls Isolator for Mechanical Ventilation Exhaust Fans 2 nos. Food Preparation top per stall (total of 8 Foodstalls) 2. 700 m2 Each Canteen area to comprise: Refreshment / Seating Area Food Stalls Central Wash Area Stores and toilets CAPACITY Total Canteen Areas to provide for maximum student enrolment over a maximum of 2 recess periods FITMENT/FURNITURE Foodstalls Tables Seating Benches Worktop 8 nos. Ceiling Mounted (Refreshment Area) 1 no. (Water Cooler) 8 nos. 4 – 2. Wash Troughs for Toothbrushing drills (with 5 tap points each) 1 no.3) 1 Microphone Point 2 nos. (Refreshment Area) 24 nos. including 2 nos. (Wash Trough) 2 nos. 1 AREA Total Canteen areas to be min. Wall Mounted per stall 1 no. OF UNITS Min. (Store) Lighting (Lux) Fans 300 18 nos. Fire Extinguisher OTHERS Sufficient clearance outside of the Refreshment /seating area to be provided for queuing at food stalls Finishes for serving counter.3m 1 no. 4 –1. serving. Lockers (2 nos. (Central Wash Area) Others Minimum 8 nos. Vending Machines REV-01 / MAY 06 . stall worktop & fixtures to be stainless steel Kitchen exhaust duct material shall be aluminium Separate meters for gas.2) 4 nos. minimum Hosereels (See Vol. per Foodstall) FUNCTION For preparation. (Foodstall) 8 nos. 1. 3.3 2 nos. Telephone Points (Public Phones) Water Supply 10 nos. 4 – 1.4m wide Central Wash area to provide separate washing trough for Muslim and non-Muslim stalls Lockable taps connected to separate meters to be provided at wash areas Computer Ports Power Points SERVICES/EQUIPMENT As required 8 nos. Wall Mounted (Store) Communications PA System (Refreshment Area)(See Vol.

ANCILLARY 4.2 VOL.5-2 CANTEEN SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 700 M2 CANTEEN LEGEND 1. 3. Long Table & Bench Food Stalls Canteen Store/ Toilets/ Central Wash Area/ Bottle Store Wash Trough for Tooth-brushing Water Cooler Vending Machines Public Telephones REV-00 / FEB 06 . 6. 5. 7. 4. 2.

2 VOL. ANCILLARY 4.5-3 CANTEEN RECOMMENDED CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OF FOOD STALL / DRINK STALL TYPICAL ELEVATION OF FOODSTALL FITMENT RECOMMENDED CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OF STAINLESS STEEL WASH TROUGH REV-00 / FEB 06 .

including all Division 1-4 officers Can explore provisions for multiple usages FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Cabinets Nil Nil Nil Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY FITMENT/FURNITURE -- Near Principal’s Office and General Office Projection Screen DB Closet SERVICES -- 1 no. 4 – 1. of Ceiling Mounted Nil Nil 300 Nil Nil REV-00 / FEB 06 .3m High Cabinet (See Vol. NON-TEACHING STAFF ANCILLARY 4.2) SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 1 no.9m x 0.4) OTHERS -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Nil Nil Master Key Set A (See Vol. Twin Gang 1 no.6-1 (NTS) ROOM NO. OF UNITS 1 no. 4 – 1. RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 10 M2 ROOM AREA 10 m2 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint CAPACITY 4 persons Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab FUNCTION Resting room for executive & administrative staff. 0.2 Critical Information VOL.

High Cabinet REV-00 / FEB 06 .2 VOL. ANCILLARY 4.6-2 (NTS) ROOM NON-TEACHING STAFF SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 10 M2 NON-TEACHING STAFF ROOM LEGEND 1. Dining Table & Chairs Area 2.

4.5kg weight Dumbbells on weights’ 2 nos. 4 – 1.2m x 1. Target Heart Rate Chart 2 nos.4) 1 no. aerobic type exercises & TV/video presentations Can be converted into other facilities FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Nil 1 no.2m x 0. full length mirror with timber bar 10 sets 1 kg weight Dumbbells on weights’ rack rack Near Field. Climbing Poles (Galvanised Pipes) OTHERS Min. Hydraulic Steppers for Juniors 16 nos.5m SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Nil Master Key Set B (See Vol. Twin Gang 4 nos. Bicycle Ergometers for Juniors 2 nos. Games Equipment Store and CCA Room 10 sets 1.2m Nil LOCATION /PROXIMITY Away from quiet areas Preferably on 1st storey Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Cabinets Others 2 nos. AREA 65 m2 Area is School White Area (SWA) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Sports Flooring of Homogeneous Vinyl Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab CAPACITY 1 Staff 20 Students FUNCTION Activities include mainly weight training exercises. OF UNITS (PER SCHOOL) 1 no. ANCILLARY 4.2 Critical Information VOL.2) Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) 3 nos.7-1 HEALTH & FITNESS ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 65 M2 TYPE FACILITY NO. 4 – 1. 1. Rowers (Non-Hydraulic) for Juniors SERVICES -- 3 nos.0 m x 1.2m 1 no.5m minimum from floor level Nil 1 no.6m Accessible after school hours without having to pass through other controlled areas Low Cabinet (See Vol. Manual Treadmills for Juniors FITMENT/FURNITURE -- 2 nos. 300 Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others PA System (See Vol. Telephone Point DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 . 1. 4 – 2.3) Nil 1 no. of Wall Mounted at 2. clear distance between any equipment or between equipment and wall is 0. “Step-Training” Platforms 1 no.

5m high x 6mm thick mirror on plywood backing with aluminium trimming (mounted at 300mm above floor level) and floor mounted 6. Rowers 8. 1.0m long 40mm diameter timber wall-bar at 800mm from floor with 4 anchor points 11. 1. 1 kg weight Dumbbells on weights’ rack 3.5 kg weight Dumbbells on weights’ rack 4. Low Timber Cabinet 10. Magnetic Whiteboard & Pin-up Board REV-00 / FEB 06 . Hydraulic Steppers 9.2 VOL. Teacher’s Table 2. Manual Treadmills 7.7-2 HEALTH & FITNESS ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 65 M2 HEALTH FITNESS ROOM LEGEND 1. Step Training Platforms 5. ANCILLARY 4. Bicycle Ergonomics 6.

1. Aluminium Cages for balls FITMENT /FURNITURE High Cabinets to store knee guards. table tennis bats. Ceiling Mounted Nil OTHERS Door to be min.9m x 0.3m SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Master Key Set A (See Vol. stockings and jerseys High Open Shelves to store hoops. abdominal guards and goalkeeper’s pads. 0.8m High Open Shelves High Cabinet (See Vol. 4 – 1. ankle guards. softballs. stopwatches. athletes’ batons DB Closet 1 no.8-1 GAMES EQUIPMENT STORE RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 65 M2 STORE NO. skipping ropes.2m x 2. AREA 65 m2 Area is School White Area (SWA) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint CAPACITY -- Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab FUNCTION Storage of equipment for physical education/games Can be converted into other facilities FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Cabinets Nil Nil LOCATION /PROXIMITY 1st storey Near Playcourts. measuring tapes. football boots. pitcher and plates. sepak takraw balls. ANCILLARY 4.4) 3 nos. discuses. softball bases. 4 – 1. tape recorder. Single Gang 1 no. 1. shuttlecocks. hockey sticks.2) 1 no. body protectors. table tennis balls. Canteen and Changing Room Teacher’s Table 1 no.4m 1 no. megaphone. gloves and masks.2m wide 300 Nil Nil Nil REV-00 / FEB 06 . 1. swimming floats.2 Critical Information VOL. Fire Extinguisher Burglar Alarm SERVICES 1 single power point to be located near teacher’s table SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 1 no. OF UNITS 1 no.3m x 0. starter blocks. Field. shot puts.

Teacher’s Table 2. Aluminium Cages 5. High Open Shelves 4.8-2 GAMES EQUIPMENT STORE SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 65 M2 GAMES EQUIPMENT ROOM LEGEND 1. High Cabinet 3.2 VOL. Pin-up Board REV-00 / FEB 06 . ANCILLARY 4.

2 Critical Information VOL. ANCILLARY 4. CCA clubs & activities FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Nil 1 no. 1.3) 1 no. Filing Cabinets 1 no. Ceiling Mounted Nil PA System (See Vol.3m LOCATION /PROXIMITY Away from Teaching Area Preferably on 1st storey Near Field and Games Equipment Store FITMENT/FURNITURE 2 nos. 1 no. indoor games. Single Gang 2 nos.6m x 0.2) Nil Nil SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 1 no. 3. 4 – 2. AREA 65 m2 195 m2 to be School White Area (SWA) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles/Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab CAPACITY -- FUNCTION For uniformed groups. 0.9m x 0. at back to cover minimum 30% of rear wall length 2 nos. 4 – 1.6m 10 nos.2m x 0. of Telephone Point Nil Nil REV-00 / FEB 06 .6m x 1. of pin-up board to flank Whiteboard SERVICES -- OTHERS -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Master Key Set B (See Vol. OF UNITS 3 nos. Twin Gang 300 2 nos.2m Magnetic 1 no.6m 2 nos.2m in front Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Student’s Table Cabinets DB Closet Nil 1 no. 0. 1.9-1 CCA ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 65 M2 ROOM NO.2m x 1.

Teacher’s & Students’ Tables Area 2. Filing Cabinet 3.9-2 CCA ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 65 M2 CCA ROOM LEGEND 1. ANCILLARY 4. Pin-up Board REV-00 / FEB 06 . Magnetic Whiteboard & Pin-up Board 4.2 VOL.

8m wide SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 2 nos. 4 – 1. of Fire Extinguisher OTHERS Grilles (if any) for the counter should be fixed on the external side of the roller shutter Roller shutter to be min. Vents & Counters Solid Door with Jimmy. ANCILLARY 4. Single Gang 500 1 no. OF UNITS Min.Proof Lock 1 no. 12 m 2 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles / Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab CAPACITY 1 – 2 Staff FUNCTION For sale of books and stationery Can explore provisions for multiple usages LOCATION/PROXIMITY Must be on 1st Storey Near Canteen Away from Classrooms and Staff Area FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Projection Screen Cabinets Nil Nil Nil Nil Counter Cabinet High Open Shelves FITMENT/FURNITURE Counter cabinet should not be higher than 750mm high SERVICES -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Individual Key (See Vol.2 Critical Information VOL.2) Nil Grilles to all Windows. Ceiling Mounted Nil 1 no. 1. Telephone Point Nil DB Closet as required REV-01 / MAY 06 .10-1 BOOKSHOP RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 24 M2 BOOKSHOP NO. 1 AREA Min.

2 VOL. High Open Shelves Area REV-00 / FEB 06 . ANCILLARY 4.10-2 BOOKSHOP SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 24 M2 BOOKSHOP LEGEND 1. Counter Cabinet 2.

soap dispenser Wall hung cabinet shall not have glass door panels Wall Cabinet to have 1 adjustable shelf within SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Master Key Set A (See Vol. paper towel dispenser. water stop cock. Cold (Dental Clinic) DB Closet as required PA System (See Vol.4m(W) x 0. 4 – 1. OF UNITS 1 no.2m high solid timber double-leaf door. louvered at lower half and with lockset shall have 1 light fitting The 7 nos. 4 – 2. 1.2) Burglar Alarm Grilles to all Windows and Vents Security Grille Gate at entrance to be lockable from both inside and outside Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock. SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points for each Dental chair) Clinic) 5 nos. 6 nos. No fixed glass windows are allowed REV-01 / MAY 06 . c.2m(D) Each sink to have individual water stop cock. Single Gang (Dental e. of utility pipes must be within 160mm diameter.2m x 2. Twin Gang and 1 no.0m x 0. AREA 42 m2 FINISHES Floor Non-Slip Tiles (Dental Clinic) 100mm thk Concrete Plinth (Compressor Compartment) Wall Glazed Wall Tiles to Full Height (Dental Clinic) 100mm thick Brickwall with Glazed Wall Tiles internally (Compressor Compartment) Ceiling Non-acoustic Ceiling (Dental Clinic) Emulsion Paint (Compressor Compartment) CAPACITY 2 students 2 Dental Therapists and 1 Dentist FUNCTION For carrying out dental health services LOCATION/PROXIMITY On 1st storey Away from Classrooms FITMENT/FURNITURE FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Projection Screen Cabinets Others Blinds 1 no.3) Clinic to have 6 sets of light fittings with 2 fluorescent tubes each. c. Dental Unit: Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others See critical information for details Nil A/C to be provided with Isolator 1 no. OTHERS Windows shall be sliding type and top hung above.4m (L) x 0. swivel swan neck tap with lever elbow handle Wash hand basin to have elbow tap. Telephone Points at Worktable 3 nos. ANCILLARY 4. b.4) Waiting Bench Worktable All drawers and cupboards of cabinets and writing tables shall have locksets and handles Long cabinets with sinks shall have solid surfacing worktop Sinks to be stainless steel of size 0.7m Magnetic Nil Nil Long Cabinet with Sinks High Cabinet (See Vol.11-1 DENTAL CLINIC RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 42 M2 DENTAL CLINIC NO. b. Compressor Compartment: shall have a clear height of 2200mm light switch shall be located outside the compartment for easy reach control switch to the compressor shall be located outside the compressor compartment but within the clinic Door to compartment to be 1. Vision Panel and Door Closer SERVICES a. Twin Gang (Compressor Compartment) 2 nos. at Worktable and 1 no.2 Critical Information VOL. a.11-3) Provide filter at incoming water pipes to the 2 dental chairs Isolated electrical wall switch & water stop cock for each unit Control switch for dental unit shall be located on wall of surgery and shall have a red light indicator d. 4 – 1. (See diagram on 4. (including 3 nos. 3 sets of these lights to be connected to one switch. DB with Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker to be provided in the Clinic. d.

ANCILLARY 4. Dental Units 2. LAN points. Long Cabinet with Sinks 3. Space for Autosonic Cleanser 5. Waiting Area 7. Waiting Bench 9. High Cabinet 8. Telephone Points & Magnetic Whiteboard WSC PTD SD Water Stop Cock Paper Towel Dispenser Soap Dispenser REV-00 / FEB 06 . Worktable 4.11-2 DENTAL CLINIC SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 42 M2 DENTAL CLINIC LEGEND 1.2 VOL. Space for Autoclave 6.

Suction Control Cable wire (3 x 1. ANCILLARY 4. Compressed Air Connection 15mm (outer diameter) copper pipe finish with BSPF 1/2 Connector Connection is 50mm above floor Pressure Between 5. Vacuum Connection 40mm (internal diameter) PVC pipe Vacuum connection is 30mm above floor The Suction pipe will lead to the suction machine (located in the compressor compartment) 4.5 – 6 bar 7. Water connection 15mm (outer diameter) copper pipe finish with BSPF 1/2 Connector Water Connection is 50mm above floor Pressure between 2.11-3 DENTAL CLINIC LEGEND 1.5 sq mm) 230V. Electrical Core 20mm diameter Electrical conduit with 3 core wire (3 x 1. 13A Automatic Circuit Breaker C16 Control switch to be mounted on the wall of the surgery for turning on the main power supply 3.2 VOL.5 sq mm) Electric Control Cable free & 1000mm above floor 5. 50Hz.7. Cable Connection 20 mm diameter with minimum 3m length LANs cable/terminated with faceplate at the end of 3m for future connection to chair side computer 5 Microns water filtration (if possible) 20mm diameter Electrical conduit with 3 core Electric Cord free & 1000mm above floor TEMPLATE OF JUNCTION BOX FOR DENTAL UNIT REV-01 / MAY 06 .2 . Drain Connection 40mm (internal diameter) PVC pipe Drainage connection is 30mm above floor gradient at least 1:100 2.5 Bar Free from oil & Contamination 6.

1. ANCILLARY 4. OF UNITS 1 no.8m x 0. AREA 40 m2 Area to be School White Area (SWA) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Vinyl Flooring Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab CAPACITY 40 students FUNCTION For conducting Pastoral Care activities Can be converted into other facilities FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Student’s Table Cabinets Others Blinds 1 no.5m Wall Mounted and Retractable 1 no.8m 14 nos.3m x 0. 4 – 1. 4 -1. Single Gang 500 1 no.6/0. to cover minimum 30% of wall length 1 no. 4 – 1.2m Magnetic 1 no. 2.2) Nil Nil SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 3 nos.2 Critical Information VOL. 1.7m Trapezoidal Table (See Vol. Ceiling Mounted Nil Nil Nil DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 .5m x 1.4m x 1. 1. Big Floor Cushions LOCATION/PROXIMITY Pastoral Care Room should be on the same storey as Counseling Room Near Counseling Room and Staff Room FITMENT/FURNITURE -- SERVICES -- OTHERS -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Master Key Set A (See Vol.4) Low Cabinet (See Vol.4) 10 nos.12-1 PASTORAL CARE ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 40 M2 ROOM NO.

Trapezoidal Activity Tables Area 3. ANCILLARY 4.2 VOL. Magnetic Whiteboard 5. Low Cabinet 4. Projection Screen REV-00 / FEB 06 .12-2 PASTORAL CARE ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 40 M2 PASTORAL CARE ROOM LEGEND 1. Teacher’s Table 2. Pin-up Board 6.

3 Central Server Room 5.2 LAN Room 5.5 Services & Circulation 5.4 FAVE Area .1 Toilets 5.

15 A for Hand Dryer Isolator for mechanical ventilation 1 no. The provisions prescribed above represent the minimum only. at the Canteen and 1 no. 1 no. toilets needs Computer Ports Power Points SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Nil 1 no. and if school has no preference. 1 female) to be provided for staff. FITMENT /FURNITURE The sanitary appliances and fittings installed shall be of heavy-duty classification and quality. A total of 2 shower cubicles (1 male. Wall Mounted Nil Nil 1 no. All fitment including pedestal WC and wash hand basin to be installed at heights that cater to average height students as well as smaller lower primary students. of WCs across the school. outside the Administrative /General Office area. to be provided to at least one toilet cubicle SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Security System Others Key Alike to all Toilets (where main doors are provided) (See Vol. At least 1 squat pan WC with a bib tap shall be provided per toilet.2) Nil Nil FUNCTION Showering. water coolers to be distributed outside toilet Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 300 1 no. Administration areas and in at least one Classroom block. especially female toilets. Centralized showers for students should be near the school field.1-1 TOILETS RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A TOILET UNIT FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Non-Slip Tiles Wall Tiles up to 2. Shower cubicles to be housed separately from WCs in toilet. Basic facilities for the disabled to be provided in all schools to include: one handicapped toilet for the wheelchair-bound at the 1st storey each at the Canteen. consultants can assume 50% male and 50% female. Staff toilets to be near Staff and Administration as well as Teaching areas. consultants shall ensure a good distribution of toilets and provide the appropriate no. preferably at the Canteen area. SERVICES & CIRCULATION 5. OF UNITS As required AREA As required CAPACITY For every 40 students (male). A total of 12 centralized shower cubicles (6 male and 6 female) and adequate changing space to be provided for students. changing.2m high only Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab NO. Water Coolers clusters at every level of the Classroom blocks. to provide: 3 WCs & 2 washbasins If the actual ratio of male to female students in the school is not available. FITMENT/FURNITURE Soap Dispenser Cleansing Tap 1 no. 4 – 1. to provide: 1 WC. 2 urinals (including 1 floor urinal) & 1 washbasin For every 40 students (female). 2 nos. Electric Hand Dryer Sensor Flush Valves to be provided in all Handicapped Toilet Cubicles 7 nos.2 Critical Information VOL. one WC for the ambulant disabled at every level above the 1st storey at the Administrative area and in at least one Classroom block. for every two basins 1 no. 4 nos. for Fan LOCATION /PROXIMITY Toilets shall not be located at remote areas within the school. For schools with layouts resulting in longer distances between blocks. Bib Tap in each Squatting Pan Cubicle 13A Power Points for Handicapped Toilets Ducted Mechanical Ventilation System for Toilet Stack Extractor Fan for individual toilet. REV-00 / FEB 06 .

Vanity tops to be solid-surfacing finish or cultured marble. All wash basin taps shall have their water pressure and flow rate adjusted to minimize splashing. with large surface area for easy palm-pressing.2 Critical Information VOL.1-2 TOILETS RECOMMENDED DIMENSIONS OF TOILET FTTINGS FITMENT /FURNITURE (CON’T) Urinal flush/sensor should be 950mm above finished floor level (F. Foul air extraction to be at low level close to source. Soap dispenser to have a transparent window to show the remaining level of liquid soap clearly. Gully/Floor trap covers to be made of stainless steel. Ensure that extracted air from toilet is not directed at other habitable or main circulation areas.Wash hand basin to be under-counter type. URINAL WASH BASIN REV-00 / FEB 06 . Individual toilets should be served by wall mounted exhaust fans. designed to minimize water spilling over from basin onto the counter. SERVICES & CIRCULATION 5. SQUAT PAN TYPE OTHERS Main entrance to the toilets shall be positioned to ensure sufficient visual privacy for the users inside the toilet. Storage closet of minimum 1. Low capacity flushing cisterns to be provided for all water closets.0m x 0.6m to be provided for every cluster of toilets on all floors to store cleaning equipment and mop sink at low height. Individual control valves to be provided for urinal flush valves and low capacity flushing cisterns. Hand dryer to be appropriately mounted to prevent hot air from blowing on the face of shorter students. Proprietary system partitions to be provided for toilet cubicles. Toilet walls to be finished with smooth wall tiles or other impervious materials. PEDESTAL TYPE SERVICES Toilet stack served by ducted mechanical ventilation system should have central exhaust fans located at roof level. Squat pan WC cubicle to be kerbed to prevent water from flowing outside the cubicle and its floor to be graded towards gully trap within cubicle. Handicapped toilet provisions to comply with the latest statutory Code on Barrier-Free Accessibility in Buildings.L). Self-closing delayed action taps to be provided.F. Drum type of tissue holder to be provided in each toilet cubicle.

2 Critical Information VOL. Single Gang (FCU) 1 no. Twin Gang (Computer) 2 nos.3) Nil Heat and Smoke detectors REV-00 / FEB 06 . OF UNITS As required 5.7m minimum Maximum weight allowed: 1.2.500kg No windows allowed No viewing panel on door No toilet. planter box or gas pipes shall be allowed to run above or inside the LAN Room All openings to be sealed or airtight To provide 100mm high concrete kerb at the door opening Grounding strip to be located at the same level and near to the power point For schools under upgrading. 4 . no riser access and no high tension electrical switchboard in the LAN Room SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Nil 4 nos.9KW Cooling capacity of each FCU = 5.2) Burglar Alarm 1 no. = 60% + 5% OTHERS LAN Riser shall be located outside the LAN Room facing internal and on all floors Room height to be 2.8KW Indoor temperature = 23 + 1oC R. Single Gang (PLC) Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 500 Nil 24 hr Air-Conditioning to be provided PA System (See Vol.2-1 LAN ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 7. 4 – 1.H.5 M2 LAN ROOM AREA 7.2m high FITMENT/FURNITURE -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Individual Key (See Vol. (maximum) 0.8m x 2. SERVICES & CIRCULATION NO. of Fire Extinguisher Air Tight Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock SERVICES FCU = 2 Heatload = 3.8m x 0.5 m2 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Thick Heavy Duty Anti-Static Vinyl Calcium Silicate or Cement Board with Insulation on Inner Wall Thermally Insulated Ceiling Membrane/ Board CAPACITY -- FUNCTION -- LOCATION/PROXIMITY Located at central block and must not be more than 90m from the furthest data outlet that it is serving FITMENT/FURNITURE Racks (by others) 3 nos.

8m from finished floor level) REV-00 / FEB 06 . CIRCULATION SERVICES & 5.2 VOL. Rack 2.2-2 LAN ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 7. Wall mounted DB (1. Air-conditioning Fan Coil Units (2.5 M2 LAN ROOM LEGEND 1.2m from finished floor level) 3.8m from finished floor level) 4. Wall mounted Lights (1.

SERVICES & CIRCULATION 5. 4 – 1. no riser access and no high tension electrical switchboard in the Server Room REV-00 / FEB 06 . planter box or gas pipes shall be allowed to run above or inside the Server Room All openings to be sealed or airtight To provide 100mm high concrete kerb at the door opening Grounding strip to be located at the same level and near to the power point For schools under upgrading. Single Gang (PLC) Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 500 Nil 24 hr Air-Conditioning to be provided PA System (See Vol. 2.6 M2 CENTRAL SERVER ROOM NO. = 60% + 5% OTHERS SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Nil 5 nos. 4 –2. Single Gang (FCU) 1 no.8KW Indoor temperature = 23 + 1oC R.2m x 3. (maximum) 0.8m x 0.H.800kg No window allowed No viewing panel allowed on door No toilet. of Telephone Points Nil Heat and Smoke Detector The size of the central server room is 4.2) Burglar Alarm 1 no.2m high FITMENT/FURNITURE -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Individual Key (See Vol. OF UNITS AREA Min. 12.6 m2 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Thick Heavy Duty Anti-Static Vinyl Calcium Silicate or Cement Insulation on Inner Wall Board with CAPACITY FUNCTION -- Thermally Insulated Ceiling Membrane/ Board LOCATION /PROXIMITY Located at 1st storey and preferably nearby to the General Office Must be nearby telephone equipment room and coaxial distribution room FITMENT/FURNITURE Rack 5 nos.7m Max. Twin Gang (Computer) 4 nos.2 Critical Information 1 No.0m (minimum internal clearance) Room height to be min.3-1 CENTRAL SERVER ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 12. Fire Extinguisher Air Tight Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock SERVICES FCU = 4 Heat Load = 9KW Cooling capacity of each FCU = 5. weight allowed: 1.3) 2 nos. -- VOL.6m x 2.

Wall mounted lights (1. SERVICES & CIRCULATION 5.3-2 CENTRAL SERVER ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 12. Wall mounted DB (1.8m from finished floor level) 4.2m from finished floor level) 3.8m from finished floor level) REV-00 / FEB 06 . Rack 2.6 M2 CENTRAL SERVER ROOM LEGEND 1.2 VOL. Air-con Fan Coils (2.

Staff Room or Canteen and other areas that support teaching and learning. FAVE area can be used. SERVICES & CIRCULATION 5. Circulation area can be used as Study Area before it is carved out to form the expanded space or the modified area of an existing facility.4-1 FAVE AREA AREA 10% of school’s circulation area (approximately 890 m2 to be made available for FAVE space. After expansion Corridor Staircase Study Corner Room Space “optimized” REV-00 / FEB 06 . Staircase Room Space Room Space OTHERS If Classrooms need to be reconverted into 42 nos. Before expansion Corridor Study Corner “FAVE” space LOCATION Preferably sited near Administration areas like General Office. FUNCTION To provide space for school’s future expansion or modification of existing facilities. 90 m2 modules.2 Critical Information VOL.

3 Play Courts & Parade Square 6.6 Guard Post . Fence & Footbath 6. Driveway & Porch 6.4 Outdoor Fitness Area 6.6 External Works 6.5 Gates & Signwall 6.1 Carpark.2 Field.

6m 23 nos. OF UNITS As required.0m REV-00 / FEB 06 .2m x 3. 3.2 Critical Information VOL. DRIVEWAY & PORCH RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A TYPICAL PRIMARY SCHOOL NO. 13. 4.4m 6 nos. 4. of required lots. FINISHES Road Marking Entrance Porch Bus Lots Carpark Motorcycle Lots Driveway 100mm wide LTA Approved Road Marking Paint Interlocking Pavers Interlocking Perforated Slab Interlocking Perforated Slab Interlocking Pavers Interlocking Pavers DIMENSIONS Porch shelter shall be min.8m high for bus clearance Min. 9. 2.8m x 2. Bus Lots Carpark Lots Motorcycle Lots 4 nos. EXTERNAL WORKS 6.1-1 CARPARK.4m x 1.5m high for fire engine clearance PARKING LOTS USAGE For staff and visitors vehicle parking. To provide 1 no.6m wide Min. carpark lot for the handicapped from the total no.

1-2 CARPARK.2 VOL. EXTERNAL WORKS 6. DRIVEWAY & PORCH SAMPLE LAYOUT OF CARPARK / DRIVEWAY SAMPLE SECTION OF ENTRANCE PORCH REV-00 / FEB 06 .

REV-00 / FEB 06 . VOL. 2. 1. carpark/public carpark or pavement of public road If the buffer is on a slope of more than 15° or 1:3. 1.2 Critical Information 1 no. flooring to be of anti-slip material and necessary grating for proper drainage. D3& D4 At the ends of the field where the goal posts are located Located next to the school.) A buffer of 3m all round field FINISHES Fence Sub-Soil Drain Chain-link fence with Galvanized Mild Steel Post & Painted To be Designed by Geo-Technical Engineer FIELD ORIENTATION Ideally North-South Maximum deviation: 45° to North-South axis GATES Field Gates Side Gates Exit Gates 2 nos. courts and building Open galvanized steel gratings drain cover should be provided in new schools to replace concrete slab cover to meet statutory requirement To facilitate the cleaning of the drains by power jets.2-1 FOOTBATH RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A TYPICAL PRIMARY SCHOOL NO.0m wide gate is to be centrally located along this fence.4m wide gates between school and field 1 no. EXTERNAL WORKS FIELD.2m wide side gate for community use of the field 2 nos. buffer.73.0m x 80. D2. etc. OF UNITS FIELD SIZE Fenced-up area = 40. FENCE & 6.2m wide exit gates with a signboard “Emergency Exit Only” at both sides along the fence and to be located near to HDB void decks or open space. HIGH FENCE A high fence is to be provided for the field with the following site conditions: Refer plan showing critical dimensions D1. a low fence is still required at the bottom of the slope when the distance between play courts and the field is less than 3. gratings should be placed parallel instead of perpendicular to the edges of surface drains OTHERS Goal posts to be provided by school Footbath near field to be provided. A 1. consist of 2 tap points. microphone point to be provided DRAINAGE Optimize drains to take run off from field. the high fence is to be at the top of the slope.0m or 0. Field to be designed so that it can be fenced up for use as a community field Refer to MOE Officer in Charge for the Guidelines on Assessment of Landscaping works for the field. however.32ha (inclusive of tree-planting. The location could be relocated upon principal’s request.0m SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Others 2 Horn Speakers & 1 no.

FENCE & 6. EXTERNAL WORKS FIELD.2-2 FOOTBATH SAMPLE LAYOUT OF PRIMARY SCHOOL FIELD REV-00 / FEB 06 .2 VOL.

FENCE & 6.2-3 FOOTBATH SECTION A-A PLAN OF FOOTBATH ELEVATION 1 PLAN OF G. EXTERNAL WORKS FIELD.S GRATING SECTION B-B SAMPLE OF FOOTBATH DETAIL REV-00 / FEB 06 .2 VOL.

EXTERNAL WORKS FIELD.2 VOL.2-4 FOOTBATH CRITICAL DIMENSION OF HIGH FENCE Front Elevation Side Elevation CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OF GOAL POST REV-00 / FEB 06 . FENCE & 6.

Parade Square – 1 no. LOCATION FINISHES Basketball Backboard Painted 50mm Wide Lines in approved Pack Solvent with Volleyball/Sepak Takraw ‘Fast Borundico’ Galvanized Steel Post & Painted Sleeve Cover of Solid Brass ‘Fast Borundico’ Support of Galvanized Steel & To be located away from roads.0m minimum between two courts Provide drains with grating at least on one side of court Avoid planting tall trees near courts Court finish level at least 25mm above surrounding turf level All lines to be 50mm wide Regular cement screed flooring to all sports courts PARADE SQUARE Parade square 30. EXTERNAL WORKS 6.0m x 40.3-1 PLAY COURTS & PARADE SQUARE RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A TYPICAL PRIMARY SCHOOL NO.0m Planting space for trees and shrubs are recommended at the perimeter of the parade square A rostrum and 2 flag posts shall be provided at the parade square Drains surrounding the parade square and any internal drain courtyard shall be covered with grating running parallel to the drain REV-00 / FEB 06 . OF UNITS Play Courts – 2 nos. carparks and pedestrian linkways Consultants to propose appropriate means of protection for MOE approval when courts have to be located near such places due to site constraint NETBALL COURT Suitable Galvanized Steel Sleeves for net post 50mm Wide Lines in approved Pack Solvent with Volley court lines to be provided with provision of galvanized steel sleeves for posts ALL COURTS Netball Court Parade Square Cement Screed (if Netball Court is integrated Interlocking Pavers with the Parade Square) Provide pavings/footpath of 3.2 Critical Information VOL.

EXTERNAL WORKS 6. WHEREVER POSSIBLE) NETBALL COURT Goal Ring Elevation NETBALL GOAL POST REV-00 / FEB 06 .3-2 PLAY COURTS & PARADE SQUARE (TO BE DRAWN ONTO PARADE SQUARE.2 VOL.

3-3 PLAY COURTS & PARADE SQUARE See Detail A BASKETBALL COURT Front Elevation BASKETBALL POST Side Elevation DETAIL A REV-00 / FEB 06 . EXTERNAL WORKS 6.2 VOL.

2 VOL. EXTERNAL WORKS 6.3-4 PLAY COURTS & PARADE SQUARE See Detail A See Detail B (COULD BE DRAWN ON BASKETBALL COURT ) VOLLEYBALL COURT DETAIL A REV-00 / 28 JAN 04 VOLLEYBALL POST DETAIL B REV-00 / FEB 06 .

3-5 PLAY COURTS & PARADE SQUARE ELEVATION OF FLAG POLES FRONTING ASSEMBLY GROUND REV-00 / FEB 06 .2 VOL. EXTERNAL WORKS 6.

EXTERNAL WORKS 6.2 VOL.3-6 PLAY COURTS & PARADE SQUARE PLAN OF RAISED PLATFORM SECTION THROUGH PLATFORM REV-00 / FEB 06 .

2 Critical Information VOL.4-1 OUTDOOR FITNESS AREA RECOMMENDED FITNESS EQUIPMENT FOR PRIMARY SCHOOLS AREA 120 m2 or 30. EXTERNAL WORKS 6.0m X 4.0m LOCATION Area to be located free from underground services OTHERS School principal to select 7 out of 11 fitness equipment Horizontal Ladder Climbing Ropes Step Up/ Astride Jump Benches Leg Raise Inclined Flex Arm Hang Forward Jump Pull-up Bars Vertical Ladder Sit-up Bench (4 pieces) Balance Beam Parallel Bars REV-00 / FEB 06 .

5-1 GATES & SIGNWALL MAIN ENTRANCE & SIDE GATE Open inwards Security over gate (e. Plan Elevation GATE FOR MAIN ENTRANCE & SUBSTATION REV-00 / FEB 06 Elevation SIDE GATE . SIGNWALL Malay Chinese Tamil English School name to be written in 4 languages in the following order: Plan School crest to be provided School name in English (Box Lettering) to be mounted on the school building located above first storey OTHERS To provide directional signs at strategic locations of new schools to be built to guide visitors to the school. EXTERNAL WORKS 6.g.2 Critical Information VOL. Consultants should review the location of the school and advise on the need and locations of the signs. of drop bolt for each leaf with metal sleeves Provide ball-bearing hinges if gate is too large and heavy Gates should not be designed with horizontal bars which can be easily climbed. provide spikes) 1 no. Distance between bars should not exceed 150mm. This requirement is to be evaluated by consultants on a case by case basis.

EXTERNAL WORKS 6.2 VOL.5-2 GATES & SIGNWALL SAMPLE PLAN OF SIGNWALL SAMPLE ELEVATION OF SIGN WALL REV-00 / FEB 06 .

4sqm CAPACITY 2 security officers FUNCTION To monitor human and vehicular traffic at school gates. Lighting and power points as required to be Electric fan to be provided and positioned as appropriate. Connection to school’s CCTV network to be Exterior view GUARD POST OTHERS Guard post design should not be opulent. OTHER FACILITIES AREA 6. To monitor activities on CCTV screen LOCATION / PROXIMITY To be near main entrance gates of school with clear unobstructed view of the entrances for vehicles and visitors. To log in visitor’s particulars and issue entry passes. FITMENT / FURNITURE Minimal provision. Window counter to be designed to facilitate exchange of passes and visitors’ enquiry.2 VOL. Lightning Protection System shall be provided as required.6-1 GUARD POST Critical Information Max. Interior of GUARD POST REV-00 / FEB 06 . SERVICES provided. Doors and windows to be lockable to prevent theft. Signage to be provided to enable visitors to identify Guard Post as a point of security. provided.

Master Revision List Index .

7-1 01 03/2006 (May 06) Critical info>No.Relocated detail of mirror to Critical Info column 7.10-1 4.11-1 01 01 03/2006 (May 06) 03/2006 (May 06) Recommended Provisions>Safety/Security>Master key: – Amended page reference Critical info>Fitment/furniture: .2-2>Legend: – Inserted items 13 to 15 3. 1.Omitted “ * ” Recommended Provisions>Safety/Security: .2-1 & 2 01 03/2006 (May 06) Recommended Provisions>Fitment/Furniture> Projection Screen: . >Services>Dental unit – Amended page reference >Others -Amended Windows Recommended Provisions>Finishes: . 2.Relocated detail description to Critical Info column 4. 1. 1.Amended detail on wall hung cabinet & wall cabinet Critical info>Services>Compressor compartment: .Amended page reference . 1.Amended text Recommended Provisions>Fitment/Furniture>Kiln: .5-1 01 03/2006 (May 06) Recommended Provisions>Finishes>Wall: .Amended no. 2 – Primary School S/ No. 01 Circular No.Amended door dimensions.Renamed “Alarm System” 2. 2.7-2>Drawing>Legend .Renamed and amend type of “Security Key System” . 4. 8.Master Revision List Design Handbook Vol. 4. Revision No.Rearranged text 4.7-1 & 2 01 03/2006 (May 06) Critical info>Fitment/Furniture: -Added “mirror” details Recommended Provisions>Finishes>Floor: -Amended text Recommended Provisions>Services/Eqt >Fans: .Proper distribution of M&E services Recommended Provisions>Safety/Security: . of units Recommended Provisions>Finishes>Floor: Recommended Provisions>Finishes>Ceiling: .2-1 01 03/2006 (May 06) Recommended Provisions>Fitment/Furniture> Pin-up board: . 4.1-1 Page No.Omitted “Ceramic” Recommended Provisions>Safety/Security>Others: .Omitted “Suspended Ceiling” – Amended page reference 5.Amended ceiling type .Amended type of Security System Pg. / Circular Date 03/2006 (May 06) Critical Info>Others Amendment .Omitted text Recommended Provisions>Services/Eqt>Communications: – Amended page reference 6. of units: .

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any Copyright of Ministry of Education 2006 means.SCHOOL DESIGN HANDBOOK EDITION 2006 Vol. Ministry of Education. Applications for use of the information within should be addressed to Research & Procurement Branch. . electronic or mechanical. without prior permission in writing from the copyright holder. Infrastructure & Facility Services Group. Innovation & Specifications Unit | Research & Procurement Branch| MOE Produced by All rights reserved. 3 Research. including photocopy. recording or any other information storage and retrieval systems.

Thus. . renovated or rebuilt to purposefully fulfil the varying Today. To assist schools and designers in their tasks. facilities enlarged. the design direction for schools is towards innovative. The collaborative efforts of educators and designers will continue to be helpful in creating desirable spaces to nurture our young. Being centres of teaching and models of inspiration for our young. adaptable learning.FOREWORD The Ministry of Education has invested a great deal of resources into developing its school buildings. Schools’ physical environments. Many existing schools have seen their needs and expectations of school educators and students alike. efficient and easily maintainable. As we resume our journey forward in school design and in garnering even more learning points. serve as the platforms which facilitate their intellectual and physical growth. Improvements that are responsive to the changing pedagogical styles will continue to be expected of our school buildings. Research & Procurement Branch (RPM) conducted a review of the School Design Handbook and put together existing good practices as well as fresh ideas on school design into this new 2006 edition. it is hoped that the information herein would help facility planners to design learning environments that will be meaningful and enriching to both educators and students. it is an inarguable fact that the schools serve as important and flexible learning environments. at the same time. it is of concern that our schools be built to be conducive.

6 2.18 Kitchen Preparation Room 2.3 2. 3 CONTENTS Introduction 1 General Teaching 1.19 Needlework Room REV 00 / FEB 06 .10 Music Room 2.14 Chemistry Laboratory 2.15 Biology/Physics Laboratory 2.4 2.7 2.1 2.School Design Handbook > SECONDARY SCHOOL < Vol.17 Kitchen 2.16 Science Laboratory’s Preparation Room 2.11 Music Store Audio Visual Store 2.13 IT Learning Resource Room 2.9 2.5 Humanities Workroom Commerce Room Art & Crafts Room Casting Room Art Store Audio Visual Room Project Room Humanities Room 2.1 1.2 2.8 2.12 Computer Room 2.2 Classroom Mother Tongue Language Room 2 Special Teaching 2.

3 5.1 5.3 Design & Technology 3.4 4.5 3.5 5.14 Sickbay 4.2 3.10 Career Guidance Room 4.1 4.2 Media Resource Library Multi-Purpose Hall Furniture Store Multi-Purpose Hall 5.3 3.6 (1.12 Staff Lounge 4.2 4. Store) Canteen Non-Teaching Staff (NTS) Room Bookshop REV 00 / FEB 06 .4 5.8 3.9 4. Control Room 2.4 D&T Studio 2 D&T Studio 1 Wood Machineshop Design Room Store D & T Studio Store D & T Staff Room (1.1 3.6 4.7 4.5 Vice-Principal’s Office Office Store General Office Principal’s Office 4.7 5.13 Staff Resource Room 5 Ancillary 5.8 Printing Room Meeting Room Prefects’ Room Counselling Room H.D’s Office 4.11 Staff Room 4. Studio Store 2.3 4.O.7 3. Changing Room 3. Main Store) Design Room D & T Studio (LS) 4 Administrative / Staff 4.6 3.

13 Rifle Range (Outdoor) 5.6 7.9 Health & Fitness Room Games Equipment Store 5.11 NCC / NPCC Room 5.3 7.14 Armoury 5.4 Toilets & Showers LAN Room Central Server Room FAVE Area 7 External Works 7.10 Co-Curricular Activities (CCA) Room 5.8 5.5 7.3 6.4 7.15 Dental Clinic 6 Services & Circulation 6.2 Carpark.5 Ancillary ( con’t) 5.1 6. Driveway & Porch Field.12 Rifle Range (Indoor) 5.1 7.2 6. Fence & Footbath Playcourts & Parade Square Outdoor Fitness Area Gates & Signwall Guard Post List of Abbreviations User’s Reference Master Revision List REV 00 / FEB 06 .

Introduction .

1 2. A sample layout of the facility is also provided to show how the space within the facility could be configured. if any.2 In designing the provisions for each type of facility. 3.Chapters 4.7 & 4.1 Introduction school’s facilities. INTRODUCTION The information found in this Volume is a compilation of data describing the major provisions and particular specifications for each of the Planning Parameters The overall facility provisions were computed based on the following planning scenario: School operating on a single-session model Having a max. Should any deviation from the specifications be and the implications.1 1 The list of facilities is as tabulated in the Primary School and Secondary School’s Facilities Tables.0 2. necessary.1 VOL. accordingly. REV-00 / FEB 06 . 1 . Consultants are required to seek the school’s and MOE’s advice as to the relevancy of the information to the project. unless otherwise stated. enrolment of 1520 students (critical session) 2. How to use this Volume Each facility is represented by a datasheet which lays down the recommended provisions as well as the critical requirements of the facility. the Consultant shall advise the school or MOE on the extent of it 3.2 The recommended provisions and sample layouts shown in the datasheets are to be used only as a guide by Consultants who are designing the facility. (Refer to Vol.0 1.3 As certain facilities may require revisions to their size and/or unit numbers or other details due to the school’s specific programmes.8 of the School Design Handbook).0 3. 3.3 1. the above planning parameters must be taken into account.

1 Classroom 1.2 Mother Tongue Language Room .1 General Teaching 1.

Wall Mounted for teacher PA System (See Vol. 1. 4 – 2.7m x 0. no.3) DB Closet as required REV-01 / MAY 06 .2) As required Nil SERVICES -- OTHERS SERVICES/ EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 3 nos. based on the proposed function of the room FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain/ Blinds Whiteboard Pin-up Board As required 1 no. for teacher) Classrooms should face North-South direction and address vision care needs (See Vol. 1.5m 1 no. 3. area must be able to revert to 90 Emulsion Paint to Soffit of slab CAPACITY For a module of 90 m2: 1 Staff. 1.5m (See Vol.6m LOCATION/PROXIMITY Quiet zone Preferably near the Special Teaching areas Computer Table State Flag 35 nos. Ceiling Mounted 3 nos. 4 – 1. (including 1 no.2m high x minimum 30% of rear wall 1 no. 1. 40 Students For modules other than 90 m2: The appropriate space per student norm to be used to derive the capacity. 0. OF UNITS Min. independent learning 1 no. FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint AREA Minimum module of 45 m2 per classroom m2 (38 units). 34 When required. GENERAL TEACHING (per school) 1.6m x 1. and to take into account any future conversions to a different module size.8m x 1.4m x 1. Consideration must be given to the proper distribution of mechanical & electrical services as well.2) As required 1 no.2m x 0. 4 – 1.0m x 0. 4 – 1.8m 1 no.8m Wall Mounted Retractable FUNCTION 1. Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil Nil 1 no. Twin Gang (including 1 no.6m x 0.1-1 Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Students’ Table Cabinets General Instruction Area Other possible functions include – project work. State Flag shall be above all other decoration or emblem of any kind Moveable Wall Partition SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Security System Others Key alike per room Master Key Set C (See Vol. for LCD) 6 nos. 1. multi-group activity.2m Magnetic 2 nos. for teacher) 500 4 nos.2) Walls between classrooms to be impact-resistant Window arrangement and other façade openings to be appropriately designed to suit the module size allocated to each classroom unit.1-1 CLASSROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 90 M2 MODULE NO.2m length 1 no. of units must be able to revert to 38 (90 m2 each).3 Critical Information VOL. Single Gang (including 1 no. 0. to comply with specifications FITMENT/FURNITURE Students’ seating to be minimum 3m clear from whiteboard Moveable wall partition if installed should have a minimum sound insulation of 42 dBA. When required.

1-2 CLASSROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT (FOR A 90 M2 MODULE) LEGEND 1. Printer POSITION OF STATE FLAG/ MAGNETIC WHITEBOARD & PIN-UP BOARD AT FRONT WALL REV-00 / FEB 06 . Pin-up Board & Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen 5.3 VOL. Cabinet 4. GENERAL TEACHING 1. LCD Projector 9. Computer Tables 8. Teacher’s Table 2. Students’ Tables Area 3. Magnetic Whiteboard. Students’ Storage Cabinet Area 7. Pin-up Board 6.

1.4) High Cabinet with High Cabinet LOCATION/PROXIMITY Near Staff Room Centrally accessible from classrooms FITMENT/FURNITURE -- 1 no.4m x 1. 4 – 1.8m x 1.2m Sliding Magnetic integrated 2 nos.2) Nil SERVICES/ EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points printer) 5 nos. 1. 1. GENERAL TEACHING MOTHER TONGUE 1. Mobile Table (See Vol. 4 – 1.2-1 LANGUAGE ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 45 M2 TYPE FACILITY NO. for teacher & 1 no. (including 1 no.2) Sliding folding partition to be usable as Pin-up Board SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Others Security System Nil Master Key Set B (See Vol.3) Nil DB Closet as required Nil 1 no. Tamil & Malay Can explore provision for multiple usages FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain/ Blinds Whiteboard Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Students’ Table Cabinets Nil 2 nos. 1. Ceiling Mounted Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others PA System (See Vol. for printer) 4 nos. Wall Mounted for teacher REV-01 / MAY 06 .8m Wall Mounted Retractable 10 nos. Twin Gang (including 1 no. for teacher & 1 no. for 5 nos. OF UNITS 3 nos.2m x 0.6m SERVICES -- High Cabinet with Whiteboard & Pin-up Board OTHERS 2 rooms to be interconnected with sliding folding partition (See Vol. 4 – 1.4 – 2.8m x 1. for LCD) Lighting (Lux) Fans 500 3 nos.2m Sliding integrated with 1 no.3 Critical Information VOL. AREA 45 m2 per unit Total of 135 m2 to be School White Area (SWA) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint / Sliding Folding Partition Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab between 2 Rooms CAPACITY 1 Staff 20 Students FUNCTION Teaching of Mother Tongue Languages: Chinese. Single Gang (including 1 no.

Teacher’s Table 2. Sliding Folding Partition REV-00 / FEB 06 . High Cabinet with Sliding Whiteboard & Sliding Pin-up Board. Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen 4.3 VOL. Students’ Tables Area 3. GENERAL TEACHING MOTHER TONGUE 1. LCD Projector 5.2-2 LANGUAGE ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF MOTHER TONGUE LANGUAGE ROOMS LEGEND 1.

10 Needlework Room Music Room .5 Project Room 2.15 Biology/Physics Laboratory 2.12 Humanities Workroom 2.3 Computer Room 2.14 Art & Crafts Room 2.2 Music Store 2.16 Casting Room Science Laboratory’s Preparation Room/Store 2.6 Chemistry Laboratory 2.18 Kitchen Preparation Room/Store 2.8 Audio Visual Room 2.13 Commerce Room 2.9 2.1 2.11 Humanities Room 2.7 Kitchen 2.2 Special Teaching 2.17 Art Store 2.4 IT Learning Resource Room 2.19 Audio Visual Store 2.

Ceiling Mounted at 2.3) Nil 1 no. for printer) 500 Lighting (Lux) Fans 4 nos. 1.3 Critical Information VOL.8m Wall Mounted and SERVICES -- 20 nos. (including 1 no. models and students’ project work Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Students’ Table Cabinet 1 no. 4 – 1.4) 1 no. for teacher & 1 no.8m x 1. for printer) 7 nos.8m x 1.2m at rear of room Retractable with High Cabinet Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY Preferably on the 2nd storey Interconnected with Humanities Store Pin-up Board FITMENT/FURNITURE Cabinets should be provided to store equipment. SPECIAL TEACHING NO.2m Sliding Magnetic integrated 2 nos. 4– 1.8m High Cabinet with Whiteboard & Pin-up Board OTHERS -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Nil Nil Master Key Set B (See Vol. 1.6m x 1. for LCD) 6 nos.2m x 0. OF UNITS 1 no. Twin Gang (including 1 no. Single Gang (including 1 no.4m x 1. 2. 3. 1. TV DB Closet as required REV-01 / MAY 06 . for teacher & 1 no.7m Mobile Table (See Vol.5m minimum from floor level Nil Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others PA System (See Vol.1-1 HUMANITIES ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 90 M2 TYPE FACILITY AREA 90 m2 Area to be School White Area (SWA) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab CAPACITY 1 Staff 40 Students FUNCTION For teaching of Humanities Subjects such as Geography and History Can explore provision for multiple usages FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain/Blinds Whiteboard 2 nos. 1. 1.6m x 0. 4 – 2.2m Sliding integrated with High Cabinet 1 no.2) SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 7 nos.

TV REV-01 / MAY 06 . High Cabinet with Sliding Magnetic Whiteboard & Sliding Pin-up Board. LCD Projector Screen 6. SPECIAL TEACHING 2. Teacher’s Table 2.1-2 HUMANITIES ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF HUMANITIES ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT LEGEND 1. Students’ Table Area 3. Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen 4.3 VOL. Pin-up Board 5.

Ceiling Mounted Nil 500 Nil Nil Nil REV-00 / FEB 06 . Single Gang 1 no. 4 – 1.5 m2 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab Area to be School White Area (SWA) CAPACITY 2 – 3 Teachers FUNCTION For storage of Humanities teaching aids and workspace for teachers Can be converted into other facilities FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Track Whiteboard Pin-up Board Cabinets Nil Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY Preferably on the 2nd storey Interconnected with Humanities Room Projection Screen Nil Nil High Cabinet FITMENT/FURNITURE SERVICES -- High Cabinet to span length of room SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Nil Nil Master Key Set B (See Vol.3 Critical Information VOL. OF UNITS 1 no. SPECIAL TEACHING NO.2-1 HUMANITIES WORKROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 22.5M2 TYPE FACILITY AREA 22.2) OTHERS -- SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 2 nos. 2.

2-2 HUMANITIES WORKROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF HUMANITIES WORKROOM LEGEND 1. SPECIAL TEACHING 2.3 VOL. High Cabinet REV-00 / FEB 06 .

4 – 1.2) 1 no. 4 – 2. Twin Gang (including 1 no. (including 1 no. for teacher & 1 no. TV 1 no.3) Nil 3 nos.8m Wall Mounted and with High Cabinet As required For teaching of Elements of Office Practice Can be converted into other facilities LOCATION/PROXIMITY Near General Office and Staff Room so that equipment could be used for non-teaching purposes Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Students’ Table Cabinets FITMENT/FURNITURE Reception counter to be movable on rollers 16 nos. for 12 nos. for teacher & 1 no.4) OTHERS Minimum 2 door openings Vinyl flooring must be heavy duty to withstand equipment loads. VOL. Photocopier DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 . SPECIAL TEACHING 2. 1.2m Sliding integrated with High Cabinet 1 no. Table for Typewriters 1 no. scratch-resistant to withstand furniture movement SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Burglar Alarm Master Key Set B (See Vol. for LCD) printer) Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 8 nos. 1. Fax Machine 1 no. OF UNITS AREA 135 m2 comprising: Teaching area and Practical Simulation area Total area to be School White Area (SWA) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Vinyl Emulsion Paint CAPACITY 1 Staff 40 Students Non-Acoustic Ceiling FUNCTION FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain/ Blinds Whiteboard 2 nos. 4 – 1.7m (See Vol. 1.3-1 COMMERCE ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 135M2 TYPE FACILITY NO. Telephone Points 1 no.2m Sliding Magnetic integrated 2 nos.4m x 1. Single Gang (including 1 no. Fire Extinguisher SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 12 nos. 1. 1.8m x 1. Ceiling Mounted PA System (See Vol.8m Retractable High Cabinet with Whiteboard & Pin-up Board SERVICES -- Others 2 nos.3 Critical Information 1 no. for printer) 500 Nil 14 nos. Reception Counter Low Cabinet (See Vol.8m x 1.3m x 0.4) 1 no.6m x 0. 4 – 1.

Table for Typewriter 7. SPECIAL TEACHING 2. Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen 6. Students’ Table Area 3.3 VOL.3-2 COMMERCE ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF COMMERCE ROOM LEGEND 1. Reception Counter 4. Teacher’s Table 2. Sofa Set 5. LCD projector REV-00 / FEB 06 . Photocopier & Fax Machine on Low Cabinet 8. High Cabinet with Sliding Magnetic Whiteboard and Sliding Pin-up Board.

Single Gang (including 1 no. with access only from the Art and Crafts Room Sliding folding acoustic partition to be usable for display 1 no.4m x 1.8m (See Vol. 4 – 1. balcony or field to hold larger/ bulky projects and for drying pottery/clay sculptures 2 Art & Crafts Rooms shall preferably be located on the ground floor Interconnected with Art Store. 4 – 2.8m Wall Mounted Retractable Cabinet integrated with High Cabinet LOCATION/PROXIMITY Min. the 2nd unit and above shall be School White Area (SWA) FINISHES Floor Wall Homogeneous Tiles/ Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint / Sliding Folding Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab between 2 rooms Partition CAPACITY 40 Students 1-2 Staff/Supervisors Ceiling FUNCTION Instructional Strategies Still life sketching and other Art and Crafts activities Storage of Art works and materials Can explore provision for multiple usages (for min.8m x 1. (including 1 no. for printer) 500 8 nos.3) 3 nos. 1 Art & Crafts Room preferably adjoining an open courtyard. SPECIAL TEACHING NO. Ceiling Mounted REV-01 / MAY 06 . 1. Track Lighting Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others PA System (See Vol. 0. 1. Twin Gang (including 1 no.2m x 0. 1 unit) FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Students’ Table Cabinets As required 2 nos. 1.6m x 0. for teacher & Lighting (Lux) Fans 1 no. for OTHERS Drying terrace to be a hard non-porous surface with a 2. 1 no.8m Low Cabinet High Cabinet with Whiteboard & Pin-up Board Worktop with High Cabinet Soap Dispenser Low Cabinet with Sinks 1 no. 1.3 Critical Information VOL. Casting Room and Project Room 35 nos.4) Others FITMENT/FURNITURE Counter top with sink to be of non-porous finish Sliding folding acoustic partition to be usable for mounting of display items All fitment located outside Art and Crafts Room must be weather-resistant SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Burglar Alarm Master Key Set B (See Vol. 2. 135 m2 If there is more than 1 unit.5m minimum shelter/ overhang to protect from rain Drying terrace should be fenced.4-1 ART & CRAFTS ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 135M2 TYPE FACILITY AREA Min.2) Security Grilles to Drying Terrace 1 no. Fire Extinguisher Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock SERVICES Ceiling mounted track lighting to be provided for still life session SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points printer) 7 nos. DB Closet as required Nil 9 nos. for LCD) 2 nos.2m Sliding Magnetic 2 nos.2m integrated with High 1 no. OF UNITS Min.6m x 0. 4 – 1. for teacher & 1 no.8m x 1.

SPECIAL TEACHING 2. High Cabinet with Worktop 7. Still life session arrangement for 18 students 4.4-2 ART & CRAFTS ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF TWO ART & CRAFTS ROOMS OF 135 M2 EACH LEGEND 1.3 VOL. LCD Projector REV-00 / FEB 06 . Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen 5. Sliding Folding Partition 9. 3m long lighting track 10. High Cabinet with Sliding Magnetic Whiteboard & Sliding Pin-up Board. Low Cabinet 6. Students’ Table Area 3. Teacher’s Table 2. Low Cabinet with Sink 8.

3 VOL. SPECIAL TEACHING 2.4-3 ART & CRAFTS ROOM CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OF FURNITURE LAYOUT LONGITUDINAL SECTION (For still life session: seating arrangement for 18 students) PHOTO OF ART & CRAFTS ROOM AS SEEN FROM SIDE OF ROOM PHOTO OF PROJECT ROOM REV-00 / FEB 06 .

4) Nil Nil Low Cabinet with Open Shelves Low Cabinet with 2 nos. SPECIAL TEACHING 2. Nil PA System (See Vol. Can explore provision for multiple usages FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Nil Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY Pin-up Board Cabinets Near Art Store and Casting Room Interconnected with Art & Crafts Room Projection Screen (See Vol.5-1 PROJECT ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 45 M2 TYPE FACILITY NO. OF UNITS 1 no. Ceramics.2) Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock SERVICES -- OTHERS Both sinks to be close to each other SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 3 nos. 4 – 2. 4– 1. Print Making. Ceiling Mounted Nil 500 2 nos. Pyrography.3 Critical Information VOL. etc. Sinks FITMENT/FURNITURE Solid surfacing finish for sink counter top SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Nil Master Key Set B (See Vol. A AREA 45 m2 Area to be School White Area (SWA) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogenous Tiles Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab CAPACITY 1 Staff 6 Students FUNCTION Photographic Work.3) DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 . 4– 1. 13 Amp 2 nos.

Kiln SERVICES possible Exhaust fan to be located as close to the kiln as Clay trap to be provided for each sink SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Others Security System Nil Master Key Set B (See Vol.4 – 1. modeling with clay & Plaster of Paris FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Nil Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY Interconnected with Art & Crafts Room Near Art Store and Project Room Pin-up Board Cabinets Others Projection Screen (See Vol. Ceiling Mounted 2 nos.2) Solid Door OTHERS Access to Casting Room should be from the Art & Crafts Room and not directly from corridor The Kiln should be placed against an external wall opening for effective heat dissipation SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Nil 1 no.5M2 TYPE FACILITY NO. AREA 22. print making.6-1 CASTING ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 22.3 Critical Information VOL.2m height Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab CAPACITY 10 Persons FUNCTION Practical works relating to hand crafted and 3-D art projects such as ceramic structure. 30A 3 phase for Kiln 1 no. SPECIAL TEACHING 2. OF UNITS 1 no. Exhaust Fan Nil REV-00 / FEB 06 . per sink) DB Closet as required 1 no. 13 Amp Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 300 Nil 1 no. (1 no. 4– 1.5 m2 Area to be School White Area (SWA) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles Glazed Ceramic Tiles to minimum 2.4) Nil Nil Low Cabinet with Open Shelves Low Cabinet with Sink FITMENT/FURNITURE Solid surfacing finish for counter tops and backsplash for sink Both sinks to be close to each other 1 no.

3 VOL.5 M2 CASTING ROOM LEGEND 1.6-2 CASTING ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF 22. Low Cabinet with Open Shelves 2. SPECIAL TEACHING 2. Kiln REV-00 / FEB 06 .

SPECIAL TEACHING 2.7-1 ART STORE RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 22. 22. Ceiling Mounted Nil 300 Nil Nil Nil REV-00 / FEB 06 . 1 AREA Min. 4 – 1.2m wide SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 1 no. OF UNITS Min. Single Gang 1 no.5 m2 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab CAPACITY FUNCTION Storage of art materials and large folios Can explore provision for multiple usages FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Nil Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY Should be easily accessible from the corridor Near Project Room and Casting Room Interconnected with Art & Crafts Room Pin-up Board Cabinets Projection Screen Nil Nil FITMENT/FURNITURE Folio Cabinet Supply Cabinet Folio cabinet to span longest wall length SERVICES -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Nil Nil Master Key Set B (See Vol.3 Critical Information -- VOL.5 M2 ART STORE NO.2) OTHERS Store door to be minimum 1.

SPECIAL TEACHING 2.7-2 ART STORE SAMPLE LAYOUT LEGEND 1. Supply Cabinet REV-00 / FEB 06 .3 VOL. Folio Cabinet 2.

8m x 1.2) Solid Door with Jimmy Proof-Lock with Door SERVICES 1 power point at midway of central aisle is required OTHERS Max. 2. 4 – 1.62m x 0. etc. 4 – 1. 0.2m Sliding Magnetic integrated 2 nos.8-1 AUDIO VISUAL ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 135 M2 TYPE FACILITY NO. Twin Gang 500 Nil 1 no.45m Students’ Chairs Students’ chairs to have adjustable writing board SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Burglar Alarm Master Key Set B (See Vol. filmstrips. television.9m x 0. Telephone Point A/C to be provided with Isolator Sound Reinforcement System Water Supply Others Nil 1 no. Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications 1 no. Viewing Distance from 1st row of seat to be 2 x width of screen Base of screen to be 1.4 x 1.3 Critical Information VOL. viewing Distance from last row of seat to screen to be 6 x width of screen Min.2m Sliding integrated with High Cabinets 1 no.2m above floor level Closer & Viewing Panel SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 3 nos. Single Gang PA System (See Vol. LCD DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 . OF UNITS 1 no. OHP. 1. Can be converted into other facilities Pin-up Board LOCATION/PROXIMITY Centrally located with respect to Classroom and preferably near Media Resource Library Interconnected with Audio Visual Store Should not be on 1st storey Separated from Design & Technology Areas Projection Screen Cabinets DB Closet Others Retractable 1 no. 4 – 2. TV 1 no.3m (See Vol.4m x 2.4) FITMENT/FURNITURE 82 nos. SPECIAL TEACHING 2. slides. transparency.4m Wall Mounted and High Cabinet with Whiteboard & Pin-up Board with High Cabinet Blackout Blinds For screening of films. AREA FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Vinyl Acoustic Treatment 135 m2 Area to be School White Area (SWA) CAPACITY 1 Staff 80 Students Non-Acoustic Ceiling FUNCTION FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain/Blinds Whiteboard 2 nos.3) 1 no. 1. 0.

Student Seats with Writing Top 2.3 VOL. LCD Projector REV-00 / FEB 06 . SPECIAL TEACHING 2. Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen 3. High Cabinet with Sliding Magnetic Whiteboard & Sliding Pin-up Board.8-2 AUDIO VISUAL ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT SECTION LEGEND 1.

3 VOL.8-3 AUDIO VISUAL ROOM PHOTOS SHOWING AUDIO VISUAL ROOM REV-00 / FEB 06 . SPECIAL TEACHING 2.

OF UNITS 1 no. Single Gang 2 nos.9-1 AUDIO VISUAL STORE RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 45 M2 TYPE FACILITY NO. Ceiling Mounted Nil 300 Nil Nil Nil REV-00 / FEB 06 . 4 – 1. 4 – 1. AREA 45 m2 Area to be School White Area (SWA) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab CAPACITY -- FUNCTION Storage of audio and visual equipment Can be converted into other facilities FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Nil Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY Interconnected with Audio Visual Room Pin-up Board Cabinets Projection Screen (See Vol. SPECIAL TEACHING 2.3 Critical Information VOL. Fire Extinguisher SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 1 no.2) 1 no.4) Nil Nil FITMENT/FURNITURE -- Low Cabinet Open Shelves OTHERS -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Burglar Alarm Master Key Set B (See Vol.

8m x 1. 0.8m x 1.4m x 1. 4 – 1. Fire Extinguisher Room layout to be determined by orchestra practice requiring the largest area Door to be 1. for LCD) Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 500 Nil A/C to be provided with Isolator PA System (See Vol.3 Critical Information VOL.4m high mirror on wall opposite whiteboard 2 nos. (including 1 no.6m High Cabinet with Whiteboard and Pin-up Board (See Vol.2m Sliding Magnetic with 1m Manuscript Lines integrated with High Cabinet 2 nos. for teacher & 1 no. 1. choir practice and orchestra practice Can explore provision for multiple usages FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain/Blinds Whiteboard Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Computer Table Cabinets Others Blackout Blinds 2 nos. 135 m2 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Teak Parquet Acoustic Treatment Non-Acoustic Ceiling CAPACITY 40 Students FUNCTION For conducting lessons. 1 AREA Min. for printer) 11 nos. 4 – 1. 1. for printer) 2 nos. OF UNITS Min.10-1 MUSIC ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 135 M2 TYPE FACILITY NO.2m Sliding integrated with High Cabinet 1 no. Twin Gang (including 1 no.5m wide SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 7 nos. grab bars at 840mm and 1050mm from the floor level and 250mm from the mirrored wall (in Music Room 1 only) SERVICES --- OTHERS SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Master Key Set B (See Vol. Hi-Fi set Other Instruments DB Closet as required REV-01 / MAY 06 . TV 1 no.3m x 0. 1.7m x 0.2m – 1. Single Gang (including 1 no. Piano 1 no.3) Nil 1 no.2) Burglar Alarm Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock with Door Closer & Viewing Panel 1 no. for teacher. 4 – 2. 1.8m Wall Mounted Retractable 1 no. Practice Modules LOCATION/PROXIMITY Away from Classroom areas Interconnected with Music Store Separated from general and other specific teaching areas FITMENT/FURNITURE 2.8m 5 nos. 1 no. SPECIAL TEACHING 2.4) 40 nos.

3. SPECIAL TEACHING 2. LCD Projector TV Full Height Mirror REV-00 / FEB 06 . 8. MODULE B: CHOIR PRACTICE MODULE C: TEACHING PURPOSE Teacher’s Table Module A Piano Computer Table Area High Cabinet with Sliding Magnetic Whiteboard & Pin-up Board. Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen 6. 2. 4.3 VOL. 5.10-2 MUSIC ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 135 M2 MUSIC ROOM MODULE A: ORCHESTRA PRACTICE LEGEND 1. 7.

0m minimum wide Door to be 1. 1 AREA Min. cabinet for curriculum music 1 no.5m wide SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Burglar Alarm Master Key Set B (See Vol. SPECIAL TEACHING 2. OF UNITS Min.11-1 MUSIC STORE RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 45 M2 STORE NO. Single Gang 2 nos. teaching aids and accessories Can explore provision for multiple usages FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Nil Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY FITMENT/FURNITURE SERVICES -- Interconnected with Music Room Pin-up Board Cabinets Projection Screen Nil Nil All shelves to be adjustable 1 no. cabinet for band instruments OTHERS Room to be 5. 45 m2 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab CAPACITY FUNCTION Storage of musical instruments.2m – 1.2) Solid Door SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 1 no. Ceiling Mounted Nil 300 Nil Nil Nil REV-00 / FEB 06 .3 Critical Information -- VOL. 4 – 1.

Cabinet for Curriculum Music 2. Cabinet for Band Instrument REV-00 / FEB 06 .3 VOL.11-2 MUSIC STORE SAMPLE LAYOUT OF 45 M2 MUSIC STORE LEGEND 1. SPECIAL TEACHING 2.

3 Computer Room 2.10 Needlework Room Music Room .12 Humanities Workroom 2.4 IT Learning Resource Room 2.7 Kitchen 2.15 Biology/Physics Laboratory 2.17 Art Store 2.6 Chemistry Laboratory 2.18 Kitchen Preparation Room/Store 2.1 2.11 Humanities Room 2.5 Project Room 2.14 Art & Crafts Room 2.19 Audio Visual Store 2.16 Casting Room Science Laboratory’s Preparation Room/Store 2.13 Commerce Room 2.9 2.2 Special Teaching 2.8 Audio Visual Room 2.2 Music Store 2.

1.6m x 0.4) As required 2 nos. SPECIAL TEACHING 2. for workroom) 1 no. 1. for printer & 1 no. for printer & 1 no. Single Gang for LCD Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 500 Nil A/C to be provided with Isolator PA System (See Vol. 2. 4 – 1.6m x 0. Master Switch DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 . for teacher. 1 no.8m x 1.3 Critical Information VOL. 1.3m x 0.7m High Cabinet with Whiteboard and Pin-up Board Interconnected with Computer Workroom FITMENT/FURNITURE Projection screen to be positioned centrally to room SERVICES 1 twin gang power point and 2 LAN points mounted in service outlet box for each computer table 1 twin gang power point and 1 LAN point mounted in service outlet box for teacher’s table Room lights to be controlled row by row parallel to whiteboard OTHERS Visual connection between Computer Workroom and Computer Rooms to be provided Vinyl floor finish to be anti-static type SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Master Key Set B (See Vol.8m x 1.7m 1 no. (including 1 no.2m viewing glass panel on Computer Workroom wall Ceiling Non-Acoustic Ceiling CAPACITY 1 Staff 40 Students FUNCTION Hands-on computer-based learning Computer Workroom for Technical Assistant Can explore provision for multiple usages LOCATION/PROXIMITY Near Classrooms FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Computer Table Cabinets (See Vol. 4 AREA Min. OF UNITS Min.8m (Computer Workroom) 21 nos. Twin Gang (including 1 no. Fire Extinguisher SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 44 nos.4m Wall Mounted and Retractable 1 no. 135 m2 (including Workroom) FINISHES Floor Wall Vinyl with concealed floor trunking (See Vol. 1.12-1 COMPUTER ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 135 M2 TYPE FACILITY NO. 4-1. for workroom) 26 nos. for teacher.2m Sliding Magnetic integrated with High Cabinet 2 nos. 1.4m x 2.3) Nil 1 no.3m x 1. 4 – 1.2m Sliding integrated with High Cabinet 1 no. 4 – 2. 1 no.2) Burglar Alarm Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock with Door Closer & Viewing Panel 1 no.3) Emulsion Paint 1.

Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen 4. LCD Projector REV-00 / FEB 06 . High Cabinet with Sliding Magnetic Whiteboard & Sliding Pin-up Board.12-2 COMPUTER ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 135 M2 COMPUTER ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF COMPUTER WORKROOM LEGEND 1.3 VOL. Teacher’s Table 2. Computer Tables Area 3. SPECIAL TEACHING 2.

Twin Gang (including 1 no. 4 – 1.4m Wall Mounted Retractable 1 no.7m 14 nos.3) Nil 1 no. twin gang power point and 2 LAN points mounted in Cable TV outlet box for 2 computer tables SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Master Key Set B (See Vol.2) Burglar Alarm Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock with Door Closer & Viewing Panel 1 no.2m Sliding integrated with High Cabinet 1 no.4) LOCATION /PROXIMITY Near Classrooms FITMENT/FURNITURE Projection Screen to be positioned centrally to room SERVICES 1 no. Master Switch DB Closet as required REV-01 /MAY 06 . 1. 1 unit) If there is more than 1 unit.4m x 2.2m Sliding Magnetic integrated with High Cabinet 2 nos.6m x 0. 1. Fire Extinguisher SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 17 nos. the 2nd unit and above shall be School White Area (SWA) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Vinyl with concealed floor trunking (See Vol. 1. OF UNITS Min.3 Critical Information VOL. 2. 1. for teacher & 1 no.4m x 1.8m x 0. for printer) 11 nos. SPECIAL TEACHING IT LEARNING 2. 4 -2. for printer) 2 nos. 1 AREA Min. 4 – 1. for LCD) Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 500 Nil A/C to be provided with Isolator PA System (See Vol. the 2nd unit and above can be converted into other facilities FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Computer Table Cabinets Blinds 2 nos.3) Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling CAPACITY 1 Staff 42 Students FUNCTION Hands-on Computer based Group Learning Can explore provision for multiple usages (for min. 4 – 1. 4 – 2. for teacher & 1 no.4) High Cabinet with Whiteboard and Pin-up Board (See Vol. Single Gang (including 1 no. 90 m2 If there is more than 1 unit.7m Trapezoidal Table (See Vol.13-1 RESOURCE ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 90 M2 TYPE FACILITY NO.6/0. (including 1 no.8m x 1.

Teacher’s Table 2. SPECIAL TEACHING IT LEARNING 2.13-2 RESOURCE ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 90 M2 IT LEARNING RESOURCE ROOM LEGEND 1. Computer Tables Area 3. LCD Projector REV-00 / FEB 06 . High Cabinet with Sliding Magnetic Whiteboard & Sliding Pin-up Board. Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen 4.3 VOL.

computer point. 1 no.2m Magnetic 1 no.Proof Lock Overhead emergency shower 2 nos. 1 no.14-1 CHEMISTRY LABORATORY RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 144 M2 TYPE FACILITY NO. Twin Gang 500 Nil 1 no. 6 nos.2) Solid Door with Jimmy.6m Overhead emergency shower area to have 100mm drop in floor level Position of projector and projection screen to be determined on-site to ensure full view from students’ workbenches area The area of projection on the screen to be maximised and unobstructed REV-00 / FEB 06 . e. twin gang power points and 1 no. 144 m2 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogenous Tiles Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab CAPACITY 1 Staff 40 Students FUNCTION For conducting Chemistry lessons and experiments Can explore provision for multiple usages FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard 1 no. twin gang power points evenly distributed and 2 nos.4m Wall Mounted Retractable Blackout Curtains LOCATION/PROXIMITY Preferably on 1st storey Near Biology and Physics laboratories Laboratories are to be grouped together such that they can be cordoned off during examinations Interconnected with Science Preparation Room Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Bench Students’ Bench Cabinets Others 2 nos. Single Gang for LCD 8 nos. sinks Service pipe trenches to be provided for ground floor laboratories Exhaust duct to roof level to be provided for fume cupboard All trenches to have solid trench cover composing of steel frame and tile infill Authorities’ requirements.3) 1 nos.4m x 2. gas point Teacher’s workbench to have 1 no. 3. for emergency shower 26 nos. computer point located at the side nearest the central aisle. (10 nos. gas point for fume cupboard DB Closet as required OTHERS Clear height of room to be min.6m x 0. twin gang power points and 1 no.8m with Sink 1 no.3 Critical Information VOL. Ceiling Mounted 13 nos. 2. for teacher’s bench) 30 nos. gas points.2m x 1. gas points (double outlet) PA System (See Vol.6m x 1.8m with Sink FITMENT/FURNITURE Side/Rear Cabinet cum Workbench with Sink 4 students to 1 student’s workbench 4 nos. 4 – 2. workbench cum cabinet to be provided at side and/or rear of lab (See sample layouts 1 & 2) Sufficient knee space along both lengths of students’ workbench to be provided so that 4 students (facing each other) can sit comfortably during group activities Acid resistant top to workbenches to be epoxy resin Workbenches to have anti-spill edge Sinks and sanitary piping to be polypropylene Safety Screen for Teacher’s Bench to be provided SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Burglar Alarm Master Key Set B (See Vol.g. 1 no. PowerGas to be complied with SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 11 nos. 4 – 1. 3.2m 10 nos. water point Each student’s bench to have 2 nos. Fume Cupboard 1 no. water point Each side cabinet cum workbench to have 4 nos. Fire Extinguishers SERVICES Fume cupboard to have 1 no. 1. 4. 2 nos. gas point. 2 nos. OF UNITS Min. 2 AREA Min. gas points. 3-way swan neck lab taps 1 no. 3. SPECIAL TEACHING 2. for students’ benches.2m x 0.

Fume Cupboard 5.15m high platform 2. Workbench Module 8. Pin-up Board & Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen 4. Teacher’s Bench with Sink on 0.14-2 CHEMISTRY LABORATORY SAMPLE LAYOUT 1 FOR A 144 M2 LAB (for elongated lab) SAMPLE LAYOUT 2 FOR A 144 M2 LAB (for square lab) LEGEND 1. Magnetic Whiteboard.3 VOL. LCD Projector REV-01 / MAY 06 . Students’ Bench with Sink 3. Side or Rear Cabinet cum Workbench with Sink 7. Overhead Shower Area 6. SPECIAL TEACHING 2.

144 m2 CAPACITY 1 Staff 40 Students FUNCTION experiments Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab For conducting Physics and Biology lessons and Can explore provision for multiple usages FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard 1 no. for Emergency Shower Clear height of room to be min. 2 nos. water points shall be provided. computer point. 4 AREA Min. OF UNITS Min. 1. LAN points evenly distributed Services pipe trenches to be provided for ground floor laboratories All services trenches to have solid trench cover composed of steel frame and tile infill Authorities’ requirements.6m Overhead emergency shower area to have 100mm drop in floor level Position of projector and projection screen to be determined on-site to ensure full view from students’ seating area The area of projection on the screen to be maximised and unobstructed DB Closet as required 13 nos.6m x 1.3 Critical Information VOL. 4 – 1. e.15-1 LABORATORY RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 144 M2 TYPE FACILITY FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Emulsion Paint Homogenous Tiles NO.3) 500 1 no. at side/rear workbench) Nil 8 nos. 1 no. 3. twin gang power points each Each side cabinet cum workbench to have 4 nos.2m Magnetic 2 nos. 3-way Swan-neck OTHERS 1 no.2m x 1.2m 1 no. Fire Extinguishers Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock Overhead emergency shower SERVICES Teacher’s workbench to have 1 no.8m Side Workbench with Sink Wall mounted Microscope Cupboards (for Biology laboratories only) SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Others Security System Master Key Set B (See Vol. at teacher’s bench & Power Points Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 36 nos. at students’ benches. 3. 8. comprising: (20 nos. twin gang power points and 2 nos.g. 4 nos. 4 – 2.2) Burglar Alarm 2 nos. Ceiling Mounted PA System (See Vol.0 m 1 no. gas point. 1. Single Gang for LCD 19 nos.4m Wall Mounted Retractable 10 nos. PowerGas to be complied with SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports 27 nos. gas points. water point At each island core unit.1m x 0. Twin Gang 6 nos.4m x 2.2m x 0.6 m x 1. twin gang power points and 1 no. 1 no. 2. SPECIAL TEACHING BIOLOGY/PHYSICS 2. 4. gas points (double outlet) REV-01 / MAY 06 . there shall be 2 nos.8m with Sink Blackout Blinds LOCATION/PROXIMITY All Laboratories are to be grouped together such that they can be cordoned off during examinations Every 2 labs to be interconnected with Science Preparation Room Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Bench Students’ Bench Cabinets FITMENT/FURNITURE 4 students (with 2 sets of 2 students facing each other) to one student’s workbench Acid resistant worktops to laboratory benches to be epoxy resin Workbenches in Physics laboratories to have bull-nosed edge Workbenches in Biology laboratories to have anti-spill edge Sufficient knee clearance for seated students to be provided at all workbenches Safety Screen for Teacher’s Bench to be provided 3 nos. 3 nos. Where the side is to be connected to the students’ bench. computer point & 2 nos.

4.3 VOL. 3. Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen Microscope Cupboard (Wall Mounted) LCD Projector REV-00 / FEB 06 . SPECIAL TEACHING BIOLOGY/PHYSICS 2. 8. 7.15-2 LABORATORY SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 144 M2 PHYSICS / BIOLOGY LAB LEGEND 1. 6. 5. Teacher’s Workbench Students’ Bench Island Core Unit Side Workbenches with Sink Overhead Shower Area Magnetic Whiteboard & Pin-up Board. 2.

3 VOL. SPECIAL TEACHING BIOLOGY/PHYSICS 2.15-3 LABORATORY SAMPLE OF ISLAND CORE UNIT SAMPLE OF A CLUSTER OF LABORATORY BENCHES REV-00 / FEB 06 .

SPECIAL TEACHING BIOLOGY/PHYSICS 2.15-4 LABORATORY PHOTO OF BIOLOGY/PHYSICS LABORATORY CLOSE-UP OF ISLAND CORE UNIT AT STUDENTS’ WORKBENCH REV-00 / FEB 06 .3 VOL.

3-way Swan-Neck Laboratory Taps DB Closet as required 2 nos.6m Connecting doors to be provided to laboratories Doors to be located near entrance of laboratories 500 1 no.3) REV-00 / FEB 06 .3 Critical Information VOL. 3. storage of equipment & work area for Laboratory Assistant Can explore provision for multiple usages FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Nil Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY FITMENT/FURNITURE Pin-up Board Cabinets Interconnected with Science Laboratories Projection Screen Nil Workbench cum overhead storage with 2 Workstations and Sink (See Vol. Gas Points (double outlet) PA System (See Vol. Ceiling Mounted Nil 2 nos. 50 m2 Floor Wall Homogenous Tiles CAPACITY 2 Staff Ceiling Glazed Ceramic Tiles to minimum 2. 4 – 2. Clear height of room to be min. 4 . 3 AREA Min.2m height Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab FUNCTION Preparation for experiments.16-1 RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 50 M2 TYPE FACILITY FINISHES PREPARATION ROOM NO. Fire Extinguisher Solid Door Master Key Set B (See Vol.4) Movable High Cabinet with Glass Doors Nil Acid resistant worktop to be epoxy resin Sinks and sanitary pipes to be polypropylene Workbench to be designed to accommodate computer workstations at appropriate height and with knee clearances for staff seating Overhead storage cabinet to have glass doors Movable high cabinet to have timber-framed glass doors with ventilation gaps SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Burglar Alarm (for Chemistry Preparation Room) 1 no. 4 – 1. Twin Gang 2 nos.1.2) SERVICES Service pipe trenches to be provided for ground floor Lab Preparation Room LAN points to be 200mm above counter top OTHERS SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 3 nos. SPECIAL TEACHING SCIENCE LABORATORY’S 2. OF UNITS Min.

SPECIAL TEACHING SCIENCE LABORATORY’S 2. Workbench cum overhead storage with 2 Workstations and Sink 2. Cabinet with Glass Door PHOTOS OF SCIENCE LABORATORY’S PREPARATION ROOM/STORE REV-00 / FEB 06 .3 VOL.16-2 PREPARATION ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 50 M2 LAB PREPARATION ROOM LEGEND 1.

single gang and power point each Ceiling fans are not to be located directly above gas hob LAN and power points for computers to be appropriately distributed at front and rear of kitchen SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Burglar Alarm Master Key Set B (See Vol. Microwave Oven DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 .6m x 1.5m x 0. Electric cum Gas Cooker 2 nos. 13 nos. Solar Heater 1 no. 1. Single Gang (including 2 nos. LCD 1 no.2) Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock 3 nos.17-1 KITCHEN RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 125 M2 TYPE FACILITY NO.5m x 0. SPECIAL TEACHING 2. 3. single bowl sink for teacher 2 nos. for Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 500 Nil 8 nos. Fire Extinguishers OTHERS 2 Kitchens with 1 preparation room/store to be provided for all schools including boys’ school Solar panels are to be located on the accessible RC Flat roof nearest to kitchens SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 5 nos. twin gang.8m Wall Mounted and FUNCTION For cookery lessons Can explore provision for multiple usages Pin-up Board LOCATION/PROXIMITY Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Students’ Table Cabinet (See Vol.2m Magnetic 1 no.8m Storage Table SERVICES Student’s workbench and Teacher’s demonstration bench to have 1 no. but Needlework Room can be on different storey 1 no. Resource area (for 1 kitchen only) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogenous Tiles Glazed Ceramic Tiles to min 2. Refrigerator 11 nos. Swan-neck per sink (Hot and Cold) 11 nos. 3. Ceiling Mounted PA System (See Vol. single bowl for students 1 no.3 Critical Information VOL.6m Students’ Workbench Low Cabinet Resource Corner Cabinet (for 1 kitchen only) Low Cabinet with Louvred Door Open Shelves Low Cabinet with Louvred Door with Sink Display Cabinet FITMENT/FURNITURE 2 students per workbench Sinks to be well distributed and accessible from workbench Teacher’s Demonstration Bench to incorporate double bowl sink with space for electric cum gas cooker at the end Others 4 nos. double bowl sink & 2 nos. OF UNITS Min. 4 – 1. Gas Point 1 no.6m Teacher’s Demonstration 10 nos. Practical area 3. 125 m2 comprising: 1.2m x 1. Twin Gang Resource Corner) 18 nos. 1. 2 AREA Min.8m x 1.7m x 0.2m height Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab CAPACITY 1 Staff 20 Students FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Nil 1 no. 3. 4 – 2.2m Retractable Bench Preferably on the 1st storey and should not be higher than the 2nd storey Interconnected with Kitchen Preparation Room All kitchens preferably on same storey. 1. Instructional area 2. 1 no. 4 – 1.4) 2 nos.3) 1 no.

17-2 KITCHEN SAMPLE LAYOUT 1 OF A 125 M2 KITCHEN SAMPLE LAYOUT 2 OF A 125 M2 KITCHEN LEGEND 1. Gas Hob 4. Magnetic Whiteboard & Pin-up Boards 12. Low Cabinet with Louvred Door 10. Storage Table 8. Display Cabinet 7. Low Cabinet with Microwave Oven 9. Resource Centre Cabinet (for 1 Kitchen only) 5. Refrigerator 11. LCD Projector REV-00 / FEB 06 . Students’ Workbench 3. Teacher’s Demonstration Bench 2. SPECIAL TEACHING 2.3 VOL. Open Shelves 6.

Whiteboard. SPECIAL TEACHING 2. 0.17-3 KITCHEN CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OF COOKING STATIONS LEGEND 1. Low Cabinet with Louvred Doors with Sink 6. Storage Table 2.3m x 0. Electric cum Gas Cooker 5. Students’ Workbench 4. Teacher’s Demonstration Bench with built-in sink and standalone Electric cum Gas Cooker 3.3 VOL. Low Cabinet/Resource Corner Cabinet (for 1 Kitchen only) CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OF DEMONSTRATION AREA (FOR GROUP OF 20 STUDENTS) LEGEND 1.3m Stools Area for 20 students REV-00 / FEB 06 . Low Cabinet / Microwave Oven 3. Pin-up Board & Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen 2.

17-4 KITCHEN PHOTO OF KITCHEN PHOTO OF COOKING STATIONS REV-00 / FEB 06 . SPECIAL TEACHING 2.3 VOL.

4 – 2. teacher’s workroom Can explore provision for multiple usages FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Nil Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY Preparation Room should be located near the corridor Entry to the Preparation Room should be via the Kitchen Interconnected with Kitchen Preferably near Needlework Room Pin-up Board Teacher’s Cabinets Projection Screen Workstation (See Vol. 4 – 1. vacuum cleaners. transparencies. etc. for Washing Machine) 1 no.3 Critical Information VOL. video tapes. Cupboard for storage of brooms. (2 nos. for Wash Trough and 1 no.6m Wash Trough [Laundry Area] 1 no. 15 Amp (for washing machine and dryer) 2 nos. 0.2m height CAPACITY Max.6m Workstation Low Cabinet with Sink Charts Cabinet FITMENT/FURNITURE Wall Hung Display Cabinet High Cabinet with Drawers High Cabinet Low Cabinet Cabinets to be provided for the storage of charts. dustbins. OF UNITS Min. Dryer 1 no. etc. 1 RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 42 M2 TYPE FACILITY AREA Min. 4 – 1. Laundry Trough SERVICES -- OTHERS -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Nil Master Key Set B (See Vol. SPECIAL TEACHING KITCHEN PREPARATION 2. audio visual materials like film strips.9m x 0.4) Nil Nil 3 nos. Fire Extinguisher Computer Ports Power Points SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Nil 3 nos. 4 persons FUNCTION Preparation of materials/ food for cookery lessons. 2.2) 1 no. Washing Machine DB Closet as required 1 no. Telephone Point REV-00 / FEB 06 . Ceiling Mounted PA System (See Vol.3) 3 nos.18-1 ROOM/STORE NO. 13 Amp Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications System Water Supply Others 300 Nil 2 nos. 42m2 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles / Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab Glazed Ceramic Tiles to minimum 2. Worktop with High Cabinet 1 no.0m x 0.

7. 2. 4. 6. 5. 8. Dryer 11.3 VOL. Low Cabinet with Sink Wall Hung Display Cabinet Teacher’s Workstation Charts Cabinet or High Cabinet with Drawers Low Cabinet and Wall Hung Display Cabinet Worktop with High Cabinet High Cabinets Laundry Trough Washing Machine 10. Wash Trough PHOTOS OF KITCHEN PREPARATION ROOM REV-00 / FEB 06 . 3. 9.18-2 ROOM/STORE SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 42 M2 KITCHEN PREPARATION ROOM LEGEND 1. SPECIAL TEACHING KITCHEN PREPARATION 2.

115 m2 comprising: 1. 13 Amp (General Instruction Area) 1 no.2m height at Resource & Science Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab Area to be School White Area (SWA) Ceiling CAPACITY 1 Staff 18 Students 10 Sewing Stations FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Nil 1 no.2m Magnetic FUNCTION Sewing. 1.8m Wall Mounted and LOCATION/PROXIMITY Near Kitchen and Kitchen Preparation Room FITMENT/FURNITURE -- 9 nos. 1. 4.2m x 1.2m (1 no.2) 1 no.19-1 NEEDLEWORK ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 115M2 TYPE FACILITY NO. 3. AREA 2.8m Retractable 10 nos. SPECIAL TEACHING 2. 4 – 1. 1.8m High Cabinet 1 no. per sink (Resource & Science Area) Science Area) PA System (See Vol.4) 3 nos.3m x 0.6m SERVICES Garment Cabinet Open Shelves Cabinet with Rack Display Cabinet Wing Mirror Water supply to be provided at Resource & Science Corner Low Cabinet with Sink OTHERS Ironing area must be sufficient to accommodate 3 ironing boards SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Nil Master Key Set B (See Vol. OF UNITS 1 No. 2 nos. Fire Extinguisher Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock Computer Ports Power Points SERVICES/EQUIPMENT 5 nos. 3.2m x 0.6m x 1. 1.8m x 1. Ceiling Mounted 1 no. 4 – 1. at Sewing/ Machining) 1 no. 13 Amp (Sewing / Machining) Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 500 Nil 8 nos. 13 Amp (Resource & Science Area) 20 nos.5m x 0. at General Instruction Area.3 Critical Information VOL. (General Instruction Area) 15 nos. 8. General Instruction Area Resource & Science Corner Sewing/Machining Dressing Room (min. Study of fabric etc Can be converted into other facilities Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Students’ Table Cabinets Sewing Stations (See Vol. portable Bunsen Burner (Resource & DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 . 1.4 m2) FINISHES Floor Wall Emulsion Paint (Glazed Ceramic Tiles to area) Homogeneous Tiles/ Ceramic Tiles minimum 2. 4 – 2.3) 1 no.

Resource & Science Area 4.19-2 NEEDLEWORK ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 115 M2 NEEDLEWORK ROOM LEGEND 1. Dressing Area 6. Curtain 11. 3. General Instruction Area 3. Teacher’s Table Students’ Table Open Shelves Magnetic Whiteboard. 2. Computer Workstations Area 16. 51 m2) REV-00 / FEB 06 . Sewing/Machining Area 5. Teacher’s Table 2. Magnetic Whiteboard & Pin-up Boards 14. 5. Open shelves LEGEND 1. 4. Garment Cabinet 8. Low Cabinet with Sink 13. LCD Projector 15. High Cabinet with Rack 7.3 VOL. Wing Mirror 10. High Cabinet 9. SPECIAL TEACHING 2. Pin-up Board & Retractable Wall Mounted Projector Screen LCD Projector CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OF GENERAL INSTRUCTION AREA (min. Display Cabinet 12.

Main Store) 3.2 D&T Studio2 3.6 D&T Studio Store (1.5 Design Room Store 3.3 Design & Technology 3.8 D&T Studio (LS) .1 D&T Studio 1 3. Studio Store 2.3 Wood Machineshop 3.7 D&T Staff Room 3.4 Design Room 3.

3
Critical Information

VOL.

DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY

3.1-1

D&T STUDIO 1
RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 360 M2 TYPE FACILITY FINISHES
Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint

NO. OF UNITS
1 nos.

AREA

Min. 360 m2

CAPACITY
3 Staff 56 students

Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab

FUNCTION

Multi-purpose D&T Studio (mainly woodwork and metalwork) for upper secondary students Can explore provisions for multiple usages

FITMENT/FURNITURE
Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Nil 2 nos. 3.6m x 1.2m Magnetic

LOCATION/PROXIMITY
Away from quiet zone Must be on 1st storey Interconnected with Tool Store and Wood Machineshop Near Main Store, D&T Staff Room and D&T Switch Room Separated from General Teaching and other Special Teaching Areas

Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Cabinets

4 nos. 1.2m x 1.2m Retractable

2 nos. 1.8m x 1.8m Wall Mounted and

Integrated Bench (See Vol. 4 – 1.4)

22 nos. 1.53m x 0.9m

2 nos. 1.2m x 0.8m

Concrete Counter with Cabinets & Drawers Concrete Counter with Cabinets & Sinks

FITMENT/FURNITURE

SAFETY/SECURITY
Master Key Others Security System Nil Master Key Set D (See Vol. 4 – 1.2)

Concrete countertop shall be epoxy paint finish

SERVICES

Solid Door

Isolator to be provided for each equipment except folding machines and treadle shears All machines to be provided with 3 phase electrical supply 440V Equipment on stands to be fixed at 0.6m above F.F.L Gas Forges to be served by ducted mechanical exhaust system with hoods

Grilles to all Windows and Vents 3 nos. Fire Extinguishers

SERVICES/EQUIPMENT
Computer Points Power Points 18 nos. 13A Single Gang 500 Nil 2 nos. 15A Single Gang Nil

OTHERS

Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Equipment

Spacing between benches and equipment are recommended safety distances to be complied with Safety zone for equipment to be 0.9m all around, where columns are situated within this spacing, clearance of 0.9m should be given from bench/equipment to column Clear height of room to be min. 3.6m Door to be min. 1.2m (internal) and min. 2.1m (external) wide Backsplash to be in epoxy paint finish Service and access road to technical block is required for loading and unloading of heavy machinery Staircase leading to 2nd storey should have a min. width of 1.8m Unloading/ Loading floor slab at 2nd storey should

14 nos. Ceiling Mounted

6 nos. (3 nos. per sink) Forging Hearths

PA System (See Vol. 4 - 2.3) 2 nos. 1.2m x 0.8m Brazing Hearths & Gas 5 nos. 1000kg 1.5m x 0.8m Metal Lathes 1 no. 30kg 0.6m x 0.6m Welding Unit

1 no. 120kg 0.7m x 0.7m Pedestal Grinder 1 no. 1500kg 1.2m x 1.0m Milling Machine 1 no. 240kg 1.0m x 0.8m Power Hacksaw 1 no. 500kg 1.2m x 1.5m Treadle Shears 1 no. 150kg 0.7m x 0.5m Pillar Drill 1 no. CNC Lathe/ Mill Others 16 nos. Isolator 2 nos. 300kg 1.5m x 0.7m Wood Lathes 2 nos. 100kg 0.6m x 0.3m Buffing Machine 2 nos. Gas Points 1 no. 400kg 1.2m x 1.0m Folding Machine

be strengthened for heavy machinery and vibration

7 nos. Emergency Stop Station Points DB Closet as required
REV-00 / FEB 06

2 nos. Exhaust Fans (for Gas Forging Hearths)

3

VOL.

DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY

3.1-2

D&T STUDIO 1

SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 360 M2 STUDIO
LEGEND

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Integrated Benches Area Teacher’s Table Metal Lathes with Isolators Finishing Area Concrete Counter with Cabinets & Drawers LCD Projector Concrete Counter with Cabinets & Sinks Buffing Machines with Isolators Wood Lathes with Isolators Folding Machine

11. Treadle Shears 12. Brazing Hearths & Gas Forging Hearths With Isolator 13. Pedestal Grinder with Isolator 14. Welding Unit With Isolator 15. Milling Machine With Isolator 16. CNC Machine 17. Power Hacksaw with Isolator 18. Pillar Drill with Isolator 19. Whiteboard & Projector Screen 20. Emergency Stop Station Point

REV-01 / May 06

3

VOL.

DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY

3.1-3

D&T STUDIO 1

CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OF INTEGRATED BENCHES AREA

FINISHING AREA

SAMPLE LAYOUT OF INTEGRATED BENCHES

REV-00 / FEB 06

3

VOL.

DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY

3.1-4

D&T STUDIO 1

CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OF WOOD LATHES LAYOUT CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OF METAL LATHES LAYOUT

Alternative 1

LAYOUT OF METAL LATHES AREA

Alternative 2 ALTERNATIVE LAYOUTS OF WOOD LATHE AREA

REV-00 / FEB 06

3
Critical Information

VOL.

DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY

3.2-1

D&T STUDIO 2
RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 240 M2 TYPE FACILITY FINISHES

NO. OF UNITS
1 no.

AREA

Min. 240

m2

Floor Wall Ceiling

CAPACITY
3 Staff 56 students

Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint

Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab

FUNCTION

FITMENT/FURNITURE
Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Nil 2 nos. 3.6m x 1.2m Magnetic

Multi-purpose D&T Studio for lower secondary students Can explore provisions for multiple usages

LOCATION/PROXIMITY
Away from quiet zone Preferably on the 1st storey and must not be higher than second storey Interconnected with Tools Store Near D&T Studio 1, Design Room and Main Store Separated from General Teaching and other Special Teaching Areas

Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Cabinets

4 nos. 1.2m x 1.2m Retractable

2 nos. 1.8m x 1.8 Wall Mounted and 2 nos.

Integrated Bench (See Vol. 4 – 1.4)

22 nos. 1.525m x 0.9m

Concrete Counter with Cabinet & Drawers Concrete Counter with Cabinet & Sink Concrete Counter with Cabinet for Soldering

FITMENT/FURNITURE
--

SAFETY/SECURITY
Master Key Others Security System Nil Master Key Set D (See Vol. 4 – 1.2)

SERVICES
--

Solid Door

Grilles to all Windows and Vents 3 nos. Fire Extinguishers

OTHERS

Concrete countertop shall be epoxy finish The spacing between benches and equipment are recommended safety distances and should be complied with Where columns are situated within this spacing, clearance of 0.9m should be given from bench/equipment to column Clear height of room to be min. 3.6m Door to be min. 1.2m (internal) and min. 2.1m (external) wide Service and access road to D&T block is required for loading and unloading of heavy machinery Staircase leading to 2nd storey should have a min. width of 1.8m Note: D&T Studio (Lower Secondary (LS)) is to be provided for schools offering only lower secondary D&T curriculum

Computer Ports Power Points

SERVICES/EQUIPMENT
Nil 22 nos. 13A Single Gang 2 nos. 15A Single Gang

Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Equipment Others

500 Nil

10 nos. Ceiling Mounted

3 nos. cold

PA System (See Vol. 4 – 2.3) 2 nos. 0.6m x 0.3m Buffing Machines 2 nos. 0.7m x 0.3m Scroll Saw 2 nos. Isolator (440V electrical supply)

3 nos. Gas Points (Brazing Hearths and Gas Soldering) 6 nos. Emergency Stop Station Points DB Closet as required

REV-00 / FEB 06

3

VOL.

DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY

3.2-2

D&T STUDIO 2

SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 240 M2 D&T STUDIO 2
LEGEND
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Integrated Benches Area Teacher’s Table Planning Area Concrete Counter with Cabinet & Drawers Concrete Counter with Cabinet & Sink LCD Projector 7. Concrete Counter with Cabinet for Soldering 8. Buffing Machine with Isolator 9. Scroll Saw 10. Whiteboard & Projector Screen 11. Emergency Stop Station Point

CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OF INTEGRATED BENCHES AREA

SAMPLE LAYOUT OF INTEGRATED BENCHES AREA
REV-01 / MAY 06

3 Design & Technology
3.1

D&T Studio 1 3.2

D&T Studio2 3.3 Wood Machineshop 3.4

Design Room 3.5

Design Room Store 3.6

D&T Studio Store (1. Studio Store 2. Main Store) 3.7

D&T Staff Room 3.8

D&T Studio (LS)

VOL.

3

DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY
NO. OF UNITS
1 no.

3.3-1

WOOD MACHINESHOP
RECOMMENDED PROVISION FOR A 124 M2 TYPE FACILITY

Critical Information

AREA

Min. 124 m2 (including Timber Store)

FINISHES
Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint

CAPACITY
8 Persons

FUNCTION

Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab

Preparation of timber works by staff and storage of timber Can explore provisions for multiple usages

FITMENT/FURNITURE
Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board DB Closet Others Nil 1 no. 3.6m x 1.2m Magnetic Nil

LOCATION/PROXIMITY

Must be located at 1st storey away from quiet area Direct access from Design & Technology Studio 1 and corridor Nearby Design & Technology Studio 2, Studio Store 1 and Studio Store 2

Projection Screen

Nil

1 no. 0.9m x 0.3m

1 no. 0.5m x 0.4m Stainless Steel Sink

FITMENT/FURNITURE
--

SAFETY/SECURITY
Master Key Others Security System Nil Master Key Set D (See Vol. 4 – 1.2)

SERVICES
--

OTHERS

1 no. Fire Extinguisher Solid Door Grilles to all Windows and Vents

Relationship of equipment should not be changed as they relate to work flow and safety requirement Room should be rectangular and column free Clear height of room to be 3.6m min. Door to be min. 1.8m wide

SERVICES/EQUIPMENT
Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Equipment Nil 5 nos. Single Gang (1 no. for Timber Store)

500 Nil

6 nos. Ceiling Mounted (1 no. for Timber Store)

1 no. cold

PA System (See Vol. 4 – 2.3)

1 no. 290kg 0.8m x 0.5m Cross-out Saw 1 no. 250kg 0.7m x 0.6m Mortiser 1 no. 250kg 0.8m x 0.5m Bandsaw

1 no. 550kg 0.9m x 0.8m Thicknesser 1 no. 250kg 1.5m x 2.2m Rip Saw 1 no. 0.8m x 0.5m Grinder 8 nos. Isolators

1 no. 500kg 1.7m x 0.8m Surface Planer 1 no. 75kg 0.5m diameter Dust Extractor Others

DB Closet as required

3 nos. Emergency Stop Station Points

REV-01 / MAY 06

10. 5. 11. 4. Timber Store Area Grinder with Isolator Stainless Steel Sink Dust Extractor with Isolator Magnetic Whiteboard Emergency Stop Station Point REV-00 / FEB 06 . 8. 6.3-2 WOOD MACHINESHOP SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 124 M2 WOOD MACHINESHOP SHOWING CRITICAL DIMENSIONS AND THEIR RELATIONSHIPS (RELATED TO WORKFLOW) LEGEND 1. Bandsaw with Isolator Mortiser with Isolator Rip Saw with Isolator Thicknesser with Isolator Cross-out Saw with Isolator Surface Planer with Isolator 7. 9. 3 DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY 3. 3. 12.VOL. 2.

Ceiling Mounted PA System (See Vol.2) Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock SERVICES -- OTHERS Door to be min. 1.9m x 0.4-1 DESIGN ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISION FOR A 200 M2 TYPE FACILITY FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint NO.4) Concrete Counter with Cabinets & Drawers Computer Workbench with leg space FITMENT/FURNITURE -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Nil Master Key Set D (See Vol. Main Store and D&T Staff Room Can be converted into other facilities 1 no. 4 – 1. 4 – 1.2m 1 no.2m (internal) and min. 1. 2. 1.8m (See Vol. OF UNITS 1 no.4m x 1. 3. Single Gang Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 12 nos. 4 – 2. Twin Gang (including 20 nos.1m Mounted and Retractable 20 nos. 1. 2. AREA 200 m2 Area to be School White Area (SWA) CAPACITY 2 Staff 40 Students divided into 2 groups Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Students’ Table Cabinets Others Nil 2 nos.3) Nil DB Closet as required REV-01 / MAY 06 . Fire Extinguisher SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 7 nos.2m 2 nos.6m x 1.9m x 0. 3 Critical Information DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY 3.8m FUNCTION Design and Drafting LOCATION/PROXIMITY Within D&T Area Should not be above 3rd storey Interconnected with Design Room Store Near D&T Studio 2. 35 nos. 1.2m Magnetic 4 nos. for 20 students’ tables) 500 Nil 5 nos.8m (external) wide Grilles to all windows and vents 1 no.VOL.2m x 1.1m x 2.

2. Teacher’s Table Students’ Table Area Activity Area Concrete Counter with Cabinets & Drawers Computer Workbench with leg space Magnetic Whiteboard & Pin-up Board LCD Projector Projection Screen REV-00 / FEB 06 . 7. 3. 8. 3 DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY 3. 5. 6.VOL.4-2 DESIGN ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 200 M2 DESIGN ROOM LEGEND 1. 4.

OF UNITS 1 no.2m Openings for ventilation (with louvers) to be provided above the cabinets Solid Door 1 no. Ceiling Mounted Nil Nil Nil REV-01 / MAY 06 . Twin Gang 300 Nil Nil 1 no.2) OTHERS Door width to be min.4) Others Open Shelves with Drawers High Cabinet with Drawers FITMENT/FURNITURE Handles and locks to be provided for drawers and doors of cabinets Nil SERVICES -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Nil Master Key Set D (See Vol. 3 Critical Information -- DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY 3.VOL. AREA m2 20 Area to be School White Area (SWA) CAPACITY FUNCTION Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab Storage of equipment. 4 – 1. 1. components and students’ project work Can be converted into other facilities FITMENT/FURNITYRE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Cabinets Nil Nil Nil Nil LOCATION Interconnected with Design Room Projection Screen (See Vol. Fire Extinguisher SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 1 no. 4 – 1.5-1 DESIGN ROOM STORE RECOMMENDED PROVISION FOR A 20 M2 STORE FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint NO.

5-2 DESIGN ROOM STORE SAMPLE LAYOUT OF DESIGN ROOM STORE LEGEND 1. 2. 3 DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY 3. Open Shelves with Drawers High Cabinet with Drawers REV-00 / FEB 06 .VOL.

DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY D&T STUDIO STORE 3. Main Store RECOMMENDED PROVISION FOR A 40 M2 STORE FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint NO. Fire Extinguisher (Studio Store) SERVICES/EQUPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 1 no. 1 per store type Min. Ceiling Mounted each Nil Nil 300 Nil Nil REV-00 / FEB 06 .8m (Main Store) Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock Roller Shutter Grilles to all Windows and Vents 1 no. 20 m2 (per Studio Store) Min. -- VOL.2m (Studio Store) and min.4) High Shelves for Studio Store Nil Low Cabinets with Open Shelves for Main Store FITMENT/FURNITURE -- SAFETY/SECURITY SERVICES -- Master Key Others Security Alarm Burglar Alarm (Main Store) Master Key Set D (See Vol. Studio Store 2.6-1 1. 1. Single Gang each 1 no. OF UNITS AREA Min. 40 m2 (Main Store) CAPACITY FUNCTION Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab Storage of D&T supplies Can explore provisions for multiple usages FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Cabinets Others Nil Nil Nil Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY Main Store should be on 1st storey and easily accessible from service area Each Studio Store is to be attached to D&T Studios 1 and 2 respectively Projection Screen (See Vol. 4 – 1. 4 – 1.2) OTHERS Door widths to be min. 2. 1.3 Critical Information 1.

Main Store ALTERNATIVE 1 ALTERNATIVE 2 CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OF FITMENT LAYOUT FOR DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY STUDIO STORE AND MAIN STORE LEGEND 1. Studio Store 2. DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY 3.3 VOL.6-2 D&T STUDIO STORE 1. High Shelves (for Design & Technology Studio Stores) OR Low Cabinet with Open Shelves (for Main Store) REV-00 / FEB 06 .

Telephone Point A/C to be provided with isolator DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 .3 Critical Information VOL. Twin Gang Nil 6 nos.2) Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock OTHERS Ceiling height to be similar to that of classroom School to decide whether to house the D&T Staff at the main Staff Room or D&T Staff Room SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 7 nos. DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY 3. 2.4m x 1. 24 m2 Floor Wall Ceiling CAPACITY 6 Staff Homogeneous Tiles Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling FUNCTION D&T Staff Office Can explore provisions for multiple usage FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Staff Table Cabinets Others Blinds Nil Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY Within D&T Area Near D&T Studios 1 & 2. 4 – 1. AREA Min. OF UNITS 1 no. Design Room.3) Nil 1 no.4) Nil SERVICES -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Burglar Alarm Master Key Set B (See Vol.2m 6 workstations Low Cabinet FITMENT/FURNITURE -- (See Vol. Timber Store and D&T Switch Room Projection Screen 1 no.7-1 D&T STAFF ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISION FOR A 24 M2 STAFF ROOM FINISHES NO. Wood Machineshop. 500 PA System (See Vol. 4 – 1. 4 – 2. Main Store.

3 VOL. 2. Staff Tables Area Low Cabinet Pin-up Board REV-00 / FEB 06 .7-2 D&T STAFF ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 24 M2 D&T STAFF ROOM LEGEND 1. DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY 3. 3.

4 – 1.4) 2 nos.8m 22 nos.8 Wall Mounted and Retractable 2 nos. LOCATION/PROXIMITY Away from quiet zones Preferably on the 1st storey and must not be higher than 2nd storey Not to be located below Chemistry Laboratory FITMENT/FURNITURE -- SERVICES -- OTHERS -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Burglar Alarm Master Key Set D (See Vol. OF UNITS 1 no. AREA Min. DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY 3.3 Critical Information VOL.2) Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock (Store) Grilles to all Windows and Vents Roller Shutters 3 nos.8-1 D&T STUDIO (LS) RECOMMENDED PROVISION FOR A 300 M2 TYPE FACILITY NO. 1.4m x 1.2m Sliding Magnetic integrated with High Cabinet 1 no.8m x 1.2m Sliding integrated with High Cabinet 2 nos. 1.2m Magnetic Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Integrated Bench Cabinets (See Vol. 300 m2 (including 24 m2 store) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab CAPACITY 3 Staff Max.9m x 0. 1. Fire Extinguishers DB Closet as required REV-01 / MAY 06 . 40 students FUNCTION Multi-purpose D&T Studio and Store for allgirls’ school or schools offering D&T education to lower secondary levels only Can explore provisions for multiple usages FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Nil 2 nos.8m x 1.6m x 1.3m x 0. 1. 4 – 1. 1.9m Concrete Counter with Cabinets & Sink Concrete Counter with Cabinets & Drawers Concrete Counter with Cabinet for Soldering Concrete Counter with Cabinets & Drawers (with 3 gas points equally distributed) High Cabinet with Whiteboard and Pin-up Board High Cabinet with Drawers Open Shelves with Drawers Storage Closet cum Workstation 1 nos. 3.

3) 3 nos. Oven 1 no. Vacuum Forming Machine 1 no. 240V) 2 nos. Twin Gang (13A) Lighting (Lux) 500 (Teaching Area) 500 (Integrated Bench Area) 300 (Store) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Equipment 18 nos. Treadle Shears 2 nos.8m Brazing cum Forging Unit 2 nos.6m x 0.8-2 D&T STUDIO (LS) SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 3 nos. 240kg 1. Strip Heater (400W. Wall Mounted (Store) Nil PA System (See Vol. 13A 2 nos.0m x 0. 1 no. Bandsaw 1 no. Scroll Saw 1 no.3m Buffing Machine 1 no. Isolator (440V electrical supply) 1 no. Drilling Machine 1 no.3 VOL. DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY 3. 15A 2 nos. Fluidiser 1 no. Isolator for Exhaust at Gas Forge 5 nos. 100kg 0. 1. Folding Machine 1 no. 25 nos. Gas Points 2 nos. Ceiling Mounted (Studio) 1 no.2m x 0. Bench Grinder Others 3 nos. Emergency Stop Station Points DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 .8m Power Hacksaw 1 no. 4 – 2. Strip Heater (200W. 240V) 4 nos.

Teaching Area Integrated Benches Storage Closet cum workstation High Cabinet with Whiteboard & Pin-up Board Teacher’s Table Concrete Counter Cabinets with Sink Open Shelves with Drawers High Cabinet with Drawers Concrete Counter with Cabinets & Drawers 10. Emergency Stop Station Point 18. 9. Folding Machine 11. DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY 3. Projector and Screen REV-00 / FEB 06 . Magnetic Whiteboard and Projection Screen 17. Brazing cum Forging Unit with 2 Gas points on wall 15.3 VOL. 3. 8. 4. Treadle Shears 12. 6. 5. Power Hacksaw 14. Buffing Machines 13.8-3 D&T STUDIO (LS) SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 300 M2 D&T STUDIO (FOR LOWER SECONDARY CURRICULUM (LS)) LEGEND 1. 7. 2. Concrete Counter with Cabinets & Drawers (with 3 gas points equally distributed) 16.

O.9 Prefect’s Room 4.12 Printing Room 4.8 General Office 4.6 Staff Lounge 4.13 H.4 Career Guidance Room 4.11 Office Store 4.3 4.4 Administrative / Staff Principal’s Office 4.14 Meeting Room Sick Bay .7 Staff Resource Room 4.5 Staff Room 4.2 Vice-Principal’s Office 4.1 Counselling Room 4.10 4.D’s Store 4.

1.9m x 1. 2.2m x 1.8m 3-seater Sofa set 1 no.8m 1-seater Sofa set 2 nos.7m x 0.2) 1 no.7m x 0. PRINCIPAL’S OFFICE RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 20 M2 OFFICE AREA 20 m2 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogenous Tiles/ Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling CAPACITY 1 Principal 5 Visitors FUNCTION Principal’s work area LOCATION/PROXIMITY FITMENT/ FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Blinds 1 no. 0.4m x 1.3) Nil 1 no. 4 – 2.1-1 NO. Telephone Point A/C to be provided with Isolator 1 no.0m x 0. 1. 2.O. 0.0m Built-in safe of Chubb Castle Size 2 or Australian Safe Company AS 2002 or Fische Bauche Size 2 or equivalent to be embedded on concrete pedestal Ensure no blind zone in front of the safe Safe to be 850mm above FFL 2 nos. High Cabinet with Built-in safe Others SERVICES -- OTHERS SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Master Key Set A (See Vol. Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock if access is from outside with Door Closer & Viewing Panel SERVICES/ EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 2 nos.7m Coffee Table 1 no.0m x 0. 0.7m 4-Drawer Filing Cabinet 1 no. Battery Operated Clock REV-00 / FEB 06 . 500 PA System (See Vol.5m 2-Doors Filing Cabinet 2 nos.0m x 0. OF UNITS 1 no.5m x 0.5m 1 no. 1. 4 – 1.2m Magnetic Nil Preferably on 1st storey near main entrance Interconnected with Vice-Principal’s Office and General Office Near Staff Room. Staff Lounge and H. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 4. Twin Gang Nil 1 no.7m x 0. 0.2m Principal’s Tables Cabinets FITMENT/FURNITURE 2 nos.Ds’ Office Projection Screen 1 no.5m Side Table 1 no. 1.3 Critical Information VOL. Safe (See Critical Information) Burglar Alarm School can explore different layouts but must adhere to existing IM guidelines on space provisions for individual staff.

1-2 PRINCIPAL’S OFFICE SAMPLE LAYOUT OF PRINCIPAL’S OFFICE LEGEND 1. Principal’s Work area 2. Pin-up Board 7. 4-Drawer Filing Cabinet 5. Lounge Area (Sofa Set & Side Tables) 3.3 VOL. High Cabinet with Built-in Safe 4. 2-Doors Filing Cabinet 6. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 4. Magnetic Whiteboard REV-00 / FEB 06 .

2) Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock if access is from outside with Door Closer & Viewing Panel Burglar Alarm OTHERS School can explore different layouts but must adhere to existing IM guidelines on space provisions for individual staff. Telephone Point A/C to be provided with Isolator 1 no. 1. OF UNITS 1 per VP AREA 12 m2 per VP CAPACITY 1 Staff .5m 2-Doors Filing Cabinet LOCATION/PROXIMITY On 1st storey Accessible through General Office Interconnected with General Office Near Principal’s Office and HODs’ Office Vice-Principal’s Cabinets Others 1 no.6m x 1. 4– 1.7m 4-Drawers Filing Cabinet SERVICES -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Master Key Set A (See Vol.3) Nil 1 no. 1.4m x 1. SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 2 nos.2-1 VICE-PRINCIPAL’S OFFICE RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 12M2 OFFICE FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogenous Tiles/ Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Non Acoustic Ceiling NO.2m Magnetic 1 no. Battery Operated Clock REV-00 / FEB 06 . 0. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 4. 1.5m x 0.0m x 0. 2.3 Critical Information VOL. Twin Gang Nil 1 no.0m 1 no. 2 Visitors FUNCTION Vice-Principal’s work area FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Table Blinds 1 no.2m x 1. 500 PA System (See Vol. 4 – 2.2m FITMENT/FURNITURE -- Nil 1 no.

2-Doors Filing Cabinet 5. Vice-Principal’s Work area 2. ADMINISTRATIVE / 4.2-2 STAFF VICE-PRINCIPAL’S OFFICE SAMPLE LAYOUT OF VICE-PRINCIPAL’S OFFICE LEGEND 1.3 VOL. Magnetic Whiteboard 3. 4-Drawers Filing Cabinet REV-00 / FEB 06 . Pin-up Board 4.

Keyboard Vol. Twin Gang (General Office.2m 3 nos. 4 – 1.3) 1 no.7m 4-Drawers Filing Cabinet High Cabinet (See Vol. 2. for OTHERS Key deposit box must be cylindrical & placed within concrete wall beside entrance to General Office and flushed with wall Entrance door to be tempered glass Adjacent FAVE spaces shall be incorporated to provide for future expansion School can explore different layouts but must adhere to existing IM guidelines on space provision for individual staff 3 nos. 0. of Fire Extinguisher Entrance Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock & Door Closer SERVICES -- SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 6 nos. Operation Manager’s Workstation (8 m2) 4.2) Burglar Alarm Roller Shutter to be provided at the entrance of the FITMENT/FURNITURE -- General Office 1 no. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 4. 4 – 2. 54 m2 comprising: 1. 1 AM/1 OM/2 CSO (Additional 8 m2) 5. 1. AREA Min.4) Reception Counter 1 no.2m x 1.5m x 0. Workstation (1 no.8m 2 nos. General Office 2.4) LOCATION/PROXIMITY On 1st storey with clear unobstructed view of main entrance Easily accessible to public Recommended to be in view of Parade Square Interconnected with Principal’s Office & Printing Room Away from Canteen SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Others Security System Master Key Set A (See Vol.2m Magnetic 5 nos. for Printer) PA System (General Office) (See Vol. for printer) 1 no. Battery Operated Clock Lightning Warning System Console DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 .4) FUNCTION Others 1 no. Key Deposit Box For school administration 2 nos. AM/Operation Manager.3m x 0. each (AM/OM/CSO) 7 nos.4m x 1. 2-Doors Cupboards CAPACITY or 3 Staff + 3 Managers (Administration Manager.3-1 GENERAL OFFICE RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR 78 M2 TYPE FACILITY FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogenous Tiles/ Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling NO. Single Gang (OM) Scanner & 1 no. Telephone Points each (General Office/AM) Water Supply Others Nil Control Panel for Bell Timer LED Mimic Panel Photocopier 1 no. OF UNITS 1 no. 4 – 1. each for AM and OM) (See 1 no. including 1 no. 4 – 1. Workstation (for 1 AM) or 2 nos. Administration Manager’s Workstation (8 m2) 3. OM) 3 Staff + 2 Managers + 2 Clerical Support Officers (CSO) Typist’s Table 1 no. Twin Gang and 1 nos. Twin Gang (AM) Lighting (Lux) Fan Air-Conditioning Communications 500 Nil 1 nos. Telephone Point (OM) A/C to be provided with Isolator 2 nos. Single Gang (General Office) 2 nos. Visitors’ Lounge FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Cabinets Blinds 1 no. (including 1 no.3 Critical Information VOL. 4 – 1. 1. Workstation (for 2 CSOs) (See Vol.

AM/OM/CSO Area 2. 2-Doors Cupboards 9. Photocopier 7. Fire Alarm Panel 13.3-2 STAFF GENERAL OFFICE SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 78 M2 OFFICE LEGEND 1. ADMINISTRATIVE / 4. Typists’ Tables Area 3. Pin-up Board 12. High Cabinet 6. 4-Drawers Filing Cabinet 10. Magnetic Whiteboard 11. Key Deposit Box REV-00 / FEB 06 . PA System 14. Printer/Scanner Area 8.3 VOL. Keyboard 15. Reception Counter 5. Visitors’ Lounge 4.

1 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint AREA Min.0m x 0. Single Gang 1 no. ADMINISTRATIVE / 4.2) Burglar Alarm System Control Panel (direct feed from Distribution Board) Burglar Alarm OTHERS Door to be min.3 Critical Information VOL.4-1 STAFF OFFICE STORE RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 20 M2 STORE NO. Ceiling Mounted Nil 300 Nil Nil Nil REV-00 / FEB 06 . OF UNITS Min. 1. equipment and printing FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Cabinets Nil Nil Nil Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY Interconnected with General Office Near Principal’s & Vice-Principal’s Offices and Staff Room Projection Screen Open Shelves 6 nos.5m 2-Doors Filing Cabinet FITMENT/FURNITURE -- SERVICES -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Others Security System Master Key Set A (See Vol.2m wide SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 1 no. 4 – 1. 1. 20 m2 CAPACITY -- Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab FUNCTION Storage of office stationery.

2.2) Burglar Alarm Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock SERVICES -- OTHERS Windows to face external Door to be min.3) Nil A/C to be provided with Isolator Shredder (0. 300 PA System (See Vol. 20 m2 CAPACITY -- FUNCTION Storage of office stationery. Twin Gang Nil 1 no.5-1 STAFF PRINTING ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 20M2 ROOM NO. Photocopy Machine. Transparency Maker. Laminating Machine. Scanner.3 Critical Information VOL. 4 – 1. equipment and printing FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Cabinets Others Blinds Nil Nil Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY Interconnected with General Office Near Principal’s & Vice-Principal’s Offices and Staff Room Projection Screen Nil Low Cabinet (See Vol. 1 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles/ Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling AREA Min.6m). OF UNITS Min. Photostat Maker. ADMINISTRATIVE / 4.4) FITMENT/FURNITURE -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Others Security System Master Key Set A (See Vol.6m x 0.2m wide SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 4 nos. Duplicator. 1. Cyclostyling Machine REV-00 / FEB 06 . 4 – 1. 4 .

6m x 1. Battery Operated Clock REV-00 / FEB 06 .O.2m x 1. (including 1 no. for printer) Nil 12 nos.2m Magnetic Whiteboard Nil FUNCTION Heads of Departments’ office LOCATION/PROXIMITY Preferably on 1st floor Interconnected with General Office.2) Burglar Alarm Roller Shutters to be provided at the entrance FITMENT/FURNITURE Staff workstation to be system furniture Whiteboard and Pin-up Boards can be either wall-mounted or free-standing Entrance Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock & Door Closer SERVICES See Vol.4 on requirements for workstation OTHERS Main entrance door to H. Central area for printer. Twin Gang (including 1 no. 4 – 1.Ds’ OFFICE RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 113 M2 OFFICE NO. 1.O. OF UNITS AREA 113 m2 comprising: 1. for printer) 500 PA System (See Vol.3) Nil 2 nos. of Workstations (See Vol. Principal’s & Vice-Principal’s Offices Projection Screen 2 nos.Ds’ Office to be tempered glass School can explore different layouts but must adhere to existing IM guidelines on space provisions for individual staff. Telephone Points A/C to be provided with Isolator DB Closet as required 1 no.3 Critical Information 1 no. Staff workstation area (8 m2 <+/. 4 – 1.2m 11 nos. 3.5%> each) 2.6-1 H.4) SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Others Security System Master Key Set A (See Vol. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 4. scanner and copier FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles/ Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling CAPACITY 11 Staff 22 Visitors (2 visitors per workstation) FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Others Blinds 1 no. VOL. SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 15 nos. 4 – 1. 4 – 2.

Ds’ OFFICE SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 113 M2 H. 3. 2.O.Ds’ OFFICE LEGEND 1.O. H.6-2 H. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 4.O.Ds’ Workstations Printer/Scanner Area Magnetic Whiteboard REV-00 / FEB 06 .3 VOL.

8m Conference Table FITMENT/FURNITURE -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Others Security System Master Key Set A (See Vol. external appraisal visits.8m x 1.5m x 0. Single Gang for LCD PA System (See Vol. 4 – 1. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 4. Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 1 no. 3. 3.4m Swivel Chairs 1 no. etc Can be converted into other facilities Projection Screen Cabinets Others 2 nos. OF UNITS AREA 65 m2 Area is School White Area (SWA) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles/ Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling CAPACITY 26 Staff including: 16 seated at table and 10 backbenchers FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Blinds 1 no.2) Burglar Alarm Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock SERVICES -- OTHERS -- SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 3 nos.4) LOCATION/ PROXIMITY Near General Office. 1. VOL. various committee meetings. Twin Gang 500 Nil 1 no.6m x 1. 4.3 Critical Information 1 no. Tape Recorder 1 no. OHP DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 . LCD 1 no. Principal’s & VicePrincipal’s Offices 18 nos.2m Retractable Low Cabinet (See Vol.7-1 MEETING ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 65 M2 MEETING ROOM NO.6m x 1. Telephone Point A/C to be provided with Isolator 1 no. 0.8m Wall Mounted and FUNCTION Weekly staff meeting.2m Magnetic 1 no.8m x 1.3) Nil 1 no. 4 – 1. 4 – 2.

Low Cabinet 4. Conference Table and Swivel Chairs Area 2. Pin-up Board 5.7-2 MEETING ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 65 M2 MEETING ROOM LEGEND 1. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 4.3 VOL. Magnetic Whiteboard & Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen REV-00 / FEB 06 . LCD Projector 3.

Pouffes (0. 4 – 1.8m 1-Seater Sofa Set 1 no.4m in Diameter) FITMENT/FURNITURE -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Nil Master Key Set A (See Vol.0m x 0.7m x 0. room should have full height walls and not half-partitions SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 1 no. VOL. 4 – 1. Other Electrical Equipment DB Closet as required REV-01 / MAY 06 .2) SERVICES -- OTHERS Door with Vision Panel To ensure privacy.8m 3-Seater Sofa Set 2 nos. Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 3 nos. 0.6m Low Cabinet (See Vol.7m x 0. Single Gang 1 no. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 4. OF UNITS FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Vinyl Flooring Emulsion Paint AREA 24 m2 Area is School White Area (SWA) Emulsion Paint to Soffit of slab CAPACITY 5 persons FUNCTION FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Blinds Nil Nil Private area to counsel students and parents Can be converted into other facilities LOCATION/PROXIMITY Preferably on 2nd storey Access from corridor Easily accessible to staff and students There should be sufficient privacy to encourage students requiring counselling to use it Counselling Room should be on the same level as Career Guidance Room. 2.2m 1 no.7m Side Table 1 no.0m x 0.5m x 0.2m x 0.6m x 1. Tape Recorder 2 nos.3) Nil 1 no.4) 1 no. Ceiling Mounted PA System (See Vol. preferably next to each other Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Cabinets Others 1 no. 4 – 2.8-1 COUNSELLING ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 24 M2 COUNSELLING ROOM NO. 3.3 Critical Information 1 no.6m 4-Drawers Filing Cabinet 2 nos. 1.7m Coffee Table 10 nos. 0. 1. Twin Gang 500 Nil 1 no. 0.

ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 4.3 VOL. 4-Drawers Filing Cabinet 6. Teacher’s Table 2. Pouffes Area 4. Lounge Area (3+1+1 sofa set. side table and coffee table) 3. Pin-up Board REV-00 / FEB 06 .8-2 COUNSELLING ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 24 M2 COUNSELLING ROOM LEGEND 1. Low Cabinet 5.

4 – 1.5m x 0.4m x 0. 1. 4 – 2.9m on castors Nil Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY Near CCA Room Pin-up Board Table FITMENT/FURNITURE -- Projection Screen Cabinets 4 nos.2) Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 2 nos. 1. AREA 25 m2 Area is School White Area (SWA) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogenous Tiles / Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint CAPACITY 12 Students Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab FUNCTION Prefects’ Meeting and Discussions Can be converted into other facilities FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Nil 1 no. OF UNITS 1 no. 1.3) Nil DB Closet as required REV-01 / MAY 06 .5m 2-Doors Filing Cabinet SERVICES -- OTHERS -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Nil Master Key Set A (See Vol. Ceiling Mounted PA System (See Vol.9-1 PREFECTS’ ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 25 M2 PREFECTS’ ROOM NO. Single Gang 500 Nil 2 nos.0m x 0.3 Critical Information VOL.8m 1 no. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 4.

Whiteboard on Castors REV-00 / FEB 06 . Tables’ Area 2. 2-Doors Filing Cabinet 3.3 VOL.9-2 PREFECTS’ ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF 25 M2 PREFECTS’ ROOM LEGEND 1. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 4.

Single Gang 500 Nil 2 nos.Ds’ Office and Library Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Cabinets Computer Table (See Vol.2) Nil SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 3 nos. length x 0. 1.8m 1 no. CAREER GUIDANCE ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 40 M2 CAREER GUIDANCE ROOM AREA 40 m2 Area is School White Area (SWA) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles/Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint CAPACITY 12 Persons Emulsion Paint to Soffit of slab FUNCTION Career consultation.8m 3-Seater Sofa OTHERS -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Nil Master Key Set A (See Vol. 0.8m 1-Seater Sofa 1 no.4m x 1. Ceiling Mounted PA System (See Vol. 0.5m 2-Doors Filing Cabinet Low Cabinet FITMENT/FURNITURE -- 1 no.7m 4-Drawer Filing Cabinet 1 no. 0. H. 1.10-1 NO.7m Side Table SERVICES -- 2 nos.3) Nil DB closet as required REV-01 / MAY 06 .5m x 0.4) Others 1 no.3 Critical Information VOL.6m x 1. 4 – 1. 4 – 1.0m x 0. advice and exhibition for individual or group Can be converted into other facilities FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Blinds 1 no.6m Display Stand 1 no.0m x 0. 3. OF UNITS 1 no.2m Magnetic Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY Career Guidance Room must be on the same storey as Counselling Room Near Counselling Room.2m Pin-Up Board 2 nos. 1.2m x 0.7m x 0.3m x 0. 2.O.6m min.8m 2 nos.0m x 0.7m x 0.7m Coffee Table 2 nos. 3. 4 – 2. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 4. 1. 2.

Computer Table 4. Display Stand 10.10-2 CAREER GUIDANCE ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF 40 M2 CAREER GUIDANCE ROOM LEGEND 1. Pin-up Board 8. Coffee Table. Lounge Area (3+1 Sofa Set. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 4.3 VOL. Side Table) 9.1m High Screen REV-00 / FEB 06 . Low Cabinet 3. Teacher’s Table 2. 4-Drawer Filing Cabinet 7. Magnetic Whiteboard 6. 2-Doors Filing Cabinet 5. 2.

4 – 1.6m x 1. Battery Operated Clock REV-00 / FEB 06 . OF UNITS (PER SCHOOL) Min. 3. 4 – 1.11-1 STAFF ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 390 M2 STAFF ROOM NO. 4 – 2. additional workstations Consultants are to consult the MOE Officer-inCharge on the possible increase in the number of teachers due to the conduct of special programmes.3) Nil 2 nos. Main entrance door to Staff Room be tempered glass PA System (See Vol. 78 nos. GEP.4 on requirements for workstation SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 76 nos. Staff workstation area (4 m2 <+/. 1 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles/ Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling AREA 390 m2 comprising: 1. H.5%> each) 2.2m LOCATION /PROXIMITY 73 nos. e. of workstations to be provided.4) Not higher than 2nd storey and preferably to be on one single storey Preferably Interconnected with Staff Lounge and Staff Resource Room Near General Office. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 4. scanners. for printer) Nil 75 nos. Twin Gang (including 1 no. with space for future 16 nos.6m x 1. at selected schools School can explore different layouts but must adhere to existing IM guidelines on space provisions for individual staff.Ds’ Office and Office Store SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Others Security System Master Key Set A (See Vol.O. for printer) 500 OTHERS For schools with 36 + 6 classrooms.g.2m Magnetic Nil FUNCTION Teaching staff office Projection Screen 1 no. Common area for printers. Workstation (See Vol. 3. copiers CAPACITY 73 Staff FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Others Blinds 1 no. (including 1 no. 4 – 1. Telephone Points A/C to be provided with Isolator DB Closet as required 1 no.3 Critical Information VOL.2) Burglar Alarm Entrance Door to be with Jimmy-Proof Lock FITMENT/FURNITURE with Door Closer Staff workstation to be system furniture Whiteboard and Pin-up Boards to be wallmounted Roller Shutters to be provided at the Entrance SERVICES The power points and data points to be recessed into system furniture and located slightly above the worktable See Vol.

Magnetic Whiteboard 4. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 4. Pin-up Board REV-00 / FEB 06 . Common Printer Area 3.11-2 STAFF ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 390 M2 STAFF ROOM LEGEND 1. Workstations Area 2.3 VOL.

Ds’ Office Projection Screen Low Cabinet with Sink (See Vol.6m Coffee Table 1 no.3 Critical Information VOL. 0. Hot and Cold Water Dispenser DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 .0m x 0.6m Journal Rack SERVICES -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Nil Master Key Set A (See Vol. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 4. Refrigerator A/C to be provided with Isolator 1 no.7m Lounge Sofa FITMENT/FURNITURE Solid surfacing material countertop to cabinet with sink 2 nos.12-1 STAFF LOUNGE RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 40 M2 STAFF LOUNGE NO.4) 20 nos. 4 – 1. 4 – 1. 1 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles/ Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling AREA Min. 0. 40 m2 CAPACITY 20 seats FUNCTION Relaxation area for staff FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Cabinets Others Blinds Nil Nil Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY Not higher than 2nd storey Preferable interconnected with Staff Room Near General Office and H.3) 1 no. Single Gang Nil 300 PA System (See Vol.8m x 0.O.5m x 0.2) Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock & Door OTHERS -- Closer SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 2 nos. 4 – 2. OF UNITS Min. 1.

Low Cabinet with Sink 4. Refrigerator REV-00 / FEB 06 .3 VOL. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 4.12-2 STAFF LOUNGE SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 40 M2 STAFF LOUNGE LEGEND 1. Lounge Sofa Area 2. Journal Rack 3.

2m x 0.2. Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 1 no.5m Double-Sided Bookshelves 2 nos. Hot/Cold 1 no.9m x 0. 1.8m x 1. Other Electrical Equipment DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 .5m 2-doors Filing Cabinet Polypropylene and vitreous enamel sink Sink to have swan neck laboratory tap SERVICES -- OTHERS -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Master Key Set A (See Vol. 4 . Single Gang for LCD PA System (See Vol. OF UNITS Min. Twin Gang 500 Nil 5 nos. 4 – 1.2m x 1.4) 4 nos.7m 5 nos. 0. 1. 0.6m Worktop with High Cabinet Low Cabinet with Sink 8 nos.2m Retractable Preferably interconnected with Staff Room Computer Table (See Vol.3 Critical Information VOL. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 4.9m x 0. 0.8m Wall Mounted and LOCATION/PROXIMITY FITMENT/FURNITURE Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Cabinets 2 nos. 1.2) 1 no.13-1 STAFF RESOURCE ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 65 M2 STAFF RESOURCE ROOM NO. 1 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles/ Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling AREA Min.3) 1 no. 65 m2 CAPACITY 16 Staff FUNCTION Repository for shared teaching materials Preparation of teaching materials Secure place to prepare examination/ assessment questions FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Blinds 1 no. Telephone Point A/C to be provided with Isolator 5 nos.2m Magnetic 1 no. 4 – 1.8m x 0. 3.6m x 1. Fire Extinguisher Burglar Alarm Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 10 nos.

Teachers’ Tables Area Book Shelves Area Computer Tables Area 2-door Filing Cabinet Worktop with High Cabinet Low Cabinet with Sink LCD Projector Magnetic Whiteboard. 8. 5. 4.13-2 STAFF RESOURCE ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 65 M2 STAFF RESOURCE ROOM LEGEND 1. 7. Pin-up Board & Retractable Wall Mounted Projection Screen REV-00 / FEB 06 . 3. 6.3 VOL. 2. ADMINISTRATIVE / STAFF 4.

14-1 RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 20 M2 SICKBAY SICKBAY NO. 20 m2 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles/Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab CAPACITY 2 Students FUNCTION Resting Simple first aid treatment FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Tables Cabinets Others Blinds Nil Nil Nil 2 nos.2) Nil Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock and Viewing Panel SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 2 nos.6m 1 no.8m x 0. 1. Single Gang 300 (Bedhead lights to be provided) 2 nos. 1.3) 1 no. Ceiling Mounted Nil PA System (See Vol. 4 – 1. 1 AREA Min.5m 2-Doors Filing Cabinet 2 nos. Soap Dispenser LOCATION /PROXIMITY Preferably on 1st storey Accessible from General Office for close supervision Preferably interconnected with General Office FITMENT /FURNITURE Cater for future air-conditioning Backsplash to be provided for Sink SERVICES Power point to be located at table area OTHERS -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Master Key Set A (See Vol. 1. OF UNITS Min. Sink REV-00 / FEB 06 .0m x 0.9m Folding Single Bed Towel Rail and Mirror 1 no. ANCILLARY 4.3 Critical Information VOL. 1 no.2m x 0. 4 – 2.

3 VOL. Dry Wall Partition 6. Sink 5. 2.14-2 SICKBAY SAMPLE LAYOUT 1 SAMPLE LAYOUT 2 SAMPLE LAYOUT 3 ABOVE : SAMPLE LAYOUTS OF 20 M2 SICK BAY LEGEND 1.1m High Curtains REV-00 / FEB 06 . ANCILLARY 4. Folding Single Bed 3. 2-Doors Filing Cabinet 4. Table 2.

4 NCC/NPCC Room Furniture Store 5.5 Ancillary 5.14 Bookshop 5.7 Non-Teaching Staff (NTS) Room 5.10 Multi-Purpose Hall 5.3 Co-Curricular Activities (CCA) Room 5.9 Games Equipment Room 5. Store) 5.15 Dental Clinic Health & Fitness Room .6 Rifle Range (Outdoor) 5.2 5.11 Multi-Purpose Hall (Control Room.1 Media Resource Library 5.12 Canteen 5.5 Rifle Range (Indoor) 5. Changing Room.13 5.8 Armoury 5.

4m Periodicals Shelf (single or double sided) (RRA) 1 no.9m Reading Tables (RRA) 4 nos.6m TV/VCR Cabinet (IA) 1 no.4m x 0.6m x 0. 2. 0. 1. ANCILLARY 5.6m x 0. each at LW and IA) 1 no.7m Open Shelf (LW) 1 no.0m x 0.8m Filing Cabinet (LW) 1 no.8m Wall Mounted and Retractable (IA) 1 no. 2.3 Critical Information 1 no. 4.6m Single-Sided Bookshelves (RRA) 1 no. 4.6m x 0. 1.4) 1 no. 1.4m x 0.9m Atlas Stand (RRA) 2 nos.3m Newspaper Rack (RRA) 4 nos. 1.6m Worktables (LW) FUNCTION Reading and Referencing.5m x 0. 1. 1.6m Double-Sided Bookshelves (RRA) 10 nos. 1. Overhead Projector Trolley (IA) 1 no.6m Book Chute (CC) 3 nos. OF UNITS AREA Min.8m x 0.7m Single Seat (5 nos. VOL.7m x 0.7m x 0. 450 m2 comprising: Reading / Reference Area (RRA) Instructional Area (IA) (90 m2) Librarian’s Workroom (LW) (30 m2) Circulation Counter (CC) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Vinyl Flooring Emulsion Paint Non-Acoustic Ceiling CAPACITY 120 users seated and standing 2 teacher librarians 10 student librarians 21000 volumes of books FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Computer Table Blinds (All Areas) 1 no. 1.8m x 1.0m x 0.0m x 0. 1. 0. 0.7m Circulation Counter (CC) 13 nos.5m Book Trolley (CC) 1 no.7m Double Seat (IA) 7 nos.5m x 0. 3.8m x 0. 3.5m Steel Cabinet (LW) 2 nos.8m x 0. 0. at RRA and 2 nos.6m x 1.2m Magnetic Whiteboard (IA) 2 nos.3m x 0.2m x 0. at LW) Cabinets (See Vol. 1. Group learning Can explore provision for multiple usage LOCATION/PROXIMITY Away from noisy area Access preferably on 1st or 2nd storey Do not locate in isolated part of school Interconnected with IA and LW Away from Music Room and Hall/Canteen Can consider other locations if for alternative usage FITMENT/FURNITURE adjustable All fitment shelves to be removable and Others REV-00 / FEB 06 .8m x 1.8m (LW) 6 nos. 1.0m x 0. 3.2m x 1. 4 – 1.2m x 0.7m Copy Machine (LW) 2 nos. 1. 2.2m (1 no.6m Non-Print Media Cabinet (CC) 1 no.6m Media Island (1 no.7m AV Equipment Worktop (RRA) 5 pcs Sofa Set (RRA) 1 no. 0. at IA) 20 nos. 1.2m x 0. 1.1-1 MEDIA RESOURCE LIBRARY RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 450 M2 MEDIA RESOURCE LIBRARY NO. 1.0m x 0. at RRA and 2 nos.6m (IA) 1 no.9m x 0. 1.

1 no.1-2 MEDIA RESOURCE LIBRARY RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 450 M2 MEDIA RESOURCE LIBRARY SERVICES TV point in Reading Reference Area to be located near AV Equipment Worktop OTHERS Connecting door to Librarian’s Workroom to be near the counter Min. ANCILLARY 5. direct access doorways from corridor to be provided Direct access and visual connection to be provided from Media Resource Library (MRL) to Librarians’ Workroom and Instructional Area where necessary Book drop/chute to allow return of books from outside the MRL to be provided Reading tables and Periodicals display shelves to be arranged perpendicularly to window openings Book shelves to be arranged perpendicularly to Circulation Counter for easy supervision tempered and sandblasted Glass doors and screens (if provided) to be Half height glass partition for visual access to be provided to Instructional Area and Librarian’s Workroom All windows to have locks SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Master Key Set B (See Vol.2) Burglar Alarm 1 no. 2 nos. at Counter Area (RRA) 13 nos. (IA) 2 nos. Twin Gang. of Fire Extinguisher Roller Shutters to be provided at the entrance of MRL SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports 8 nos. Twin Gang at Counter Area (RRA) 16 nos. TV (1 no. Twin Gang (LW) Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications 500 Nil A/C to be provided with Isolator PA System at Counter (RRA) 1 no. 3 nos.3 VOL. each at RRA and IA) 1 no. 8 nos. Telephone Point at Counter (RRA) 1 no. Telephone Point (LW) Water Supply Others Nil 2 nos. Twin Gang. (LW) Power Points 6 nos. Single Gang for LCD (IA) 4 nos. LCD (LW) DB Closet as required REV-01 / MAY 06 . Single Gang. 4 – 1. + 3 nos.

9. 6. Media Island 18. Steel Cabinet & Copy Machine Pin-up Board Circulation Counter Book Chute Non-print Media Cabinet 13. LCD Projector 22. 2. 5. 4. 5 piece Sofa set 17. 7. Newspaper Rack 15. Double Carrel Drawing 12. Atlas Stand & Periodical Shelves 19. Single-sided Bookshelves 14. 3.1-3 MEDIA RESOURCE LIBRARY SAMPLE LAYOUT FOR A 450 M2 MEDIA RESOURCE LIBRARY LEGEND 1. ANCILLARY 5. Double-sided Bookshelves 20. Reading Table Area REV-00 / FEB 06 . Open Shelves Single Seat Computer Table Area Worktable Area Teacher’s Table Filing Cabinet. OHP Trolley 10. Whiteboard. AV Equipment Worktop 16. Pin-up Board & Projection Screen 24. Book Trolley 11. TV/VCR Cabinet 23. Double seat Computer Table Area 21.3 VOL. 8.

1-4 MEDIA RESOURCE LIBRARY EXAMPLE OF LIBRARY BOOK SHELVES EXAMPLE OF LIBRARY / REFERENCE AREAS EXAMPLE OF READING / REFERENCE AREA REV-00 / FEB 06 .3 VOL. ANCILLARY 5.

school examination and sports like badminton.88m Wall Mounted Motorized 2 nos. Ceiling Mounted (Stage) Nil Sound Reinforcement System (Seating Area) OTHERS Steps to be provided at front of the stage Door into Hall to be min. (Stage) Area) 4 nos. CONTROL ROOM AND CHANGING ROOM) NO.2) 2 nos. gymnastics.5m wide The number and location of access doors should ensure efficient circulation and discharge of students All openings should be adjustable to cater for varying ventilation and lighting requirements These openings should be operable from a service platform or corridor Badminton Area to have a min. Wall Climbing Rack Manually Operated Flybar on Stage To provide for maximum student enrolment and teaching staff FUNCTION For school assembly. Telephone Points (Stage) Exit Light at every Exit Water Supply Others Nil Isolator for Stage Lighting Stage Lighting System 2 nos. If this is not provided in the Hall. aerobics. for every Column (Seating Area) Projection screen should be positioned so that it is highly visible to all students in the Seating Area School crest to be provided above the stage 4 nos. clear height of 7. minimum Hosereels 5 nos. 13A Twin Gang Power Points (Seating Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications 300/500 (Seating Area) 300 (Stage) Wall Mounted at 3-4. ANCILLARY 5. Microphone Points (Seating Area) 3 nos. Floor Wall Ceiling T&G Timber Strips Emulsion Paint (Seating Area) / Acoustic wall treatment (Rear of Hall) Suspended Acoustic Ceiling CAPACITY FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Others Fire Retardant Motorized Stage Curtain (Stage) Nil Nil 1 no.88m x 4. a minimum basic stage (30 m2) shall be provided.3 Critical Information 1no. Fire Extinguisher FITMENT/FURNITURE SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 1 no. OF UNITS AREA FINISHES – SEATING AREA AND STAGE m2 Min. (Stage) 1 no. etc. 990 ( for Seating Area including 3 badminton courts) Min. 30 m2 (for Stage Area) A full performance Stage must be provided in the school. 1. Microphone Points (Behind Stage Area) DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 . VOL. Microphone Points (Front part of Stage) 3 nos. 4 – 1. Battery Operated Clock 4 nos.5m C/C SERVICES Row switching control for high bay lighting Microphone point position should be at same line as curtain line (if full performance stage is provided) 4 nos. 4. concert.6m Control Room is to be linked at upper rear of the Hall Intercom System (connecting Stage and Control Room) 2 nos. Can explore provision for multiple usages Projection Screen LOCATION/PROXIMITY On ground or 2nd storey Directly accessible from the main entrance of the school Should be adjacent to the Playfield and Outdoor Courts Preferably interconnected with Furniture Store SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Nil Master Key Set A (See Vol. talks.2-1 MULTI-PURPOSE HALL RECOMMENDED PROVISION FOR A 1177 M2 MULTI-PURPOSE HALL (1070 M2 TO INCLUDE STAGE.

2-2 MULTI-PURPOSE HALL Plan Section A-A CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OF FULL PERFORMANCE STAGE (IF PROVIDED WITHIN HALL) CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OF BADMINTON COURTS REV-00 / FEB 06 .3 VOL. ANCILLARY 5.

ANCILLARY 5.2-3 MULTI-PURPOSE HALL CRITICAL DIMENSIONS FOR EXAMINATIONS Section CRITICAL DIMENSIONS FOR ASSEMBLY WALL CLIMBING RACK FOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS REV-00 / FEB 06 .3 VOL.

3 Critical Information VOL. landing mats (20 nos. LOCATION/PROXIMITY 1. Single Gang (Control Room) 4 nos.3-1 1. connecting Stage and Control Room) No. Wall Mounted (Control Room. 1. Store) AREA 1.2m (Control Room) 2 nos. Changing Room + Store (Min. Store: For storage of badminton posts.2) Burglar Alarm (Control Room) Nil 2. 1 person) FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Cabinet Others To provide (Dressing Area) Nil 1 no. MULTI-PURPOSE HALL ANCILLARY NO. 4 – 1. 1 no. CONTROL ROOM 2.) 2. Store) Glazed Ceramic Tile to minimum 2.). Ceiling Mounted (Changing Room) per room AirConditioning Communicatio ns Water Supply Others Nil Intercom System (1 no. Twin Gang (Changing Room) 1 no.2m Height (Changing Room) Glazing (Control Room) Ceiling Non-Acoustic Ceiling (Control Room) Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab (Changing Room. Stage (Min. STAGE 3. SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Nil 4 nos. per Changing Room) Fans FITMENT/FURNITURE -- SERVICES -- OTHERS To allow table/ cabinet for equipment in Control Room To provide door at back of stage for performers to enter and exit Changing Room to include min. Changing Room + Store (Min. CHANGING ROOM & STORE RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FINISHES Floor Wall Concrete Topping (Control Room. basic) 3. 1) 5. Changing Room: Easily accessible from the stage but ensure that noise in the Changing Room is not transmitted to the Stage and Seating Area Store: Directly accessible from Seating Area 3. Store) 1 no. Control Room (1 no. Stage Light Control Desk (Control Room) 1 no.6m above the Seating Area with unobstructed view of the Stage SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Master Key Set A (See Vol.). Control Room (8 m2 exclusive of Hall area) 2. Single Gang (Store) Lighting (Lux) 300 1 no. OF UNITS 1. Exhaust Fans (1 no.4m x 1. Store) Non-Slip Tiles (Changing Room) Emulsion Paint (Control Room. Control Room: To control the sound and lighting systems Changing Room: To provide toilet & dressing facilities for performers & stage crew only. Control Room (3 persons maximum) 2. of taps to comply with latest statutory requirement 2 nos. crash mats and trampoline 3. Changing Room + Store (As required within Hall area) CAPACITY 1. 30 m2 included within Hall area) 3. Stage (To provide appropriate capacity for either basic stage or full performance stage) 3. vaulting horses (2 nos. Stage (Min. 2. Sound Reinforcement System Housing Rack (Control Room) FUNCTION 1. 1 wash basin and 1 changing area REV-00 / FEB 06 . Dressing Tables with Wall Mirrors 1 no. Control Room: At the rear of the hall and at least 3.

Sound Reinforcement System Equipment Housing Rack PHOTO OF HALL AND FULL PERFORMANCE STAGE REV-00 / FEB 06 . CONTROL ROOM 2. CHANGING ROOM & STORE SAMPLE LAYOUT OF 8 M2 CONTROL ROOM LEGEND 1.3-2 1.3 VOL. Stage Layout Control Desk 2. MULTI-PURPOSE HALL ANCILLARY 5. STAGE 3.

Single Gang 1 no.2) OTHERS Door to be min. 1 AREA 72 m2 Area to be School White Area (SWA) CAPACITY -- Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab FUNCTION Storing of furniture Can be converted into other facilities FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Nil Nil Nil Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY Near Multi-Purpose Hall Preferably interconnected with Multi-Purpose Hall Projection Screen FITMENT/FURNITURE -SERVICES -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Others Security System Nil Nil Master Key Set A (See Vol.3 Critical Information VOL.4-1 FURNITURE STORE RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 72 M2 STORE FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint NO. OF UNITS Min. 1. ANCILLARY 5.5m wide SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 1 no. Ceiling Mounted Nil 300 Nil Nil Nil REV-00 / FEB 06 . 4 –1.

3
Critical Information
1. 2. 3. 4.

VOL.

ANCILLARY

5.5-1

CANTEEN
RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 700 M2 TYPE FACILITY FINISHES
Floor Wall Ceiling Homogenous Non-Slip Tiles Concrete Topping (Store) Glazed Ceramic Tile to minimum 2.2m height Emulsion Paint (Store) Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab

NO. OF UNITS
Min. 1

AREA

Total Canteen areas to be minimum 700 m2 Each Canteen area to comprise of: Refreshment / Seating Area Food Stalls Central Wash Area Stores and toilets

CAPACITY

Total Canteen Areas to provide for maximum student enrolment over a maximum of 2 recess periods

FITMENT/FURNITURE
Foodstalls Tables Seating Benches Worktop 8 nos. including 2 nos. drinks stall 52 nos. 1.8m x 0.6m 104 nos. 1.8m x 0.3m 1 no. Food Preparation top per stall (total of 8 Foodstalls) 2.1m wide serving counter per stall (total of 8 Foodstalls) Wash Troughs 2 nos. Wash Troughs for Toothbrushing drills (with 5 tap points each) 1 no. Wash Sink per stall 3 nos. Dishwashing Trough Others 16 nos. Lockers (2 nos. per Foodstall)

FUNCTION

For preparation, serving, consumption of meals

LOCATION/PROXIMITY
Near Field and Playcourts

First storey accessible by vehicle for goods delivery Away from General Office and Teaching areas

FITMENT/FURNITURE

Soap dispenser at students’ wash trough to be provided

SERVICES
--

SAFETY/SECURITY
Master Key Security System Others Master Key Set A (See Vol. 4 – 1.2) See Vol. 4 – 2.3 2 nos. minimum of Hosereels (See Vol. 4 – 1.2) 4 nos. of Fire Extinguisher

OTHERS

Sufficient clearance outside of the Refreshment /seating area to be provided for queuing at food stalls Finishes for serving counter, stall worktop & fixtures to be stainless steel Kitchen exhaust duct material shall be aluminium Separate meters for gas, water and electrical for each stall Bottle Store to be minimum 2.4m wide Central Wash area to provide separate washing trough for Muslim and non-Muslim stalls Lockable taps connected to separate meters to be provided at wash areas

SERVICES/EQUIPMENT
Computer Ports Power Points As required 8 nos. (Refreshment Area) 24 nos. (3 nos. per stall) 1 no. (Store) Lighting (Lux) Fans 300 18 nos. Ceiling Mounted (Refreshment Area) 1 no. Wall Mounted per stall 1 no. Wall Mounted (Store) Communications PA System (Refreshment Area)(See Vol. 4 – 2.3) 1 Microphone Point 2 nos. Telephone Points (Public Phones) Water Supply 10 nos. (Wash Trough) 2 nos. (Water Cooler) 8 nos. (Foodstall) 8 nos. (Central Wash Area) Others Minimum 8 nos. Gas points (Foodstall) Hood & Flue over cooking range at food stalls Isolator for Mechanical Ventilation Exhaust Fans 2 nos. Water Coolers Minimum 2 nos. Vending Machines

REV-00 / FEB 06

3

VOL.

ANCILLARY

5.5-2

CANTEEN

SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 700 M2 CANTEEN
LEGEND
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Long Table & Bench Food Stalls Canteen Store/ Toilets/ Central Wash Area/ Bottle Store Wash Trough for Tooth-brushing Water Cooler Vending Machines Public Telephones

REV-00 / FEB 06

3

VOL.

ANCILLARY

5.5-3

CANTEEN

RECOMMENDED CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OF FOOD STALL / DRINK STALL

TYPICAL ELEVATION OF FOODSTALL FITMENT

RECOMMENDED CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OF STAINLESS STEEL WASH TROUGH

REV-00 / FEB 06

3
Critical Information

VOL.

ANCILLARY

5.6-1

BOOKSHOP
RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 24 M2 ROOM

NO. OF UNITS
Min. 1

AREA

Min. 12 m

2

FINISHES
Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles / Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab

CAPACITY
1 – 2 Staff

FUNCTION

For sale of books and stationery Can explore provisions for multiple usages

LOCATION/PROXIMITY
Must be on 1st Storey Near Canteen Away from Classrooms and Staff Area

FITMENT/FURNITURE
Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Projection Screen Cabinets Nil Nil Nil Nil Counter Cabinet High Open Shelves

FITMENT/FURNITURE

Counter cabinet should not be higher than 750mm high

SERVICES
--

SAFETY/SECURITY
Master Key Security System Others Individual Key (See Vol. 4 – 1.2) Nil Grilles to all Windows, Vents & Counters Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock 1 no. of Fire Extinguisher

OTHERS

Grilles (if any) for the counter should be fixed on the external side of the roller shutter Roller shutter to be minimum 1.8m wide

SERVICES/EQUIPMENT
Computer Ports Power Points Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 2 nos. Single Gang 500 1 no. Ceiling Mounted Nil 1 no. of Telephone Point Nil DB Closet as required

REV-00 / FEB 06

3

VOL.

ANCILLARY

5.6-2

BOOKSHOP

SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 24 M2 BOOKSHOP
LEGEND
1. Counter Cabinet 2. High Open Shelves Area

REV-00 / FEB 06

3
Critical Information

VOL.

NON-TEACHING STAFF
ANCILLARY 5.7-1

(NTS) ROOM

NO. OF UNITS
1 no.

RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 10 M2 ROOM

AREA
10 m2

FINISHES
Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint

CAPACITY
4 persons

Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab

FUNCTION

Resting room for executive & administrative staff, including all Division 1-4 officers Can explore provisions for multiple usages

FITMENT/FURNITURE
Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Cabinets Nil Nil Nil Nil

LOCATION/PROXIMITY FITMENT/FURNITURE
--

Near Principal’s Office and General Office

Projection Screen DB Closet

SERVICES
--

1 no. 0.9m x 0.3m

High Cabinet (See Vol. 4 – 1.4)

OTHERS
--

SAFETY/SECURITY
Master Key Others Security System Nil Nil Master Key Set A (See Vol. 4 – 1.2)

SERVICES/EQUIPMENT
Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 1 no. Twin Gang 1 no. of Ceiling Mounted Nil Nil

300

Nil

Nil

REV-00 / FEB 06

3

VOL.

NON-TEACHING STAFF
ANCILLARY 5.7-2

(NTS) ROOM

SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 10 M2 NON-TEACHING STAFF ROOM

LEGEND
1. Dining Table & Chairs Area 2. High Cabinet

REV-00 / FEB 06

3
Critical Information
72

VOL.

ANCILLARY

5.8-1

HEALTH & FITNESS ROOM
RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 72 M2 HEALTH & FITNESS ROOM FINISHES
Floor Wall Ceiling Sports Flooring or Homogeneous Vinyl Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab

NO. OF UNITS
1 no.

AREA
Area is School White Area (SWA) m2

CAPACITY
1 Staff 20 Students

FUNCTION

Activities include mainly weight training exercises, aerobic type exercises & TV/video presentations Can be converted into other facilities

FITMENT/FURNITURE
Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Nil 1 no. 4.0 m x 1.2m Magnetic Nil

LOCATION /PROXIMITY
Away from quiet areas Preferably on 1st storey

Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Cabinets Others

2 nos. 2.4m x 1.2m 1 no. 1.2m x 0.8m

Accessible after school hours without having to pass through other controlled areas

1 no. full length mirror with timber bar 3 nos. Exercise Ergometer Bicycle 2 nos. Exercise Bench 1 no. Weights’ Rack

Low Cabinet (See Vol. 4 – 1.4)

Near Field, Games Equipment Store and CCA Room

1 no. Multi-Station Exercise Machine 1 no. Assisted Pull-Up

FITMENT/FURNITURE

Full length mirror to be mounted 1.5 m high x 6 mm thick on plywood backing with aluminium trimming & mounted 300 mm above floor level

SERVICES

SAFETY/SECURITY
Master Key Others Security System Nil Master Key Set B (See Vol. 4 – 1.2) Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock

Fans to be wall mounted at min. 2.5m above floor level

OTHERS

Min. clear distance between any equipment or between equipment and wall is 0.5m

SERVICES/EQUIPMENT
Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) 1 no. 300 3 nos. Twin Gang 4 nos. Wall Mounted at 2.5m min. from floor level Nil

Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others

PA System (See Vol. 4 – 2.3) Nil 1 no. Telephone Point

DB Closet as required

REV-01 / MAY 06

Multi-Station Exercise Machine 6. Weights’ Rack 4. ANCILLARY 5. Low Cabinet 9. Exercise Bench Area 5. Magnetic Whiteboard & Pin-up Board 3.8-2 HEALTH & FITNESS ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF 72 M2 HEALTH FITNESS ROOM LEGEND 1. Mirror REV-01 / MAY 06 . Exercise Ergometer Bicycle 8. Assisted Pull-up 7.3 VOL. Teacher’s Table 2.

1. stopwatches.2m 1 no.9-1 GAMES EQUIPMENT STORE RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 72 M2 STORE FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Emulsion Paint NO. athletes batons SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Master Key Set A (See Vol. 4 – 1. abdominal guards and goalkeeper’s pads. tape recorder. 3 Critical Information -- ANCILLARY 5. shuttlecocks. 4 – 1. OF UNITS 1 no. body protectors. megaphone. pitcher and plates. 2. Aluminium Cages for balls FITMENT/FURNITURE High Cabinets to store : knee guards. gloves and masks. Single Gang 300 Nil 1 no. AREA 72 m2 Area is School White Area (SWA) Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab CAPACITY FUNCTION FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Cabinets Nil Nil Storage of equipment for physical education/games Can be converted into other facilities LOCATION /PROXIMITY 1st storey Near Playcourts. football boots. measuring tapes. softball bases.8m High Open Shelves High Cabinet (See Vol. shot puts. softballs. Ceiling Mounted SERVICES OTHERS Power point to be located near Teacher’s Table Door to be min. starter blocks. sepak takraw balls. Canteen and Changing Room Teacher’s Table 1 no.4) 3 nos. table tennis bats. Field. table tennis balls. swimming floats. skipping ropes. Fire Extinguisher Burglar Alarm SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 1 no.VOL. hockey sticks.2) 1 no. discuses.4m x 1.2m wide Nil Nil DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 . stockings and jerseys High Open Shelves to store : hoops. 1. ankle guards.3m x 0.

VOL. Pin-up Board REV-00 / FEB 06 .9-2 GAMES EQUIPMENT STORE SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 72 M2 GAMES EQUIPMENT STORE LEGEND 1. Teacher’s Table 2. Aluminium Cages 5. High Open Shelves 4. High Cabinet 3. 3 ANCILLARY 5.

2m Magnetic 1 no. ANCILLARY 5. of Telephone Point Nil DB Closet as required REV-00 / FEB 06 .2m in front Projection Screen Teacher’s Table Student’s Table Cabinets Nil 1 no.6m x 0. OF UNITS 4 nos. Single Gang 2 nos.10-1 CCA ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 24 M2 ROOM NO. 0.3) 1 no.2m x 1.3m x 0.8m 16 nos. 1 no. 4 – 2. 4 – 1. AREA 24 m2 per unit Total of 96 m2 to be School White Area (SWA) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles/Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab CAPACITY -- FUNCTION For uniformed groups. Ceiling Mounted Nil PA System (See Vol.6m x 1. 1. at back to cover minimum 30% of rear wall length 2 nos. indoor games. Twin Gang 300 2 nos. 1. of pin-up board to flank Whiteboard SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Master Key Set B (See Vol. 1.2) Nil Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock with Vision Panel if on 1st storey SERVICES -- OTHERS -- SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 1 no.6m 2 nos. CCA clubs & activities Can be converted into other facilities FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Nil 1 no.5m 2-Doors Filing Cabinets LOCATION /PROXIMITY Away from quiet areas Preferably on 1st storey Preferably grouped together Accessible after school hours without the necessity to pass other areas Near Field and Games Equipment Store FITMENT/FURNITURE 2 nos.0m x 0.3 Critical Information VOL. 3.

Teacher’s Table Students’ Table Area Filing Cabinet Pin-up Board Magnetic Whiteboard & Pin-up Board REV-00 / FEB 06 .3 VOL. 3. 5. ANCILLARY 5. 2. 4.10-2 CCA ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 24 M2 CCA ROOM LEGEND 1.

3) Nil 1 no. 2. Single Gang 2 nos. 2. ANCILLARY 5. 4 – 2.2) Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock and Vision SERVICES -- OTHERS Ceiling height to be similar to that of Classroom Panel SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 5 nos.11-1 NCC/NPCC ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 24 M2 ROOM NO.3 Critical Information VOL.4m x 1. 500 PA System (See Vol. of Ceiling Mounted Nil 1 no. Armoury and CCA Room Projection Screen 1 no. AREA 24 m2 per unit FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Homogeneous Tiles/ Ceramic Tiles Emulsion Paint Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab Total of 48 m2 to be School White Area (SWA) CAPACITY Maximum 16 persons (Staff and Students) FUNCTION CCA activities for NCC/NPCC Can be converted to other facilities FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Others Nil 1 no. Telephone Point Nil REV-00 / FEB 06 .2m Nil FITMENT/FURNITURE -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Nil Master Key Set B (See Vol.2m Magnetic Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY Preferably at the lower storeys and not in the basement Near Rifle Range. OF UNITS 2 Nos. 4 – 1.4m x 1.

5 Ancillary 5. Changing Room.13 5.10 Multi-Purpose Hall 5.12 Canteen 5. Store) 5.2 5.7 Non-Teaching Staff (NTS) Room 5.9 Games Equipment Room 5.11 Multi-Purpose Hall (Control Room.3 Co-Curricular Activities (CCA) Room 5.8 Armoury 5.4 NCC/NPCC Room Furniture Store 5.6 Rifle Range (Outdoor) 5.1 Media Resource Library 5.14 Bookshop 5.15 Dental Clinic Health & Fitness Room .5 Rifle Range (Indoor) 5.

12. Fire Extinguishers (Emergency Exit) Heavy Duty Magnetic Door Contacts FITMENT/FURNITURE Table support for target carriage conveyor should be bolted to the ground Table support should be made of wood or metal Table top to be a min. Telephone Point 1 no. range and armoury Any electrical cabling within the range to be contained within galvanized iron conduit and run behind the firer’s zone Spacing between targets indicated are absolute min. values Targets zone to be evenly illuminated The range must be sufficiently bright for shooting (to match International Shooting Sport Federation (ISSF) requirements of min. (General usage) 300 (Firer’s Zone) 500 (Range) Fans SERVICES Unless otherwise specified. services (including ventilation duct work) should not be located within the firer’s zone. (each conveyor belt) 4 nos. tongue and groove wood edging Motorised type target conveyor system to be used 1 no. targets FUNCTION Rifle shooting practice FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Others Pin-up Board Nil Nil Flag Holders Nil LOCATION/PROXIMITY Direct access from corridor Preferably sheltered above Design & Technology Block Interconnected with Armoury Near NCC/NPCC Room Can be converted into other facilities SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Individual Key (See Vol. Flag holder to be placed outside each entrance Solid Door/ Outward opening Panic Bolt Lockset SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Nil 1 no. “Firing in Progress” Lighting Sign Box to each entrance/ exit to range OTHERS Openings are only allowed on back wall of the working zone Back wall to be min. 300 lux).3 Critical Information VOL. Lighting (Lux) 300 (Working Zone) 1500 (Targets zone) Nil Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 4 nos. thickness of 38mm thick. 4 – 1. AREA 208 m2 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Min. Wall Mounted PA System (See Vol. 200mm Solid Concrete Wall with Concrete Vent Block Door location and operation to comply with FSSD and ISD requirements Rifle Range to be column free REV-01 / MAY 06 . OF UNITS 1 no.5mm Vermiculite Textured or Spray Vermiculite Textured Spray Finish Finish Area is School White Area (SWA) CAPACITY 40 Students 2 Supervisors (Staff) 10 nos. ANCILLARY 5.12-1 RIFLE RANGE (INDOOR) RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 208 M2 RIFLE RANGE NO.3) Nil 1 no. 4 – 2.2) 2 nos.

Board (600 x 600 x 40mm thick) to be wall mounted behind the target and centered on the target Note: All screws fixing to be sunken stainless steel with appropriate plug cover REV-00 / FEB 06 . ANCILLARY 5. 1500 Lux at Target area – Approved Masterboard Baffle Board to protect light to protect lighting – Approved Masterboard Baffle Board to prevent shooting into ceiling and B1 & B2 – Min.12-2 RIFLE RANGE (INDOOR) SAMPLE OF A 208 M2 RIFLE RANGE (INDOOR) CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OF RIFLE RANGE (INDOOR) LEGEND A – Min. 300 Lux P1 P2 P3 – Approved Treated Hardwood Timber Board.3 VOL.

of Wall Mounted Nil Unless otherwise specified.13-1 RIFLE RANGE (OUTDOOR) RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 208 M2 RIFLE RANGE NO. OF UNITS 1 no. Cranked type target conveyor system to be used Solid Door/ Outward opening Panic Bolt Lockset 2 nos.3) Nil 1 no. Fire Extinguishers SERVICES SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 4 nos. Telephone Point OTHERS 1 no. targets FUNCTION Rifle shooting Practice Can be converted into other facilities FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Others Pin-up Board Nil Nil Nil 1 no.3 Critical Information VOL. Single Gang (General usage) 4 nos. no finish required. range and armoury Any electrical cabling within the range to be contained within galvanized iron conduit and run behind the firer’s zone Spacing between targets indicated are absolute minimum values 300 (Working Zone and Firer’s Zone) PA System (See Vol. sealed to protect the surface and finished with a rounded edge. 4 to 2.2) Table support for target carriage conveyor should be bolted to the ground Table support should be made of concrete or masonry Table top to be a min. AREA 208 m2 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping Minimum 200mm Solid Concrete Wall. Concrete Vent Block to back wall only Masterboard Area is School White Area (SWA) CAPACITY 40 Students 2 Supervisors (Staff) 10 nos. “Firing in Progress” Lighting Sign Box to each entrance/ exit to range Openings only allowed on back wall Door location and operation to comply with FSSD and ISD requirements Rifle Range to be column free All roof structure to be above the ceiling REV-00 / FEB 06 . thickness of 50mm concrete. ANCILLARY 5. Flag Holder outside each entrance LOCATION/PROXIMITY Outdoor Open range on ground Interconnected with Armoury Near NCC/NPCC Room FITMENT/FURNITURE SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Others Security System Heavy Duty Magnetic Door Contacts (Emergency Exit) Individual Key (See Vol. 4 – 1. services should not be located within the firer’s zone.

Single Gang 1 no.3 Critical Information VOL. ANCILLARY 5. OF UNITS 1 no. Wall Mounted Nil Nil 300 Nil 1 no. the door should be protected with separate timber framed door with acoustic panel SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Fans Lighting (Lux) Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others Nil 1 no. AREA 20 m2 Area is School White Area (SWA) FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Concrete Topping At least one block thick wall or concrete wall Separate concrete ceiling by itself with emulsion paint with emulsion paint finish CAPACITY 1 Staff 160 Rifles for Practices (Open Rack) 48 Rifles for Competition (Closed Rack) FUNCTION Storage of air rifles and pellets FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Cabinets Pin-up Board Nil Nil Nil Rifle Rack LOCATION/PROXIMITY Near NPCC/NCC Room Preferably interconnected with Rifle Range FITMENT/FURNITURE -- Open Rifle Rack SERVICES Strobe light cum siren box should be mounted outside the Armoury wall visible from main road or access road No overhead pipes/ other services should cross inside the Armoury room SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Control Panel/Infra Red Sensor Detector/ Heavy 1 no. Fire Extinguisher Duty Magnetic Door Contact Masterkey Set B (See Vol.2) OTHERS 6mm thick MS Door/ Chubbs Battleship 1K11 Close Shackled padlocks Door to meet ISD requirements Door to swing inwards and fitted with padlock bar Hercules Chubb Ventilation grilles for openings in walls to be 25mm diameter thick Mild Steel bars spaced at 50mm centre to centre Ventilation opening should not exceed 200mm in height For Armoury within Rifle Range.14-1 ARMOURY RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 20 M2 ARMOURY NO. Dehumidifier Security light to be provided at entrance REV-00 / FEB 06 . 4 – 1.

ANCILLARY 5.3 VOL.14-2 ARMOURY Alternative 1 Alternative 2 SAMPLE LAYOUTS OF ARMOURY REV-00 / FEB 06 .

14-3 ARMOURY PHOTO OF ARMOURY ROOM PHOTO OF ARMOURY ROOM REV-00 / FEB 06 .3 VOL. ANCILLARY 5.

15m x 2. b.4m(W) x 0. of utility pipes must be within 160mm diameter Provide filter at incoming water pipes to the 2 dental chairs Isolated electrical wall switch & water stop cock for each unit Control switch for dental unit shall be located on wall of surgery and shall have a red light indicator d. Twin Gang and 1 no. 4 – 1. Cold (Dental Clinic) 2 nos.2m(D) Each sink to have individual water stop cock.0m x 0. Compressor Compartment: shall have a clear height of 2200mm light switch shall be located outside the compartment for easy reach control switch to the compressor shall be located outside the compressor compartment but within the clinic Door to compartment to be 1.3 Critical Information VOL. 1.7m Magnetic Nil Nil Long Cabinet with Sinks High Cabinet Waiting Bench Worktable All drawers and cupboards of cabinets and writing tables shall have locksets and handles Long cabinets with sinks shall have solid surfacing worktop Sinks to be stainless steel of size 0. c.4m (L) x 0. d. louvered at lower half and with lockset shall have 1 light fitting The 7 nos. Twin Gang (Compressor Compartment) Nil for each Dental chair) e. DB with Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker to be provided in the Clinic.3) 3 nos. ANCILLARY 5. paper towel dispenser. a.2) Burglar Alarm Grilles to all Windows and Vents Security Grille Gate at entrance to be lockable from both inside and outside Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock. Nil OTHERS Windows shall be sliding type with top hung. at Worktable and 1 no. Telephone Points at Worktable Clinic to have 6 sets of light fittings with 2 fluorescent tubes each. water stop cock. 4 – 1. soap dispenser Wall hung cabinet shall not have glass panel but to have 1 adjustable shelf within SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Master Key Set A (See Vol. 6 nos.15-1 DENTAL CLINIC RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 42 M2 DENTAL CLINIC NO. 3 sets of these lights to be connected to one switch. SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points 5 nos. 4 – 2. (including 3 nos. c. OF UNITS As required AREA 42 m2 FINISHES Floor Non-Slip Tiles (Dental Clinic) 100mm thk Concrete Plinth (Compressor Compartment) Wall Glazed Wall Tiles to Full Height (Dental Clinic) 100mm thick Brickwall with Glazed Wall Tiles Internally (Compressor Compartment) Ceiling Suspended Ceiling (Dental Clinic) Emulsion Paint (Compressor Compartment) CAPACITY 2 Students 2 Dental Therapists and 1 Dentist FUNCTION For carrying out dental health services LOCATION/PROXIMITY On 1st storey Away from Classrooms FITMENT/FURNITURE FITMENT/FURNITURE Curtain Whiteboard Pin-up Board Projection Screen Cabinets (See Vol. b. Dental Unit: Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others See critical information for details A/C to be provided with Isolator PA System (See Vol. Single Gang (Dental Clinic) 1 no. swivel swan neck tap with lever elbow handle Wash hand basin to have elbow tap. No fixed glass windows are allowed REV-00 / FEB 06 .4) Others Blinds (Dental Clinic) 1 no.2m high solid timber double-leaf door. Vision Panel and Door Closer SERVICES a.

Space for Autoclave 6.3 VOL.15-2 DENTAL CLINIC SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 42 M2 DENTAL CLINIC LEGEND 1. Telephone Points & Magnetic Whiteboard WSC PTD SD Water Stop Cock Paper Towel Dispenser Soap Dispenser REV-00 / FEB 06 . Dental Units 2. Space for Autosonic Cleanser 5. LAN points. Waiting Area 7. Worktable 4. ANCILLARY 5. Waiting Bench 9. Long Cabinet with Sinks 3. High Cabinet 8.

2 . ANCILLARY 5.3 VOL.15-3 DENTAL CLINIC LEGEND 1. Drain Connection 40mm (internal diameter) PVC pipe Drainage connection is 30mm above floor gradient at least 1:100 2. 50Hz.5 Bar Free from oil & Contamination 6.5 sq mm) Electric Control Cable free & 1000mm above floor 5.5 sq mm) Electric Cord free & 1000mm above floor 230V. Suction Control Cable wire (3 x 1. Compressed Air Connection 15mm (outer diameter) copper pipe finish with BSPF 1/2 Connector Connection is 50mm above floor Pressure Between 5. Vacuum Connection 40mm (internal diameter) PVC pipe Vacuum connection is 30mm above floor The Suction pipe will lead to the suction machine (located in the compressor compartment) 4. 13A Automatic Circuit Breaker C16 Control switch to be mounted on the wall of the surgery for turning on the main power supply 3. Electrical Core 20mm diameter Electrical conduit with 3 core wire (3 x 1. Water connection 15mm (outer diameter) copper pipe finish with BSPF 1/2 Connector Water Connection is 50mm above floor Pressure between 2.5 – 6 bar 7. Cable Connection 20 mm diameter with minimum 3m length LANs cable/terminated with faceplate at the end of 3m for future connection to chair side computer 5 Microns water filtration (if possible) 20mm diameter Electrical conduit with 3 core TEMPLATE OF JUNCTION BOX FOR DENTAL UNIT REV-00 / FEB 06 .7.

2 LAN Room 6.3 Central Server Room 6.6 Services & Circulation 6.4 FAVE Area .1 Toilets 6.

Administration areas and in at least one Classroom block.3 Critical Information VOL. Centralized showers for students should be near the school field. changing. to provide: 3 WCs & 2 washbasins If the actual ratio of male to female students in the school is not available. REV-00 / FEB 06 . For schools with layouts resulting in longer distances between blocks. 15 A for Hand Dryer Isolator for mechanical ventilation 1 no. consultants shall ensure a good distribution of toilets and provide the appropriate no. and if school has no preference. toilets needs Computer Ports Power Points SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Nil 1 no. SERVICES & CIRCULATION 6. Basic facilities for the disabled to be provided in all schools to include: one handicapped toilet for the wheelchair-bound at the 1st storey each at the Canteen. 4 nos. Shower cubicles to be housed separately from WCs in toilet. 4 – 1. A total of 2 shower cubicles (1 male. FITMENT/FURNITURE Soap Dispenser Cleansing Tap 1 no. preferably at the Canteen area. OF UNITS As required AREA As required CAPACITY For every 40 students (male). to provide: 1 WC. especially female toilets. At least 1 squat pan WC with a bib tap shall be provided per toilet. Water Coolers clusters at every level of the Classroom blocks. The provisions prescribed above represent the minimum only. Bib Tap in each Squatting Pan Cubicle 13A Power Points for Handicapped Toilets Ducted Mechanical Ventilation System for Toilet Stack Extractor Fan for individual toilet. for Fan LOCATION /PROXIMITY Toilets shall not be located at remote areas within the school. 1 no. 2 nos. FITMENT /FURNITURE The sanitary appliances and fittings installed shall be of heavy-duty classification and quality. water coolers to be distributed outside toilet Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 300 1 no. 2 urinals (including 1 floor urinal) & 1 washbasin For every 40 students (female).1-1 TOILETS RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A TOILET UNIT FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Non-Slip Tiles Wall Tiles up to 2. Electric Hand Dryer Sensor Flush Valves to be provided in all Handicapped Toilet Cubicles 7 nos. consultants can assume 50% male and 50% female. A total of 12 centralized shower cubicles (6 male and 6 female) and adequate changing space to be provided for students. 1 female) to be provided for staff. All fitment including pedestal WC and wash hand basin to be installed at heights that cater to average height students as well as smaller lower primary students.2) Nil Nil FUNCTION Showering. for every two basins 1 no. Wall Mounted Nil Nil 1 no. at the Canteen and 1 no.2m high only Emulsion Paint to Soffit of Slab NO. of WCs across the school. Staff toilets to be near Staff and Administration as well as Teaching areas. outside the Administrative /General Office area. to be provided to at least one toilet cubicle SAFETY/SECURITY Master key Security System Others Key Alike to all Toilets (where main doors are provided) (See Vol. one WC for the ambulant disabled at every level above the 1st storey at the Administrative area and in at least one Classroom block.

Storage closet of minimum 1. Soap dispenser to have a transparent window to show the remaining level of liquid soap clearly. Drum type of tissue holder to be provided in each toilet cubicle. Handicapped toilet provisions to comply with the latest statutory Code on Barrier-Free Accessibility in Buildings. designed to minimize water spilling over from basin onto the counter. Foul air extraction to be at low level close to source. Gully/Floor trap covers to be made of stainless steel. Low capacity flushing cisterns to be provided for all water closets. SERVICES & CIRCULATION 6.Wash hand basin to be under-counter type. SQUAT PAN TYPE OTHERS Main entrance to the toilets shall be positioned to ensure sufficient visual privacy for the users inside the toilet. Self-closing delayed action taps to be provided. Individual control valves to be provided for urinal flush valves and low capacity flushing cisterns.F.1-2 TOILETS RECOMMENDED DIMENSIONS OF TOILET FTTINGS FITMENT /FURNITURE (CON’T) Urinal flush/sensor should be 950mm above finished floor level (F. All wash basin taps shall have their water pressure and flow rate adjusted to minimize splashing.3 Critical Information VOL. Squat pan WC cubicle to be kerbed to prevent water from flowing outside the cubicle and its floor to be graded towards gully trap within cubicle. Vanity tops to be solid-surfacing finish or cultured marble. PEDESTAL TYPE SERVICES Toilet stack served by ducted mechanical ventilation system should have central exhaust fans located at roof level. Proprietary system partitions to be provided for toilet cubicles.L). Individual toilets should be served by wall mounted exhaust fans.6m to be provided for every cluster of toilets on all floors to store cleaning equipment and mop sink at low height. URINAL WASH BASIN REV-00 / FEB 06 . Ensure that extracted air from toilet is not directed at other habitable or main circulation areas. Toilet walls to be finished with smooth wall tiles or other impervious materials. with large surface area for easy palm-pressing.0m x 0. Hand dryer to be appropriately mounted to prevent hot air from blowing on the face of shorter students.

3) Nil Heat and Smoke detectors REV-00 / FEB 06 .5 M2 LAN ROOM AREA 7. Single Gang (PLC) Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 500 Nil 24 hr Air-Conditioning to be provided PA System (See Vol. planter box or gas pipes shall be allowed to run above or inside the LAN Room All openings to be sealed or airtight To provide 100mm high concrete kerb at the door opening Grounding strip to be located at the same level and near to the power point For schools under upgrading.500kg No windows allowed No viewing panel on door No toilet. 2.H.2) Burglar Alarm 1 no.2-1 LAN ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 7.8m x 2. Twin Gang (Computer) 2 nos.2. (maximum) 0.9KW Cooling capacity of each FCU = 5. 4 . Single Gang (FCU) 1 no. of Fire Extinguisher Air Tight Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock SERVICES FCU = 2 Heatload = 3. = 60% + 5% OTHERS LAN Riser shall be located outside the LAN Room facing internal and on all floors Room height to be min. SERVICES & CIRCULATION NO. weight allowed: 1.8m x 0. 4 – 1.3 Critical Information --- VOL.7m Max. no riser access and no high tension electrical switchboard in the LAN Room SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Nil 4 nos.8KW Indoor temperature = 23 + 1oC R.5 m2 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Thick Heavy Duty Anti-Static Vinyl Calcium Silicate or Cement Board with Insulation on Inner Wall Thermally Insulated Ceiling Membrane/ Board CAPACITY FUNCTION LOCATION/PROXIMITY Located at central block and must not be more than 90m from the furthest data outlet that it is serving FITMENT/FURNITURE Racks (by others) 3 nos. OF UNITS As required 6.2m high FITMENT/FURNITURE -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Individual Key (See Vol.

Wall mounted DB (1. Rack 2.8m from finished floor level) 4. Air-conditioning Fan Coil Units (2. Wall mounted Lights (1.5 M2 LAN ROOM LEGEND 1.8m from finished floor level) REV-00 / FEB 06 . CIRCULATION SERVICES & 6.2m from finished floor level) 3.2-2 LAN ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 7.3 VOL.

2m high FITMENT/FURNITURE -- SAFETY/SECURITY Master Key Security System Others Individual Key (See Vol. planter box or gas pipes shall be allowed to run above or inside the Server Room All openings to be sealed or airtight To provide 100mm high concrete kerb at the door opening Grounding strip to be located at the same level and near to the power point For schools under upgrading. -- VOL.3-1 CENTRAL SERVER ROOM RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A 12. 4 –2.8KW Indoor temperature = 23 + 1oC R.0m (min. internal clearance) Room height to be min. = 60% + 5% OTHERS SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Computer Ports Power Points Nil 5 nos.6 m2 FINISHES Floor Wall Ceiling Thick Heavy Duty Anti-Static Vinyl Calcium Silicate or Cement Insulation on Inner Wall Board with CAPACITY FUNCTION -- Thermally Insulated Ceiling Membrane/ Board LOCATION /PROXIMITY Located at 1st storey and preferably nearby to the General Office Must be nearby telephone equipment room and coaxial distribution room FITMENT/FURNITURE Rack 5 nos.2m x 3. of Telephone Points Nil Heat and Smoke Detector The size of the central server room is 4. Twin Gang (Computer) 4 nos. 4 – 1. Fire Extinguisher Air Tight Solid Door with Jimmy-Proof Lock SERVICES FCU = 4 Heat Load = 9KW Cooling capacity of each FCU = 5. Single Gang (PLC) Lighting (Lux) Fans Air-Conditioning Communications Water Supply Others 500 Nil 24 hr Air-Conditioning to be provided PA System (See Vol. SERVICES & CIRCULATION 6.6m x 2.3) 2 nos.6 M2 CENTRAL SERVER ROOM NO. OF UNITS AREA Min.H. Single Gang (FCU) 1 no.3 Critical Information 1 No. 2. no riser access and no high tension electrical switchboard in the Server Room REV-00 / FEB 06 .2) Burglar Alarm 1 no.8m x 0. (maximum) 0. 12.7m Max. weight allowed: 1.800kg No window allowed No viewing panel allowed on door No toilet.

8m from finished floor level) REV-00 / FEB 06 . SERVICES & CIRCULATION 6.6 M2 CENTRAL SERVER ROOM LEGEND 1.2m from finished floor level) 3. Wall mounted lights (1.3-2 CENTRAL SERVER ROOM SAMPLE LAYOUT OF A 12. Air-con Fan Coils (2. Wall mounted DB (1.3 VOL. Rack 2.8m from finished floor level) 4.

3 Critical Information VOL. Staff Room or Canteen and other areas that support teaching and learning. 90 m2 modules.4-1 FAVE AREA AREA 10% of school’s circulation area (approximately 1110 m2 to be made available for FAVE space. FAVE area can be used. Staircase Room Space Room Space OTHERS If Classrooms need to be reconverted into 38 nos. After expansion Corridor Staircase Study Corner Room Space “optimized” REV-00 / FEB 06 . Circulation area can be used as Study Area before it is carved out to form the expanded space or the modified area of an existing facility. Before expansion Corridor Study Corner “FAVE” space LOCATION Preferably sited near Administration areas like General Office. FUNCTION To provide space for school’s future expansion or modification of existing facilities. SERVICES & CIRCULATION 6.

2 Field.5 Gates & Signwall 7.4 Outdoor Fitness Area 7.1 Carpark.7 External Works 7. Fence & Footbath 7. Driveway & Porch 7.6 Guard Post .3 Play Courts & Parade Square 7.

To provide 1 no. FINISHES Road Marking Entrance Porch Bus Lots Carpark Motorcycle Lots Driveway 100mm wide LTA Approved Road Marking Paint Interlocking Pavers Interlocking Perforated Slab Interlocking Perforated Slab Interlocking Pavers Interlocking Pavers DIMENSIONS Porch shelter shall be min. 2. carpark lot for the handicapped from the total no.4m x 1.8m high for bus clearance Min. 4.6m wide Min.3 Critical Information VOL EXTERNAL WORKS 7. 9.2m x 3.1-1 CARPARK.0m REV-00 / FEB 06 . 13.6m 40 nos. 4.5m high for fire engine clearance USAGE For staff and visitors vehicle parking. 3. DRIVEWAY & PORCH RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A TYPICAL PRIMARY SCHOOL NO.8m x 2. of required lots. OF UNITS As required.4m 6 nos. PARKING LOTS Bus Lots Carpark Lots Motorcycle Lots 4 nos.

DRIVEWAY & PORCH SAMPLE LAYOUT OF CARPARK / DRIVEWAY SAMPLE SECTION OF ENTRANCE PORCH REV-00 / FEB 06 .1-2 CARPARK. EXTERNAL WORKS 7.3 VOL.

66 ha Size of Field for Competition: 100. Guidelines on Assessment of Landscaping works REV-00 / FEB 06 .0m SERVICES/EQUIPMENT Others 2 Horn Speakers & 1 no. D2.0m all round the field Overall size with buffers: 110. The location could be relocated upon principal’s request. Field to be designed so that it can be fenced up for use as a community field Refer to MOE Officer in Charge for the for the field.54 ha Buffer: 5.0m or 0.4m wide gates between school and field 1 no. gratings should be placed parallel instead of perpendicular to the edges of surface drains OTHERS Goal posts to be provided by school Footbath near field to be provided. 2.2-1 FOOTBATH RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A TYPICAL SECONDARY SCHOOL NO.0m at the sides Overall size with buffers: 100. consist of 2 tap points. 1. D3& D4 At the ends of the field where the goal posts are located Located next to the school. FENCE & 7.2m wide exit gates with a signboard “Emergency Exit Only” at both sides along the fence and to be located near to HDB void decks or open space. microphone point to be provided DRAINAGE Optimize drains to take run off from field. a low fence is still required at the bottom of the slope when the distance between play courts and the field is less than 3.77 ha FINISHES Fence Sub-Soil Drain Chain-link fence with Galvanized Mild Steel Post & Painted To be Designed by Geo-Technical Engineer GATES Field Gates Side Gates Exit Gates 2 nos. VOL.73.0m x 60. however. 1.0m x 70.0m or 0.0m or 0. OF UNITS FIELD SIZE Size of Field for Non-Competition: 90.0m x 60. courts and building Open galvanized steel gratings drain cover should be provided in new schools to replace concrete slab cover to meet statutory requirement To facilitate the cleaning of the drains by power jets.0m at the end of field and 3. EXTERNAL WORKS FIELD. flooring to be of anti-slip material and necessary grating for proper drainage.0m wide gate is to be centrally located along this fence. FIELD ORIENTATION Ideally North-South Maximum deviation: 45° to North-South axis HIGH FENCE A high fence is to be provided for the field with the following site conditions: Refer plan showing critical dimensions D1.66 ha Buffer: 5.2m wide side gate for community use of the field 2 nos. carpark/public carpark or pavement of public road If the buffer is on a slope of more than 15° or 1:3.0m or 0.3 Critical Information 1 no. the high fence is to be at the top of the slope A 1.0m x 66.

3 VOL. EXTERNAL WORKS FIELD.2-2 FOOTBATH SAMPLE LAYOUT OF SECONDARY SCHOOL FIELD *Size of School Field for Competitions REV-00 / FEB 06 . FENCE & 7.

2-3 FOOTBATH SECTION A-A PLAN OF FOOTBATH ELEVATION 1 PLAN OF G. EXTERNAL WORKS FIELD. FENCE & 7.3 VOL.S GRATING SECTION B-B SAMPLE OF FOOTBATH DETAIL REV-00 / FEB 06 .

EXTERNAL WORKS FIELD.2-4 FOOTBATH CRITICAL DIMENSION OF HIGH FENCE Front Elevation Side Elevation CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OF GOAL POST REV-00 / FEB 06 .3 VOL. FENCE & 7.

0m x 40. LOCATION FINISHES & PROVISIONS Basketball Backboard Painted 50mm Wide Lines in approved Pack Solvent with Volleyball/Sepak Takraw ‘Fast Borundico’ Galvanized Steel Post & Painted Sleeve Cover of Solid Brass ‘Fast Borundico’ Support of Galvanized Steel & To be located away from roads. EXTERNAL WORKS 7.0m Planting space for trees and shrubs are recommended at the perimeter of the parade square A rostrum and 2 flag posts shall be provided at the parade square Drains surrounding the parade square and any internal drain courtyard shall be covered with grating running parallel to the drain REV-00 / FEB 06 . OF UNITS Play Courts – 2 nos.3-1 PLAY COURTS & PARADE SQUARE RECOMMENDED PROVISIONS FOR A TYPICAL SECONDARY SCHOOL NO.3 Critical Information VOL. carparks and pedestrian linkways Consultants to propose appropriate means of protection for MOE approval when courts have to be located near such places due to site constraint NETBALL COURT Suitable Galvanized Steel Sleeves for net post 50mm Wide Lines in approved Pack Solvent with Volley court lines to be provided with provision of galvanized steel sleeves for posts ALL COURTS Netball Court Parade Square Cement Screed (if Netball Court is integrated Interlocking Pavers with the Parade Square) Provide pavings/footpath of 3.0m minimum between two courts Provide drains with grating at least on one side of court Avoid planting tall trees near courts Court finish level at least 25mm above surrounding turf level All lines to be 50mm wide Regular cement screed flooring to all sports courts PARADE SQUARE Parade square 30. Parade Square – 1 no.

WHEREVER POSSIBLE) NETBALL COURT Goal Ring Elevation NETBALL GOAL POST REV-00 / FEB 06 .3 VOL. EXTERNAL WORKS 7.3-2 PLAY COURTS & PARADE SQUARE (TO BE DRAWN ONTO PARADE SQUARE.

3-3 PLAY COURTS & PARADE SQUARE See Detail A BASKETBALL COURT Front Elevation BASKETBALL POST Side Elevation DETAIL A REV-00 / FEB 06 . EXTERNAL WORKS 7.3 VOL.

3-4 PLAY COURTS & PARADE SQUARE (TO BE DRAWN ON NETBALL COURT IF REQUESTED BY USER) SEPAK TAKRAW COURT LONG-JUMP / TRIPLE JUMP PIT REV-01 / 16 APR REV-00 / FEB 06 04 . EXTERNAL WORKS 7.3 VOL.

3 VOL.3-5 PLAY COURTS & PARADE SQUARE See Detail A See Detail B (COULD BE DRAWN ON BASKETBALL COURT ) VOLLEYBALL COURT DETAIL A REV-00 / 28 JAN 04 VOLLEYBALL POST DETAIL B REV-00 / FEB 06 . EXTERNAL WORKS 7.

3-6 PLAY COURTS & PARADE SQUARE ELEVATION OF FLAG POLES FRONTING ASSEMBLY GROUND REV-00 / FEB 06 . EXTERNAL WORKS 7.3 VOL.

EXTERNAL WORKS 7.3-7 PLAY COURTS & PARADE SQUARE PLAN OF RAISED PLATFORM SECTION THROUGH PLATFORM REV-00 / FEB 06 .3 VOL.

3 Critical Information VOL. or 40m X 5m LOCATION Area to be located free from underground services OTHERS School principal to select 10 out of 12 fitness equipment Horizontal Ladder Window Step Up Blocks (5 Steps) Press-up Logs Inclined Flexed Arm Hang Climbing Ropes Pull-up Bars Wall with Sand Pit Sit-up Bench (4 pieces) Leg Raise Parallel Bars REV-00 / FEB 06 Swing Bridge . EXTERNAL WORKS 7.4-1 OUTDOOR FITNESS AREA AREA 200 m2.

g. EXTERNAL WORKS 7.5-1 GATES & SIGNWALL MAIN ENTRANCE & SIDE GATE Open inwards Security over gate (e. provide spikes) 1 no.3 Critical Information VOL. Distance between bars should not exceed 150mm SIGNWALL Malay Chinese Tamil English School name to be written in 4 languages in the following order: Plan School crest to be provided School name in English (Box Lettering) to be mounted on the school building located above 1st storey OTHERS To provide directional signs at strategic locations of new schools to be built to guide visitors to the school This requirement is to be evaluated by consultants on a case by case basis Consultants should review the location of the school and advise on the need and locations of the signs Plan Elevation GATE FOR MAIN ENTRANCE & SUBSTATION REV-00 / FEB 06 Elevation SIDE GATE . of drop bolt for each leaf with metal sleeves Provide ball-bearing hinges if gate is too large and heavy Gates should not be designed with horizontal bars which can be easily climbed.

EXTERNAL WORKS 7.3 VOL.5-2 GATES & SIGNWALL SAMPLE PLAN OF SIGNWALL SAMPLE ELEVATION OF SIGN WALL REV-00 / FEB 06 .

To monitor activities on CCTV screen LOCATION / PROXIMITY To be near main entrance gates of school with clear unobstructed view of the entrances for vehicles and visitors FITMENT / FURNITURE Minimal provision Window counter to be designed to facilitate exchange of passes and visitors’ enquiry SERVICES provided Lighting and power points as required to be Electric fan to be provided and positioned as appropriate provided Connection to school’s CCTV network to be Exterior view GUARD POST OTHERS Guard post design should not be opulent. OTHER FACILITIES AREA 7.6-1 GUARD POST Critical Information Max.3 VOL. Doors and windows to be lockable to prevent theft Signage to be provided to enable visitors to identify Guard Post as a point of security Lightning Protection System shall be provided as required Interior of GUARD POST REV-00 / FEB 06 . 4sqm CAPACITY 2 security officers FUNCTION To monitor human and vehicular traffic at school gates. To log in visitor’s particulars and issue entry passes.

Master Revision List Index .

Design Handbook Vol.Omitted text 3.Amended text Critical Info>Fitment/Furniture .14-2>Drawing .Omitted “ * ” Fitment/Furniture> Cabinets – Amended page reference 6.Insert “Ceramic tiles” Finishes>Wall . 2.Amended drawing title 4.2-1 01 03/2006(May 06) Critical Info>Others – Amended page reference Recommended Provisions>Fitment/Furniture> Projection Screen: .Omitted “ * ” Fitment/Furniture>Projection Screen 5.Amended title Critical Info>Services – Amended text Recommended Provisions>Fitment/Furniture>Projection screen – Omitted “*” .Amended SWA details.Renamed and amend type of “Security Key System” .13-1 01 03/2006 (May 06) Critical Info>Services .Omitted “ * ” >Fitment/Furniture>Students’ Table .14-2 2.1-1 Master Revision List Page No.10-1 01 03/2006 (May 06) Recommended Provisions>Fitment/Furniture> Projection Screen: .Omitted “ * ” Fitment/Furniture>Computer Table & Cabinet . Critical Info>Function . 2.15-1 01 01 03/2006 (May 06) 03/2006 (May 06) 2. Revision No.Omitted “ * ” Fitment/Furniture>DB Closet – Omitted DB Closet dimensions 2.Omitted “Acoustic” Fitment/Furniture>Pin-up board . 7.Amended page ref. 3 – Secondary School S/ No.Proper distribution of M&E services Recommended Provisions>Finishes – Amended type of Floor Recommended Provisions>Safety/Security: .Insert Sliding folding acoustic partition details Recommended Provisions>Finishes>Floor . 8.4-1 01 03/2006 (May 06) Critical Info>Area .12 01 03/2006(May 06) Recommended Provisions>Fitment/Furniture> Projection Screen: . 2. 01 Circular No. 1.update generic term Recommended Provisions>Fitment/Furniture> Projection Screen: .1-1 to 2. / Circular Date 03/2006 (May 06) Critical Info>Others Amendment – Amended page reference . 2.Omitted “Sliding” . 1. 2. 1.1-2>Drawing title .Renamed “Alarm System” 2.

No.

S/

Page No.

Revision No.

Circular No. / Circular Date

Amendment
Services/Eqt>Computer ports - Amended texts

9. 10.

3.1-2 3.2-2

01 01

03/2006 (May 06) 03/2006 (May 06)

3.1-2>Drawing>Legend – Amended item 1 & inserted items 11 to 20 3.2-2>Drawing>Legend – Amended item 1& inserted items 7 to 11 - Amended Drawing title Recommended Provisions>Safety/Security>Others – Omitted “roller shutter” Recommended Provisions>Fitment/Furniture>Projection screen – Omitted “*” Fitment/Furniture>Tearcher’s Table - Omitted “Ceiling” Fitment/Furniture>Cabinets – Amended page ref.

11. 12.

3.3-1 3.4-1

01 01

03/2006 (May 06) 03/2006 (May 06)

13. 14.

3.5-1 3.8-1

01 01

03/2006 (May 06) 03/2006 (May 06)

Recommended Provisions>Fitment/Furniture> Cabinets – Amended page reference Recommended Provisions>Fitment/Furniture>Teacher’s Table – Insert dimensions Recommended Provisions>Safety/Security>Others – Insert “DB Closet”

15.

4.8-1

01

03/2006 (May 06)

Critical Info>Location/Proximity – Replaced “Pastoral Care Room” to “Career Guidance Room” Recommended Provisions>Title - Amended text Recommended Provisions>Services/Eqt>Others – Insert “DB closet”

16.

4.9-1

01

03/2006 (May 06)

17. 18.

4.10-1 5.1-2

01 01

03/2006 (May 06) 03/2006 (May 06)

Recommended Provisions>Services/Eqt>Others – Insert “DB closet” Recommended Provisions>Services/Eqt>Computer ports, Power Points, Lighting, Fans, Air-Con, Communications, Water Supply & Others - Omitted repetition

19. 5.8-1 to 5.82

01

03/2006 (May 06)

Critical Info>fitment/furniture – Added “mirror” details Critical Info>Services - Added “fan” details Recommended Provisions>Fitment/Furniture>Others - Amended “equipment” details Services/Eqt>Fans - Amended “fans” details 5.8-2>Drawing & legend - Amended layout & Legends

20.

5.12-1

01

03/2006 (May 06)

Critical info>Location/Proximity – Amended “Technical” Critical info>Fitment/Furniture - Insert “flag holder” details Critical info>Others - Insert “back wall” details Recommended Provisions>Finishes>Wall - Relocated detail of back wall to Critical Info column Fitment/Furniture>Others - Relocated detail of flag holder to Critical Info column

SCHOOL DESIGN HANDBOOK
EDITION 2006

Vol. 4

Research, Innovation & Specifications Unit | Research & Procurement Branch| MOE

Produced by

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any

Copyright of Ministry of Education 2006

means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording or any other information storage and retrieval systems, without prior permission in writing from the copyright holder. Applications for use of the information within should be addressed to Research & Procurement Branch, Infrastructure & Facility Services Group, Ministry of Education.

FOREWORD
The Ministry of Education has invested a great deal of resources into

developing its school buildings. Many existing schools have seen their needs and expectations of school educators and students alike.

facilities enlarged, renovated or rebuilt to purposefully fulfil the varying

Today, the design direction for schools is towards innovative, adaptable learning, it is an inarguable fact that the schools serve as important

and flexible learning environments. Being centres of teaching and models of inspiration for our young. Schools’ physical environments, at the same time, serve as the platforms which facilitate their intellectual and physical growth. Thus, it is of concern that our schools be built to be conducive, efficient and easily maintainable.

The collaborative efforts of educators and designers will continue to be helpful in creating desirable spaces to nurture our young. Improvements that are responsive to the changing pedagogical styles will continue to be expected of our school buildings. To assist schools and designers in their tasks, Research & Procurement Branch (RPM) conducted a review of the School Design Handbook and put together existing good practices as well as fresh ideas on school design into this new 2006 edition.

As we resume our journey forward in school design and in garnering

even more learning points, it is hoped that the information herein would help facility planners to design learning environments that will be meaningful and enriching to both educators and students.

School Design Handbook

> TECHNICAL <

Vol. 4

CONTENTS
Introduction

1

Architectural 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4

Zoning & Layout Building Design Building Finishes

Fitment & Furniture

2

Engineering 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4

Plumbing

Electrical

Mechanical

Civil & Structural

3

Other Provisions 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5

Design Exclusions Upgrading Works External Works

Project Signboard Hoarding Design

4

Appendices 4.1

Specifications for CCTV System

Master Revision List Index

REV 00 - FEB 06

Introduction

4
Introduction 1.1

VOL.

INTRODUCTION

This Volume consolidates information on architectural, engineering and other technical requirements that apply to school design and building. The information is provided according to what are deemed current and best to MOE schools. practices in the school building industry and what are considered relevant

1.2

This Volume is to be read in conjunction with Volumes 1, 2 and 3 of the School Design Handbook. The context of each provision herein is related to and 3. the general information and facilities requirements laid in Volumes 1, 2

1.3

All technical information in this Volume serve only as a guide to Consultants and highlight the more crucial aspects of the architectural, civil & structural, mechanical and electrical provisions and other building practices.

1.4

Consultants are encouraged to comply with them and make necessary modifications as they deem fit if the stipulations do not apply to a particular school. Consultants shall seek the approval of MOE and the school for their requirements. intended proposals when deviations or modifications are made to the

REV-00 / FEB 06

1 Architectural

Zoning & Layout 1.2

1.1

Building Design 1.3

Building Finishes 1.4

Fitment & Furniture

4

VOL.

ARCHITECTURAL 1.1-1

ZONING & LAYOUT

Zoning and Layout 1.1 Classroom blocks are to be located in quieter areas of the site. field must be placed away from classrooms. 1.2 Non-air-conditioned teaching spaces, especially classrooms,

Noisy activity areas such as canteen, parade square, courts and

Site factors to be considered

should not be physically enclosed or obstructed by other blocks like stair cores, toilets, etc to ensure good cross ventilation.

Non-airconditioned facilities

1.3

Non-air-conditioned teaching blocks facing each other shall have spacing distance of at least 18m between them. Blocks with corridors facing each other shall have spacing distance of minimum 16m between them, as shown in Diagram 1-A.

1.4

Rooms with equipment or materials requiring security are to be easily cordoned off at controlled points by roller shutters.

High Security Areas

1.5

The Staff Room and Media Resource Library (MRL) should not be on more than one level, where possible.

1.6

CCA Rooms and Health & Fitness Rooms are to be directly accessible from outside the cordoned or secured areas. This is to enable better security management after school hours.

1.7

Bin Center shall be located away from the school’s main entrance. or residential houses. It should be in close proximity to the pathway leading to it.

Importantly, it should not be located next to pedestrian walkway Canteen, preferably behind the Canteen. It should have a proper

Services Areas

1.8

Substation location shall be accessible from public roads, but must not cause the school frontage to be reduced. It should preferably be located where it is not likely to be affected by future extensions.

1.9

Toilets with showers for students shall be located near the School Field or Canteen.

1.10

In designing for vehicular circulation, pedestrian safety must be given utmost consideration. Movement of school buses must especially be controlled.

Vehicular Circulation

REV-00 / FEB 06

a physical barrier (such as planting.11 Separate entry and exit points for vehicles (i.12 External facilities like School Field and Games Courts are to be located away from the main driveway for safety reasons.1-2 ZONING & LAYOUT External Works 1. fencing etc) shall Diagram 1-A SPACING BETWEEN NON-AIR-CONDITIONED TEACHING BLOCKS . not possible. 1. 2 gates) are to be provided if site condition permits. ARCHITECTURAL 1. If this is be provided.e.4 VOL.

4 VOL. 1.15 From Non-Teaching and air-conditioned block to site boundary where : HDB flat abuts (See Diagram 1-C) Minor Road abuts (See Diagram 1-C) Setback = 6m Setback = 10m 1.16 Major road (Arterial A & Expressway) abutting school sites are acceptable if the school field can be used as a buffer.1-3 ZONING & LAYOUT Setback & Spacing Requirements 1. certain minimum setback distances have to be observed. REV-00 / FEB 06 . place each school’s parade square away from each other to avoid interference during morning assembly.17 1. 1.14 From Teaching block to site boundary where : HDB flat abuts (See Diagram 1-B) Minor Road abuts (See Diagram 1-B) Setback = 6m Setback = 15m School blocks to site boundary 1.19 Setback = 3m Setback = 3m Setback = 10m Field setbacks 1.13 When planning the layout of the various blocks of the school.18 1.21 To group noisy areas such as Canteen. From Field to Fence (See Diagram 1-D) From Field to Games Courts (See Diagram 1-D) From Field / Games Courts to building (See Diagram 1-D) 1.20 When 2 school sites are adjacent to one another. ARCHITECTURAL 1. Field and Games Courts together.

1-4 SITE PLANNING Diagram 1-B SETBACKS FROM TEACHING BLOCK TO SITE BOUNDARY WHERE MINOR ROAD AND HDB BLOCK ABUTS Diagram 1-C SETBACKS FROM NON-TEACHING & AIR-CON BLOCK TO SITE BOUNDARY WHERE MINOR ROAD AND HDB BLOCK ABUTS Diagram 1-D SETBACKS BETWEEN SCHOOL BUILDING. FIELD AND COURTS REV-01 / MAY 06 . ARCHITECTURAL 1.4 VOL.

22 Spaces in the school building must be designed without hidden corners or corridors. shall not be No remote locations 1.1-5 ZONING & LAYOUT REQUIREMENTS ON SAFETY & SECURITY 1. 1. ARCHITECTURAL 1. Controlled ground level access at REV-00 / FEB 06 .4 VOL. This is to No hidden corners remotely located and must be easily accessible from teaching facilities. facilitate visual supervision at all times.24 The upper levels of the school building shall be made secure after school hours by providing controlled access points at the ground level.23 Toilets. especially female toilets.

Floors and Other Elements 2.7 All corridors and staircases shall be adequately ventilated and well-lit.1 2. 2.4 Roof The roof shall have appropriate noise-damping provision and proper insulation to ensure that the noise of rain tapping on the roof is not deflected onto neighbouring buildings’ occupants.3 Roof Profiles shall be simple. shall generate minimum noise when the rain falls on the devices. along corridors.8 perforated aluminium or steel railings. 2. Walls.2m wide pavement. The roof shall have low reflectivity and luminance so the neighbouring buildings’ occupants will not be subject to glare or blinding reflection.2 2. It shall be sturdy such that it would not shake or Weather Protection Device 2. Falls and scupper drains are to be provided where necessary. e.5 The ground beneath all roof eaves shall be provided with a 1.6 All corridors and stairs must be sufficiently protected from rain with weather protection devices. without gaps at intervals that would enable rainwater or sunlight entry.. 2. Corridor railings are to be 50% pre-cast concrete and/or 50% 2.4 VOL. All roofs are to be accessible for maintenance.13 Hollow core slabs shall not be used in wet floor areas. tampered with. ARCHITECTURAL 1. Double-loaded corridors are not allowed. to minimize the physical impact caused by splashing rainwater from the roofs.10 The weather protection device should be vertically installed or inclined to prevent students from climbing onto them. The material and design 2.9 Weather protection devices are to be lightweight and prefabricated. 2. Their parts must be vandal-proof and not easily wobble.11 The weather protection device shall be designed to provide continuous protection.12 2. 2.2-1 BUILDING DESIGN Roof. Floors REV-00 / FEB 06 .g. Corridors / Stairs 2. i.e.

Louvred windows are preferred for non-air-conditioned rooms. no Sliding Folding Partitions protrusion or recess. or box-ups shall not be installed along high human traffic areas Drywall Partitions 2. Doors that are likely to come in contact with water shall be constructed in marine plywood or anodized aluminum.2-2 BUILDING DESIGN 2. ARCHITECTURAL 1.22 The vents and windows shall be easy to maintain and their handles shall be easily accessed by the users.14 Drywall partitions shall not be provided in rooms which have wet areas or with critical security considerations. Full height windows are not allowed. especially for windows opening into circulation areas.24 2.20 2.15 2. surface shall be completely flat. Doors 2. shall be equal or lower than sound level transmitted 2. Dry wall partition e.26 Door trims should be hardy to receive the required locksets and withstand the occasional accidental slamming. closed.21 Windows should not protrude into common circulation areas.25 The use of architectural glass should be minimized. REV-00 / FEB 06 . The amount of opening shall be sufficient to enable maximum cross ventilation within the classroom. Sliding windows are recommended for air-conditioned rooms. 2. Both sides of the partition panels shall serve as pin up boards. corridors. 2. when completely through a normal dry wall partition. 2.19 Windows shall be anodised aluminium finish. Sliding folding The acoustic wall partitions shall be manually with operable.23 2. Windows 2.18 2.16 All drywall partitions shall be impact-resistant.17 Sound level transmitted through the partition. Vents or windows shall be provided on two opposite-facing walls of the classrooms.g.4 VOL.

matt finish.27 Types of door handles.31 The first 2m of the wall perpendicular to the whiteboard shall not have windows or openings that would allow light to infiltrate. Maximum viewing angle for the projection screen in rooms with 2. sunlight. stoppers/ catchers shall be chosen to pose a hazard to passersby. 2. This is to minimize glare on the whiteboard surface. Layout of room to address vision care is to be complied with as REV-01 / MAY 06 . 2. Chapter 2.35 LCD projector is 60 degrees.28 A covered linkway connecting the school building to the boundary gate nearest the public bus-stop is to be provided. 2.5m. as shown in Diagram 2-A. Proper lighting for vision care shall comply with specifications under Vol.3.29 Non-air-conditioned rooms shall be orientated with their windows facing the North-South direction.2-3 BUILDING DESIGN 2. ARCHITECTURAL 1. carefully and their locations appropriately considered so as not 2.33 2.4 VOL. 2.30 This is to ensure Designing for Vision Care that the whiteboard receives minimum glare from the incoming Sunshades shall be provided along the windows facing the exterior.32 2.36 The maximum viewing distance from the whiteboard to the last row of students’ seats shall be 12. Whiteboard surface shall be of a non-glossy. 2.37 shown in Diagram 2-B. 4.34 Whiteboard shall be tilted forward by 1 to 2 degrees. Covered Linkway The following are guidelines on how to address Vision Care in facility design: 2.

RECOMMENDED VIEWING ANGLES FROM STUDENTS’ SEATING AREA Diagram 2-B. VISION CARE LAYOUT IN A TYPICAL CLASSROOM REV-00 / FEB 06 .4 VOL.2-4 BUILDING DESIGN Diagram 2-A. ARCHITECTURAL 1.

2. Signage locations 2.460mm x 690mm x 3mm with bevelled edges .2-5 BUILDING DESIGN State Flag and Signage 2. 2. high above a standing person’s head and above all other decoration. entrance sign-wall shall be in aluminium box lettering.41 Information and directional signs shall be provided to staircases and lift lobbies at all levels. 2.43 Acrylic holder to hold card of 100mm height shall be provided to every classroom. Toilets and Services Rooms and compartments.Transparent Acrylic .38 The State Flag shall be placed on the front wall of the classroom.45 Signage on glass panels and doors shall be vinyl self-adhesive type.4 VOL. including Canteen Stalls. ARCHITECTURAL 1. each) bearing "NO ENTRY" and "STOP" provided. 2.47 Road traffic signs (1 no.Use artwork provided by MICA .40 Signage provision shall comprise room numbering and naming system to all rooms and facilities.42 Floor loading plan (6 colours per sign) shall be provided at every storey.Silkscreen Printing (Reverse) .Pantone Red (032) or Sunflower Red State Flag 2. 2. 2.39 State Flag to all classrooms shall comply with the specification as follows: Design Material Printing Size Finishing Colour . including galvanized post and concrete foundation are to be Traffic Signs REV-00 / FEB 06 . No emblem of any kind shall be above the flag.Glossy.44 Signage to rooms and facilities shall be in Acrylic block cutouts. backing with approved protection . 2.46 Signage to external areas like building block.

53 School Crest is to be of coloured fluorocarbon aluminium sheet.49 All approvals from appropriate authorities are to be obtained for design and installation of traffic directional signs.51 Signage lettering shall be anodised aluminium box letterings of should not be more than 200mm. as shown in 2.5. incorporating the Entrance Sign Wall 2.2-6 BUILDING DESIGN 2. with different layers of aluminium sheet to denote different 1. ARCHITECTURAL 1.48 Traffic directional signs (2 nos.50 Entrance requirements stated in Vol. School Name in four official languages. Crest size shall not exceed 1m for entrance wall and SAMPLE OF TRAFFIC DIRECTIONAL SIGN Note: Text height and arrow size to be provided in accordance to LTA Specification and approval.52 School Crest shall be installed at the school’s entrance wall and at the front of the stage in the Hall. road users of direction to school are to be provided. School Crest 2.2m for Hall stage. Height of lettering 2. 2 .6. Text and signage to be double sided. Diagram 2-C colours. REV-00 / FEB 06 . sign wall is to be designed 2.4 VOL.) bearing school name informing Diagram 2-C.

Staircases 2.4 VOL. traps to facilitate proper rainwater drainage and to 2.57 Staircases shall have a width of 1. Railings landings are to be provided at 1100mm above FFL.61 Ramps. are to be provided for changes in levels at corridors and high traffic areas. water coolers.66 Door handles shall be free of sharp edges.59 2.55 Railings / Parapets along corridors and staircase height between 580mm to 700mm for primary schools.56 Railing design must discourage students from climbing onto them. REV-00 / FEB 06 .60 Roof access shall be secure and vandal proof. Corridors shall have minimum width of 2.63 Obstruction and protrusions such as fire extinguishers.5m. movement of students. protrude into the corridor when opened so as not to Doors 2.54 Handrails to both sides of staircases shall be at a The handrails must have returns. 2. 2.64 Doors that swing out into circulation areas shall preferably be recessed and door leaves shall not pose danger and injury to passersby. instead of steps. ARCHITECTURAL 1. 2.2-7 BUILDING DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ON SAFETY & SECURITY 2. For staircases wider than 1.65 Doors to air-conditioned rooms are to be provided with door closers and vision panels.5m for safe mass additional handrail shall be provided in the middle of the stair width. 2. 2.1m to Corridors accommodate mass movement of students. 2. 2. window and door swings into corridors must be avoided completely. and fitted with non-slip nosing in permanent contrasting colours.62 Corridors shall be laid to fall towards scuppers or floor prevent accidental falls.58 Staircases shall have uniform risers of 150mm (max) and treads of 300mm (min). 2.

75 Roller shutters are to be provided at the 1 st storey to every staircase. 2.69 Glass doors shall have warning bands to prevent accidental crashes. Security Grilles 2. 2.4 VOL. For all games courts except not Netball to Cantilever Design 2.2-8 BUILDING DESIGN Requirements on Safety & Security (con’t) 2. Canteen’s Foodstalls and Stores and Non-Teaching Staff room. bus shelters and entrance porches is discouraged. grille members spacing 2.71 Security grilles shall be provided to sliding. 2.77 Court. reasons. 2.73 Window 150mm. change the this Goalposts goalposts are to be fixed to the ground.78 If the games courts must double up as a fire engine access.72 Security grilles shall be provided to service areas and flat roofs to prevent unauthorized access. Roller Shutters 2. 2.74 Roller shutters are to be provided at the entrances to the General Office. schools are allowed For safety provision to portable type even if the schools funded it. or top hung windows that face the external at the upper stories. Media Resource Library. Staff Room and H. vents at 1 st storey except for Counselling room.68 The key and locking systems to doors shall follow the Masterkey groupings as recommended in Table 2-D.67 Timber doors at 1 st storey shall be in solid timber for greater security.76 The use of cantilever structure for linkways. except in air-conditioned rooms where the windows are normally closed. REV-00 / FEB 06 . 2. the goalposts shall not be in the path of the fire engine access. shall not exceed 2.D’s Room. ARCHITECTURAL 1. casement.70 Security grilles shall be provided to all windows and Pastoral Care Room.O.

The designated REV-00 / FEB 06 .81 Sufficient gates are to guiding the students to move to safety.2m) for community use 2 exit gates (1. They are to be located near the HDB void decks or safe open space. doors and vents to the rooms are to be closed and sealed with plastic rooms shall comply with the following criteria: Have flat-surfaced frames to windows.4m) between the Field and school compound 1 side gate (1. acceptable air quality for its occupants.84 During an emergency.79 The Science Room shall preferably be located on the ground floor to enable quick evacuation in time of emergency.4 VOL.80 The Canteen and Field may be used for assembly during an emergency. 2. The location could be relocated upon the Principal’s request. All windows. Horn speakers are Emergency Planning Science Room be provided along the fence surrounding the Field for discharging the students during an emergency. Public Address System is needed at the Canteen and Field for the school’s management to give directions also required for the Field. doors and vents to facilitate easy sealing with masking tapes. Gaps around M&E services penetrations shall be sealed with appropriate materials to prevent gas seepage. 2. from both inside and outside.82 The following shall be provided: Canteen Field 1 microphone point and intercom system 1 microphone point and 2 horn speakers 2 internal gate (2.83 The types and quantities of fire safety equipment shown in Volumes 2 and 3 are to be provided to serve as provisions on top of the standard statutory requirements. e.2-9 BUILDING DESIGN Requirements on Safety & Security (con’t) 2.g. Large enough to provide a comfortable stay and an Should be easily accessible with doors that are lockable In-place protection sheets against the migration of harmful vapours. ARCHITECTURAL 1. all students may be required to remain indoors in rooms that have been designated by the school for in-place protection. 2. Safety Equipment 2. Classrooms.2m) each with ‘Emergency Exit Only’ sign on both sides along the fence 2.

Facility Type General Teaching 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Classroom Learning Support Co-ordinator’s Room Mother Tongue Language Room All Design & Technology Rooms All All Counselling Room Prefect’s Room Career Guidance Room Media Resource Library Multi-Purpose Hall a. ARCHITECTURAL 1. Control Room d. Changing Room A B A D Administrative and Staff Areas B B C C Masterkey Grouping Special Teaching Rooms Ancillary Services Areas Key Alike to all Toilets Individual key Individual key REV-00 / FEB 06 .2-10 BUILDING DESIGN Table 2-D : Masterkey Groupings The following are the recommended key groupings for the facilities found in both primary and secondary schools. Seating Area & Stage b.4 VOL. Store 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Furniture Store Canteen Non-Teaching Staff Room Health & Fitness Room Games Equipment Store CCA Room Bookshop Sickbay Dental Clinic Pastoral Care Room NCC/NPCC Room Rifle Range (Indoor) Rifle Range (Outdoor) Armoury Toilets & Showers LAN Room Central Server Room A A A A A A A B B Individual key B Individual Key Individual Key B c.

most storeys (with exception to areas with flat roofs) and all Suspended Ceiling 3. Where applicable.g mineral fibre or gypsum) except facilities such as Hall. density. 3.3 Backsplash panels must be provided to wall areas that are prone to dampness due to the presence of washing facilities.0 3. This is to slow down the onset of mould and Wall Finishes 3. 3.6 Vinyl flooring in computer rooms shall be heavy-duty antistatic type.11 Access openings shall be provided in ceilings to facilitate periodic inspections.5 Vinyl sport flooring shall be heavy duty to withstand equipment load and accidental weights dropped on the floor. REV-00 / FEB 06 . water absorption and abrasion resistance of all wall finishes shall be carefully chosen especially when they are to be applied to wet facilities or areas that are to ease cleaning. 3. 3.3-1 BUILDING FINISHES 3. concrete topping shall be used in place of cement sand screed.2 The type of paint selected for the lower half of corridor walls shall be easy to maintain. Floor Finishes 3. exposed to water.10 All rooms specified with ceiling shall be provided with nonacoustic ceiling boards of regular material (e.8 Warranty shall be provided for vinyl flooring. Installation requirements for the ceiling system are to be adequately provided for.9 Suspended ceilings are to be provided to all areas at the upper special rooms with ceiling requirements.7 3.4 VOL. 3. as these wall areas are prone to stains and marks.1 Building Finishes The colour.4 Ground level floor finishes that are adhesive bonded shall take into account the rising dampness that may de-bond the finishing. ARCHITECTURAL 1. 3. water coolers or any other water dispensers.

13 Floor materials selected for wet areas shall be slipresistant to prevent accidental falls. the Consultant shall brief the site supervisor on the inspections required for the system and make checks on other system components like M&E fixtures to ascertain that these are independent of the suspended ceiling system.17 that the various fixings and accessories have been inspected for safety during supervision. be cleared by the Floor finish Suspended Ceiling System Mock-ups of 2800mm by 2400mm ceiling grid with fixings and accessories shall be inspected and its (S.14 All design and fixing detail drawings of proposed ceiling systems by the Contractor’s relevant qualified Consultant. A checklist shall be prepared by the S.19 The checklist shall be duly signed by the Clerk-OfWorks representatives to acknowledge that 100% check has been conducted. The range of tests conducted before and after 3. (COW) and submitted to the S. to ascertain 3. 3.) approval.O.8m.4 VOL. design submitted for the Superintendent Officer’s 3.O.12 Rooms with false ceiling.’s REV-00 / FEB 06 . which are equipped with projector screen and/or ceiling fans. shall have minimum floor to ceiling clear height of 2. 3. 3. ARCHITECTURAL 1.15 persons shall.16 Prior to installation of the ceiling. This checklist is to be filed on site and made available for verification and inspection when necessary.18 installation shall also be recorded in the checklist.O. before installation.3-2 BUILDING FINISHES 3. Requirements on Safety & Security 3.

REV-00 / FEB 06 .4-1 FITMENT / FURNITURE 4.) are to be provided with locks. drawers.0 Fitment Design The following section recommends the types of fitment that can be provided for schools according to the teaching and requirements. ARCHITECTURAL 1. Samples of fitment prototypes are illustrated for indicative purposes only. easy access to these points shall be Electrical & IT points within easy access 4. the fitment design. rounded-off at its edges.g. and installed with its bottom edge at 700mm (for PS) or 850mm (for SS) above the floor level. solid surfacing material. urinals. Locks with removable key type when locked or unlocked are to be provided.3 Worktops that are meant to carry machinery shall be made of shall be made of non-porous. Cabinet Locks 4. Tiled concrete base for fitment in wet areas 4. 4. Consultants are to consult the school and MOE on the actual design and quantity of fitment required for each particular facility. pedestal toilet. glass sliding doors.2 Workbenches that serve as computer or writing stations shall be provided with sufficient knee clearance. They shall also be visible and not hidden from view. heavy duty material. 4.7 Cabinets and its components (swing doors. 1 & 4 shall be addressed. Whiteboard 4. Consultants shall also comply with the criteria on fitment design as laid down below: learning needs within the facility as well as the storage 4. wash basin.1 Where electrical and IT provisions are to be incorporated into provided. the height of lower primary or shorter than average students must be taken into account. canteen stall students of an average height. canteen wash troughs etc. etc.4 All fitment located in areas with wet facilities shall be provided with a concrete base with tile finish. For installation of particular Height of fitments counters.6 Vision care needs for whiteboards as outlined under Vol. sliding doors.5 The whiteboard shall be inclusive of a pen tray.8 All fitment shall be designed and installed to cater for fitments e. Those with sink incorporated in them Heavy duty worktops for machinery 4.4 VOL.

ARCHITECTURAL 1.Shelves are adjustable .4 VOL.LAN points/power points are integrated.Whiteboards are sliding and tilted forward 1 to 2 degrees from vertical plane.4-2 FITMENT / FURNITURE FITMENT PROTOTYPES (COMMON TO PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS) TYPE 4-1 : HIGH CABINET WITH WHITEBOARD & PIN-UP BOARD . with at least one each at both ends of the cabinet. Locations: Mother Tongue Language Room Mathematics Room Art and Crafts Room Audio Visual Room Science Room Computer Room IT Learning Resource Room Humanities Room Commerce Room Music Room Type 4-1 B A B A Elevation Pen Tray Detail Section A Section B Sample Elevation and Sections of High Cabinet with Whiteboard & Pin-up Board REV-01 / MAY 06 . .

This fitment has 4 variations that can be combined.4 VOL. 4-2A (High Cabinet with Cupboard) 4-2B (High Cabinet with Drawers) 4-2C (High Cabinet with Knee Space) 4-2D (High Cabinet with Sink) Typical Section REV-00 / FEB 06 . ARCHITECTURAL 1.4-3 FITMENT / FURNITURE Locations: Learning Support Coordinator’s Room Art & Crafts Room Science Room Staff Resource Room Preparation Room/Store Type 4-2 TYPE 4-2 : WORKTOP WITH HIGH CABINETS .

4-3A (Low Cabinet with Cupboard) Typical Section 4-3B (Low Cabinet with Drawers) Typical Section 4-3C (Low Cabinet with Sink) Typical Section 4-3D (Low Cabinet with Open Shelves) Typical Section REV-00 / FEB 06 .This fitment has 4 variations that can be combined.4 VOL. ARCHITECTURAL 1.4-4 FITMENT / FURNITURE Locations: Learning Support Coordinator’s Room Science Room Meeting Room Counselling Room Staff Lounge Staff Resource Room Pastoral Care Room Health & Fitness Room Art & Crafts Room Kitchen Preparation Room Type 4-3 TYPE 4-3 : LOW CABINET .

4-5 FITMENT / FURNITURE TYPE 4-4 : TRAPEZOIDAL TABLE . ARCHITECTURAL 1. TYPE 4-5 : HIGH CABINET Type 4-5 Location: General Office Games Equipment Room Dental Clinic Kitchen Preparation Room Non-Teaching Staff Room Sample Elevation and Section of High Cabinet REV-00 / FEB 06 .The table comes in different sizes.4 VOL. Type 4-4 Location: Mathematics Room Art and Crafts Room Science Room IT Learning Resource Room (with port holes) Media Resource Library Pastoral Care Room.

O.4-6 FITMENT / FURNITURE Location: H. twin gang 13A power point and 1 no. Metal Cabinet 7.Ds’ Office General Office Staffroom TYPE 4-6 : STAFF WORKSTATION . Chairs REV-01 / MAY 06 . computer point. OM) (8m 2 ) 4-6B (Staff Room) (4m 2 ) Legend 1. 1 set of Modular Partition 2. ARCHITECTURAL 1. 1 set of Overhead Storage Units 5. service outlet box each with 1 no. Main Table 3.Each workstation shall be provided with 1 no. 1 set Pedestal Drawers 6. Type 4-6 4-6A (HOD. Side Table 4. AM.4 VOL.

ARCHITECTURAL 1.4 VOL.Glass doors on upper for display .4-7 FITMENT / FURNITURE Location: Kitchen Kitchen Preparation Room Needlework Room TYPE 4-7 : DISPLAY CABINET .Low cabinet / worktop Type 4-7 Elevation Section TYPE 4-8 : OPEN SHELVES Location: Kitchen Needlework Room Office Store Audio Visual Store Type 4-8 Sample Elevation and Section of Open Shelves REV-00 / FEB 06 .

4 VOL.4-8 FITMENT / FURNITURE Location: Art & Crafts Room Type 4-9 TYPE 4-9 : SUPPLY CABINET & FOLIO CABINET Sample Elevation and Section of Folio Cabinet Type 4-10 Sample Elevation and Section of Supply Cabinet TYPE 4-11 : MUSIC RACK AND CABINETS FOR BAND INSTRUMENTS Location: Music Room and Music Store Type 4-11 Sample Of Music Rack And Cabinets For Band Instruments REV-00 / FEB 06 . ARCHITECTURAL 1.

4 VOL. ARCHITECTURAL 1.4-9 FITMENT / FURNITURE TYPE 4-12 : TEACHER’S TABLE Type 4-12 Location: Science Room Sample Elevation and Section of Teacher’s Table TYPE 4-13 : HIGH CABINET WITH BUILT-IN SAFE Type 4-13 Location: Principal’s Office Sample Elevation and Section of High Cabinet With Built-In Safe REV-00 / FEB 06 .

ARCHITECTURAL 1.4 VOL.4-10 FITMENT / FURNITURE Location: Media Resource Library TYPE 4-14 : SINGLE & DOUBLE SEAT COMPUTER TABLE Type 4-14A Type 4-14B Sample Of Single Seat Computer Table Sample Of Double Seat Computer Table TYPE 4-15 : TIMBER OPEN SHELVES Location: Media Resource Library Type 4-15 Sample Of Timber Open Shelves TYPE 4-16 : MEDIA ISLAND FOR 3 TERMINALS Location: Media Resource Library Type 4-16A Type 4-16B Sample Plan and Section of Media Island For 3 Terminals REV-00 / FEB 06 .

4 VOL.4-11 FITMENT / FURNITURE Location: Media Resource Library Type 4-17 TYPE 4-17 : AV EQUIPMENT WORKTOP Sample Elevation of AV Equipment Worktop TYPE 4-18 : NON-PRINT MEDIA CABINET Type 4-18 Location: Media Resource Library Sample Elevation and Section of Non-Print Media Cabinet Location: Media Resource Library Type 4-19 TYPE 4-19 : BOOK CHUTE Sample Internal Elevation and Section of Book Chute REV-00 / FEB 06 . ARCHITECTURAL 1.

4-12 FITMENT / FURNITURE Location: Multi-Purpose Hall Changing Room Type 4-20 TYPE 4-20 : DRESSING TABLE Sample Elevation of Dressing Table TYPE 4-21 : HIGH OPEN SHELVES Location: Games Equipment Store Type 4-21 Sample Of High Open Shelves TYPE 4-22 : COUNTER CABINET Location: Bookshop Type 4-22 Sample Elevation and Section of Counter Cabinet REV-00 / FEB 06 . ARCHITECTURAL 1.4 VOL.

4-13 FITMENT / FURNITURE Location: Bookshop Type 4-23 TYPE 4-23 : HIGH OPEN SHELVES Sample Elevation and Section of High Open Shelves TYPE 4-24 : LONG CABINET WITH SINK Location: Dental Clinic Type 4-24 Sample Elevation and Section of Long Cabinet With Sink REV-00 / FEB 06 .4 VOL. ARCHITECTURAL 1.

ARCHITECTURAL 1.For students to sit and await consultation Type 4-26 Location: Dental Clinic Sample Of Waiting Bench REV-00 / FEB 06 .4-14 FITMENT / FURNITURE TYPE 4-25 : WORKTABLE Location: Dental Clinic Type 4-25 Sample Elevation and Section of Dental Officers’ Worktable TYPE 4-26 : WAITING BENCH .4 VOL.

Type 4-27 Location: Humanities Workroom Sample Elevation of Cabinet for Humanities Workroom TYPE 4-28 : HIGH CABINETS FOR MUSIC .4 VOL.4-15 FITMENT / FURNITURE FITMENT PROTOTYPES (COMMON TO FACILITIES IN A SECONDARY SCHOOL) TYPE 4-27 : HIGH CABINET FOR HUMANITIES SUBJECTS Storage for resource materials. ARCHITECTURAL 1.Storage for Curriculum Music and Band Instruments. Transparent glass doors for display as required. charts and models. Type 4-28A Location: Music Store Sample Elevation and Section of Cabinet for Curriculum Music Type 4-28B Sample Elevation and Section of Cabinet for Band Instruments REV-00 / FEB 06 .

ARCHITECTURAL 1.Storage for laboratory instruments and teaching resources. Location: Chemistry Laboratory Type 4-29A Sample Elevation and Section of Teacher’s Work Bench Type 4-29B Sample Elevation and Section of Students’ Work Bench Type 4-29C Sample Elevation and Section of Side Workbench With Sink REV-00 / FEB 06 .4 VOL.4-16 FITMENT / FURNITURE TYPE 4-29 : WORK BENCHES FOR LABS .

Storage of Scientific Equipment e.Includes min. 1 workstation for laboratory assistant . articles and instruments for mass usage .Glass doors for easy identification and retrieval of instruments Type 4-31 Location: Science Lab Preparation Room / Store. Sample Of Workbench Cum Overhead Storage REV-00 / FEB 06 .Storage for scientific supplies. ARCHITECTURAL 1. Microscopes - Dehumidifier system as required Type 4-30 Sample Elevation and Section of Microscope Cupboard TYPE 4-31: WORKBENCH CUM OVERHEAD STORAGE .4 VOL.g.4-17 FITMENT / FURNITURE Location: Biology Laboratory Physics Laboratory TYPE 4-31 : MICROSCOPE CUPBOARD . equipment.Worktop for preparation of experiments .

TYPE 4-32 : MOVABLE HIGH CABINET WITH GLASS DOORS .4-18 FITMENT / FURNITURE Location: Science Lab Preparation Room / Store.Glass doors for easy identification and retrieval of Type 4-32 Sample Elevation and Section of Movable High Cabinet With Glass Doors TYPE 4-33 : WORK BENCHES FOR KITCHEN Location: Kitchen Type 4-33A Sample Of Teacher’s Demonstration Table Type 4-33B Sample Of Student’s Workbench REV-00 / FEB 06 . ARCHITECTURAL 1. articles and instruments for mass usage instruments . equipment.4 VOL.Storage for scientific supplies.

4-19 FITMENT / FURNITURE Location: Kitchen Type 4-34A TYPE 4-34 : LOW CABINETS FOR KITCHEN Sample of Low Cabinet with Louvred Door Type 4-34B Sample Of Resource Corner Cabinet (For 1 Kitchen Only) TYPE 4-35: TEACHER’S WORKSTATION . ARCHITECTURAL 1.4 VOL. Sample Of Teacher’s Workstation REV-00 / FEB 06 .For preparation of lessons and teaching materials Type 4-35 Location: Kitchen Preparation Room/Store.

ARCHITECTURAL 1. Type 4-36 Sample Elevation and Section of Charts Cabinet TYPE 4-37: HIGH CABINET FOR KITCHEN Storage for kitchen equipment and utensils.4-20 FITMENT / FURNITURE Location: Kitchen Preparation Room TYPE 4-36: CHARTS CABINET Storage for subject materials like food charts etc. Location: Kitchen Preparation Room Type 4-37 Sample Elevation and Section of High Cabinet for Kitchen REV-00 / FEB 06 .4 VOL.

4-21 FITMENT / FURNITURE TYPE 4-38: HIGH CABINET WITH RACK Location: Needlework Room Type 4-38 Sample Elevation and Section of High Cabinet With Rack TYPE 4-39: GARMENT CABINET Location: Needlework Room Type 4-39 Sample Elevation and Section of Garment Cabinet REV-00 / FEB 06 . ARCHITECTURAL 1.4 VOL.

ARCHITECTURAL 1.4 VOL. Location: D & T Studio 1 & 2 Design Room D & T Studio (LS). Type 4-41 Sample Elevation and Section of Concrete Counter with Cabinets & Drawers REV-00 / FEB 06 .4-22 FITMENT / FURNITURE TYPE 4-40: WING MIRROR Location: Needlework Room Type 4-40 Sample Elevation and Section of Wing Mirror TYPE 4-41 : CONCRETE COUNTER WITH CABINETS & DRAWERS .The provision of drawers to be on one side only if the length of wall is insufficient.

Sufficient standing room to be considered. Type 4-42 Location: D & T Studio 1 & 2 D & T Studio (LS) Sample Elevation and Section of Concrete Counter with Cabinet and Sink TYPE 4-43 : CONCRETE COUNTER FOR SOLDERING Location: D & T Studio 2 D & T Studio (LS) .4-23 FITMENT / FURNITURE TYPE 4-42 : CONCRETE COUNTER WITH CABINETS & SINK . Type 4-43 Sample Elevation and Section of Counter for Soldering REV-00 / FEB 06 .The position of sink to be near doorway so that students can wash their hands on their way out of the Studio. Other sinks in the Studio to be centrally located to provide better access to students from various work zones.4 VOL. ARCHITECTURAL 1.

4 VOL. Type 4-44 Sample Elevation and Section of Open Shelves With Drawers TYPE 4-45 : HIGH CABINET WITH DRAWERS Location: D & T Design Room Store.4-24 FITMENT / FURNITURE TYPE 4-44 : OPEN SHELVES WITH DRAWERS Location: D & T Design Room Store. ARCHITECTURAL 1. Type 4-45 Sample Of High Cabinet With Drawers REV-00 / FEB 06 .

4 VOL.4-25 FITMENT / FURNITURE TYPE 4-46 : HIGH SHELVES Location: D & T Studio Stores (Tools Stores) Type 4-46 Sample Elevation and Section of High Shelves TYPE 4-47 : LOW CABINET WITH OPEN SHELVES Location: D & T Studio Stores (Main Stores) Type 4-47 Sample Elevation and Section of Low Cabinet With Open Shelves REV-00 / FEB 06 . ARCHITECTURAL 1.

4-26 FITMENT / FURNITURE TYPE 4-48 : HIGH CABINET WITH DRAWERS Location: D & T Studio (LS) Type 4-48 Sample Elevation and Section of High Cabinet With Drawers TYPE 4-49 : OPEN SHELVES WITH DRAWERS Location: D & T Studio (LS) Type 4-49 Sample Elevation and Section of Open Shelves With Drawers REV-00 / FEB 06 .4 VOL. ARCHITECTURAL 1.

4 VOL. ARCHITECTURAL 1.4-27 FITMENT / FURNITURE Location: D & T Studio (LS) Type 4-50 TYPE 4-50 : HIGH CABINET WITH WHITEBOARD AND PIN-UP BOARD Sample Elevation of High Cabinet with Whiteboard and Pin-up Board Section A-A Section B-B Sample Section of High Cabinet with Whiteboard and Pin-Up Board REV-00 / FEB 06 .

4 VOL.4-28 FITMENT / FURNITURE TYPE 4-51: RIFLE RACKS Location: Armoury Type 4-51A Sample Elevation and Section of Enclosed Type Rifle Rack Type 4-51B Sample Elevation and Section of Two-Tier Open Type Rifle Rack REV-00 / FEB 06 . ARCHITECTURAL 1.

1 Civil & Structural 2.2 Mechanical 2.3 Electrical 2.4 Plumbing .2 Engineering 2.

0 1. ENGINEERING 2. Instructional areas must be column-free Instructional areas shall be column free.2 1.4 1. Intermediate columns which protrude from the walls or limit future extension works shall be avoided.4 School Fields shall be turfed with Cow Grass (Axonopus Compressus) and grown to produce a continuous cover over the whole field.1 1. 1.3 VOL. School Field REV-00 / FEB 06 .1-1 CIVIL & STRUCTURAL Civil & Structural Works Design of the Structural System shall comply with Building Codes as well as Buildability Requirements. The school field shall be rolled even and properly compacted with adequate drainage system.

3 2. each unit shall be 2.7 hard-wired to a central controller located at a suitable location within the room.8 2.4 Noise level: NR 40 in Library. 2. 2.2 2. AV Rooms and other air-conditioned rooms. Toilets shall be provided with central ducted exhaust system with low-level extraction points installed in all WC compartments. Variable Refrigerant Volume (VRV) air-cooled split units (with 100% standby and automatic changeover) shall be used to serve the LAN and Central Server Rooms only. preferably near the lighting switches. No condenser units are allowed to be installed on the façade of buildings. are in addition to the usual standard design specifications and are not 2. Music Rooms.1 The operating indoor conditions shall be 240C ± 10C & 65% RH ± 5% unless otherwise noted. Offices. the fresh air supply duct shall be terminated 2. Location of CU 2. 230C ± 10C & 60% RH ± Air-Conditioning System 2. wall mounted FCUs.11 The noise level shall not exceed 65dBA when measured at 1m away REV-00 / FEB 06 . The requirements exhaustive. All discharge points of the toilet and kitchen exhaust systems shall be located above the roof level and shall not face any residential blocks.2-1 MECHANICAL 2.9 A Professional Engineer shall endorse all hangers and anchoring bolts to slabs and roof structure/trusses. Consultants are required to submit justifications and obtain MOE’s approval for non-compliance cases.0 Mechanical Systems The following requirements for mechanical works shall be fully complied with.5 Fresh air supply duct shall be concealed in the ceiling and connected to the fan coil unit where connection port is available in the FCU. grilles used for these low level extracts shall have blades with either V Mechanical Ventilation 2. Exhaust or Y profiles.6 Condenser units shall be suitably located on the ground with protection around it and away from vehicular and human traffic and/or on roof level with proper access for maintenance. Consultants are advised to check with the MOE officer-incharge if they require further clarifications. ENGINEERING 2. The operating conditions for Computer Rooms. Consultants shall propose the most energy-efficient air-conditioning system.10 Exhaust fans shall be located on the roof. For adjacent to the FCU with a suitable grille. LAN and Central Server Room shall be 5%. In all air-conditioned rooms with fan coil units. Computer Rooms.4 VOL. from the toilet or kitchen exhaust fans.

4 VOL.17 2. The exhaust hood and grease filters shall be stainless steel. This lift shall comply with the handicap-access requirement.15 2. 1 no.12 2. Lifts shall be provided with automatic doors during power failures. Bell should be labeled “Lift Alarm – Inform office or Call for lift service if bell is activated”. two 20-person electric traction lifts shall be provided. 2. A lift supervisory repeater panel shall be located in the General Office.18 The intercom in the lift car shall be linked to the General Office and the lift motor room. one 13person electric traction lift shall be provided.14 If a low-rise school is designated as a handicapped school. If school blocks are 5 storeys and higher. rescue devices (ARD) to bring the lifts to the nearest floor and open Lift Installation 2.2-2 MECHANICAL 2. alarm bell shall be located at the 1st storey lift lobby.16 Double-leaf doors with sufficiently large glass vision panels shall be provided for all lifts.13 Kitchen exhaust duct material shall be aluminium. ENGINEERING 2. REV-00 / FEB 06 . 2.

1 Electricity supply (applied load) for a typical primary and secondary school shall be 1000kVA each. This shall be provided in a closet within the canteen. etc shall be equipped with lightning surge arrestor. distribution boards serving sensitive equipment such as computer equipment. check with the MOE officer-in-charge if they require further 3.3 Canteen stalls shall be provided with a Centralised Consumer Metering Panel to house the stalls’ electrical meters. ENGINEERING 2. primary school shall be 1250kVA while for secondary school it LT Works 3. Consultants are required to submit justifications and obtain MOE’s approval for non-compliance cases. security alarm.6 All three-phase final distribution board shall be metal clad complete with single pole MCBs and triple pole MCBs with appropriate rupturing capacities ratings.0 Electrical Systems The following requirements for electrical works shall be fully complied with.PVC/PVC cables in metal ladders/trays or PVC cables in metal trunking cables in concealed Final Sub-Circuits All Specialist System . REV-00 / FEB 06 .PVC/SWA/PVC cables in trench/HD UPVC Pipes . fire alarm.5 All single-phase final distribution board shall be metal-clad complete with outgoing single pole MCBs. 3.4 VOL.4 Cabling requirements: - standards must meet the following minimum Main Distribution Distribution . Consultants are advised to clarifications.PVC GI conduits for all areas .3-1 ELECTRICAL 3.Approved cables in concealed GI conduits 3.2 Main consumer sub-switchboard. 3. The ultimate load for shall be 1500kVA. 3. The requirements are in addition to the usual standard design specifications and are not exhaustive. incoming D/P MCB and RCCB.

This is to ensure easy access to the points during use and maintenance of equipment. REV-00 / FEB 06 .8 Computer rooms and IT Resource rooms shall be equipped with a master on-off switch to control all the power points.16 Unless otherwise specified. flickering shadows of the rotating fans are cast on the working 3. The louvers attachment shall give 3. Every outgoing circuit shall be equipped with RCCB and designed to connect to a maximum of 3 twin-gang IT power outlet. Lighting / Vision Care -Whiteboard 3. working and reading purposes shall be designed to an average illuminance of 500 lux with a uniformity factor (min/ave) of 0.7 All circuits serving computer loads shall be dedicated. Site measurements 3.3-2 ELECTRICAL 3.15 Ensure ceiling fans do not interfere with the lightings and no plane.12 Light fitting at whiteboard shall be an asymmetrical type with correct orientation to direct light beam onto the whiteboard.10 Lighting level in all rooms meant for teaching. lighting in rooms/areas for general usage shall be designed to 300 lux. all fluorescent light fittings within teaching areas/facilities and 3. The electrical points shall be properly located in co-ordination Electrical Points 3.4 VOL. Master switches shall be appropriately identified to prevent 3.13 Non-dimmable high–frequency electronic ballast shall be used in offices.9 with equipment and furniture layouts. 100% iridescence –free reflection. 3. A light switch shall be provided for each row of light fittings. accidental operation. ENGINEERING 2. temperature shall be 4000k with colour index of 85.11 Lighting controls shall be in rows and parallel to the whiteboard. Such a master switch shall be located next to the lighting switches.7. The colour Lighting / Vision Care 3. The shall be carried out at night based on 3 x 3 grids.14 Reflectors to be matt type. average vertical illuminance shall be 300 lux.

Switches controlling the floodlights shall be located at a safe and convenient location. 3. 3.22 Timers shall be used for perimeter lights. 6 units of 500W-1 compartment cyclorama floodlight and safety chains for the luminaries (certified by PE).4 VOL. The 3. a durable sticker indicating the month and REV-00 / FEB 06 . The high bay lightings shall be controlled row by row where each badminton game. In addition.3-3 ELECTRICAL 3.18 The switch control in the Multi Purpose Hall shall be designed to flexibly control the lighting levels i. compartment Stage Lighting System 3. authorities. The ceiling fan rods shall have batch-tested labels from locally approved authorities. 6 units of 650W variable Fresnel spotlight. 500 lux for examination row switching.20 switches shall be at the control room and the stage area. lighting bars and beam arms. During a ‘off’ to avoid glare. 24-channel manual and memory control desk. ENGINEERING 2. Electrical Fan 3.23 The Stage Lighting system shall comprise (but not limited to) a dimmer rack. lights directly above the court shall be switched 3.25 Ceiling fan shall come complete with proprietary-made stainless aircraft cables.26 All wall and ceiling fans shall be certified by locally approved year of installation shall be provided on each fan. area.e. 3. Lighting / Vision Care -Multi-Purpose Hall purposes and 300 lux for badminton games (recommended) using 3.17 Lux level for corridor shall be 50 Lux while that for main school lobby/main foyer/entrance shall be 100 Lux. general lightings and ceiling fans shall be provided at the stage 3. 8 units of 1000W beam light. of 400W floodlight. security lights and first storey corridor lights. There shall be two-way switches for high bay lightings.24 Consultants shall note that besides the stage lighting system.21 Parade square shall be provided with 4 nos.19 row is arranged parallel with the badminton court layout. 4 units of 650W variable prism convex spotlight. 4 units of 500W-4 cyclorama floodlight.

‘Computer Point’ label shall be engraved on the IT socket outlets.35 A clean earth shall be provided for computer network. Structured Cabling System 3. one LAN point with a twin-gang power point shall be provided on either side of a whiteboard.33 3.31 All trunking and conduits passing through/terminating in the LAN and Central Server Rooms shall be properly sealed internally and externally to protect from condensation in these rooms.3. 3.39 The internal telephone distribution network complete with wirings shall be in concealed GI conduits. 3. (One point for teacher and one point for printer. The cage and blades shall not rust easily. Refer to Diagram 3-A. Refer to diagrams 3-B.32 Two-compartment underfloor GI trunking shall be provided for computer rooms and IT Learning Resource Room.37 Cable ready MATV system shall be provided.28 Heavy-duty (min. Where applicable. 500mm diameter) wall fan with low noise level (max 60dBA when measured 1m away from fan) shall be provided for the Multi-Purpose Hall. Telephones REV-01 / MAY 06 . 3.29 The Structured Cabling System shall be designed to MOE IT Branch’s latest version of ‘MOE Infrastructure Requirements for School’. Trunking & Conduit 3.4 ELECTRICAL 1.36 Consultant shall ensure ceiling fans do not interfere with the projection of the image of the LCD projector.38 Certificate of Cable Readiness shall be obtained from IDA’s approved cable operator.34 3. Display –LCD Projector Cable Ready 3.30 All cables within rooms/facilities shall run in Heavy-Duty PVC skirting-trunkings.4 VOL. 3.27 Ceiling fans shall have regulators. 3. ENGINEERING 2.5m sweep controlled with speed 3.) LAN Points 3. Master Antenna Television (MATV) System 3. It shall be designed and installed so as to facilitate future cable TV connection. 3-C and 3-D for LCD support bracket details and setback distances.

cassette decks.4 VOL. equaliser. 1 unit wireless clip-on microphone system.41 PA system provision shall be at the following places: • • • • • Canteen Multi-Purpose Hall Parade Square School Field Each level of each building block (grouped as one zone) 3. condenser stand type and floor stand type c/w boom arm).43 The system shall be supplied with the following equipment: • • • • • 4 units dynamic cardiod microphones 2 units table microphones stands 2 units telescopic floor microphone stand c/w boom arm 1 unit gooseneck microphone stand c/w clip on adapter and table flange for mounting onto lectern.40 Public Address System (PA) shall be a stand alone system. horn speakers. box microphones. Public Address System (PA) 3. cassette decks. master station. column speakers.42 The system shall comprise (but not be limited to) a power speakers. 3.44 The Professional Sound Reinforcement System for each Audio Visual Room shall comprise (but not limited to) an 8-channel integrated mixers.45 The Professional Sound System within the Multi Purpose Hall (MPH) shall comprise (but not limited to) a 16-channel mixing console. microphones. amplifier. equipment rack and cabinets. DVD player. DVD player. speakers and other accessories housed in a console rack located REV-00 / FEB 06 . at the control room. video display unit. PA intercom set. ENGINEERING 2. Sound Reinforcement System 3. ease of maintenance as well as future expansion. microphones. PA call station console. microphone stands (table receptacles. cardiod microphones. The design shall take into consideration the clarity of speech. battery backup. DVD player.3-5 ELECTRICAL 3. microphones 3. ceiling recessed speakers. speakers and other accessories housed in a console rack.

3.50 For the Armoury (in SS only). Electronic Security Alarm System 3. consultants shall liase with relevant authorities to inspect and approve the security alarm system. 3.49 Each room under surveillance shall be designed/programmed as one zone.47 The system shall be designed and commissioned by a sound specialist.3-6 ELECTRICAL 3. dramas and concerts. The system shall provide high quality sound reinforcement for specific programs such as speeches.55 One unit of clock and bell timer shall be installed in the General Office. REV-00 / FEB 06 . siren & strobe lights. debates. magnetic door contacts. talks.54 Smoke detectors shall be installed in LAN and Central Server rooms.53 3. ENGINEERING 2. 3. 3. All areas points and sounders. Additional sounders shall be provided in all Music Rooms. 3. The clock chime system shall be capable of interfacing with the PA System.48 The Electronic Security Alarm System shall comprise dual-tech motion detectors.51 A dedicated lease line shall be provided and connected to an alarm monitoring company for the key holding services. The tabletop space shall be sufficient to cater for the placement of stage lighting dimmer control desk and sound reinforcement system control desk.46 A lockable tabletop cabinet complete with drawers shall be provided.4 VOL. 3. panic button (in Principal’s Room) and key holding service. The tone of the school bell shall be distinct from the fire alarm bell to allow for immediate recognition by occupants.56 Terminal devices that allow high-speed signal transmission shall be used when link-ups from equipment to the PLC exceed 10m. coverage throughout the entire area or room where it is installed.52 Fire Alarm System shall be a stand-alone manual system. The design shall be capable of providing uniform 3. along escape route shall be provided with manual alarm call Fire Alarm System acoustic-treated rooms such as the Audio Visual Rooms and the 3.

63 The D & T Switch Room shall be located near the D & T Studios 1 & 2. Lightning Protection System 3.3. The door of the room shall open into a corridor. of diameter 110mm lead-in pipe shall be provided for TER.0m.57 The central monitoring shall be in the form of LED mimic display panel located in the General Office. Status High Booster Pump Hosereel Pump Water Tank Exhaust Fan Kitchen VRV air Conditioner Air-Cooled Package Unit X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Exhaust Fan X 3.61 The internal dimensions of the Telecom Equipment Room (TER) shall be 2.0m x 1. Its room area shall be 16 m2.62 A Design & Technology (D & T) Switch Room is required to cater for the 3-phase electrical supply to Design & Technology areas.4 VOL.7 ELECTRICAL 3.58 The following points shall be monitored/controlled by alarms: Equipment Run/ Start Control Run/ Start Status X X Fault Trip Alarm X X Supply Status X X Power Water Alarm Level Low Water Alarm Level High Temp.0m x 2. Wood Machineshop and Design Room. 3. 4 Nos.5m. The clear height of the room shall be min.59 Equipotential netting shall be provided at the parade square and outdoor courts. 2 Nos. The height of the room door shall be 2. 3.1m.6m. REV-01 / MAY 06 . of diameter 110mm lead-in pipe shall be provided for the room.60 The internal dimensions of the Co-axial Distribution Room (CDR) shall be 1. 3. ENGINEERING 2. Services & Switch Rooms 3. 3.

The lighting level in the room shall be 300 lux. schools. CCTV Surveillance and Recording System (CSRS) shall be provided at all with. For cases of non-compliance. recording system.4 VOL. 4. Diagram 3-A SAMPLE OF CEILING DIAGRAM REV-01 / MAY 06 . CCTV surveillance. The Specifications for the CCTV Surveillance and Recording System is at Appendix 1 of Vol.65 3. delivery.67 The provision of CSRS includes the supply. The requirements for the above system shall be fully complied CCTV Surveillance & Recording System 3. ENGINEERING 2. A fire extinguisher and a single gang power point shall also be provided.66 The lead-in pipes provision is as shown in Diagram 3-E. consultants are required to submit justifications for MOE (SEMPO) ’s approval. testing and commissioning of a set of cameras. 3. installation.3-8 ELECTRICAL 3. hardware and software.64 Maximum width shall be given for the door opening and proper drainage shall be provided for the service trench in the D & T Switch Room.

ENGINEERING 2.4 VOL.3-9 ELECTRICAL Diagram 3-B SETBACK DISTANCE AND POSITION OF PROJECTOR Diagram 3-C ENLARGED DRAWING OF SECURITY BOLT REV-00 / FEB 06 .

ENGINEERING 2.3-10 ELECTRICAL Diagram 3-D LCD SUPPORT BRACKET REV-00 / FEB 06 .4 VOL.

11 ELECTRICAL Diagram 3-E CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OF SERVICE TRENCH LAYOUT SECTION OF LEAD-IN PIPE TRENCH FOR D&T SWITCH ROOM REV-01 / MAY 06 . ENGINEERING 2.4 VOL.3.

• Fan bolts. ENGINEERING 2.5m above and fan blades.70 The following fan installation requirements are to be followed: Fan spacing is recommended to be at 3m apart. fire panels. • The fan blade must be a minimum of 2. Such provisions shall be recessed. or other work spaces as they could pose as safety well-contained Services to be REV-00 / FEB 06 . • Consultant must ensure 100% inspection of all fans.4 VOL. nuts. • Fan rods are to withstand 10 times the deadweight of the fan.3-12 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ON SAFETY AND SECURITY 3. washer must be tightened with torque wrench.71 All M & E panels and provisions (such as rising. Air-Conditioning 3.68 All air-conditioning condenser units or other services shall be enclosed to prevent unauthorized tampering. dry riser) are not to protrude into the corridor hazards. Fans Installation FFL with 250mm minimum clearance between ceiling 3. Light Fitting Installation 3.69 Light fittings are to be independently supported by approved means and structural PE’s certification for multi-purpose hall light fitting installation must be obtained. • Stainless steel wire with safety factor of at least 20 times the static load of the fan to serve as backup support for the fan in the event that the support fails due to wear and tear.

7 The hot water supply temperature shall not be less than 500C. dual pump-set and a main distribution header shaft. Hot Water System 4.11 Underground concrete storage water tank shall be provided if a development. Trellis or otherwise shall be provided to shield the hosereel tank from view. fire hydrant pumping system is required for the school Fire Hydrant System & Dry Riser System REV-00 / FEB 06 .4 Sub-meter shall be provided at each canteen stall. ENGINEERING 2.9 Tank room is not required to house the hosereel tank if it is located on the roof.8 4. A plinth provision for future toilet flushing water storage Water Supply 4. From each meter.1 Plumbing The water supply system shall be an indirect feed system with a serving two (2) droppers (potable & flush water) for every toilet tank shall be provided nearby. 4.3 Isolation valve shall be provided at every main and branch distribution pipes.6 4. a separate pipe shall be drawn to the central wash area trough and terminated with a lockable tap. Waste and Sanitary System 4.2 The material of the water tank shall be Glass-Reinforced Plastic (GRP).10 No pipe work of any kind shall pass through LAN and Central Server Rooms. Hosereel System 4. 4. 4.4 VOL. Floor trap gratings shall be made of stainless steel.0 4. Mini isolation valve shall be provided for each appliance / fixture.5 Electric Hot Water Storage System shall be used for the Kitchen (Home Economics). single tank. 4.4-1 PLUMBING 4. Grease trap shall be positioned close to the driveway for ease of maintenance and connection to disposal vehicle/truck.

4 VOL. 4. sanitary drain-lines and hydrant pipes shall not be laid under parade square.14 Breeching inlets.16 Town gas shall be used. Gas System 4. Pillar hydrant shall not be installed in the vicinity of the parade square. landing valves. underground hydrant with proper drainage shall be installed. If unavoidable. staircase or other space that will obstruct the smooth passageway of occupants. hosereel.12 4.15 4. outdoor courts and fitness area. pipe or fitting shall not protrude into the clear pathway of corridors. Water mains. REV-00 / FEB 06 .13 Diesel driven pumps shall not be used for the pumping system. ENGINEERING 2. outdoor courts and fitness area. school field.4-2 PLUMBING 4.

3 Other Provisions 3.5 Hoarding Design .2 External Work 3.3 Upgrading Works 3.1 Design Exclusions 3.4 Project Signboard 3.

MOE schools’ Canteen and Hall block are granted waiver to exceed the stipulated width. CCA rooms. 1. i. 1. The Canteen and Hall are also installed with ceiling fans to improve air more than 12m away horizontally from the windows and Hall and Canteen widths circulation.0 Design Exclusions The following items are some standard statutory requirements that may not be applicable or relevant to MOE schools. Bookshop that do not open directly to the external. to the nearest external space. MOE schools have rooms at the Canteen block e. OTHERS PROVISIONS 3. the Canteen is only used for about half an hour by students during recess time. barrier-free accessibility is required only at 1 st storey at the Administration area.1-1 DESIGN EXCLUSIONS 1.1 BCA handicapped are required for every area accessible to students. of schools designated with full-handicap facilities. (iii) an open-yard or open space located on the building lot (iv) Location of Windows and Openings for Material REV-00 / FEB 06 . Canteen and at least one of is to be provided at one toilet cluster at every level only. Generous openings are provided at two sides of the Canteen and Hall.e.3 BCA regulation states that the windows and openings for natural ventilation shall be so located that they face and open upon (i) the sky (ii) a street. item in the list and apply for necessary waivers from the respective statutory authorities. but are provided with louvred windows and doors. one ambulant-disabled toilet BCA regulation states that no part of the room (other than a room in a warehouse) served by windows or openings shall be openings. In addition. service road or other public space an air-well. regulation states that provision for the physically Handicap Provisions This applies only to MOE schools that are within the 10% stock For all other schools. Furthermore.2 the classrooms blocks. Consultants shall evaluate the applicability and relevance of each 1.4 VOL. only basic-handicap provisions are to be catered for.g. The doors and windows have to be located within a distance limit acceptable to BCA.

4 VOL. of FAP. OTHERS PROVISIONS 3. Dry Rising Main REV-00 / FEB 06 . buildings under purpose group III where habitable height is MOE projects consist of mainly upgrading of existing blocks. grilles.5 URA regulation states that walls or fences which are constructed of chain-link fencing. Separation requirement for kitchen could be exempted in MOE the kitchen shall be separated from other parts of the same requirement for kitchen Separation schools where there would be at least 25% of the perimeter walls of the canteen opening directly onto the external and the floor space is within 9 meter from the nearest opening. Height of Walls and Fences along the edge of the football field to prevent high balls from 1. building by compartment wall and floor having fire resistance of at least one hour. and. but does not exceed 60m.6 FSSD states that where a kitchen is required for the preparation of food.7 FSSD requires fireman access panels (FAP) to be provided to every floor.1-2 DESIGN EXCLUSIONS 1.4 BCA regulation states that every room in any building shall be provided with natural light and ventilation by means of one or more windows or openings having an aggregate area of not less area is more than 10% of the floor space.8 FSSD regulation requires the dry rising main to be installed in more than 10m. Addition of dry riser and breeching inlets to the existing blocks will require major changes to the structure design. at least 10% of the floor space shall be openable. MOE schools are allowed to provide a 4600mm high fencing flying out of the school compounds for safety reasons. railings. The BCA regulation cannot be complied with as stores in the school need to be compartmentalized due to Fire Code. MOE schools will have unobstructed circulation corridors instead Fireman access 1. where ‘open flame’ cooking appliances are used. 1. than 10% of the floor space of the room and if the aggregate Area of Window Openings for Natural Ventilation 1. Some projects are exempted from the requirements. These rooms are non-habitable. or any like material which allows the passage of light and air may be constructed up to a maximum height of 3000mm.

1-3 DESIGN EXCLUSIONS 1. all sides and cut complying with Class O (excluding materials for floor finishes) edges shall be covered with material with surface properly Combustible Material Application Timber flooring is allowed in the school hall as part of MOE’s requirement. a minimum 0. Where the fire engine access is built beneath a building structure which is near to the tree planting strip.9 FSSD regulation requires that the number and distribution of rising mains to all parts of any floor more than 10m and not landing valve. peripheral plantings verges and planting verges within car parking areas. 1. OTHERS PROVISIONS 3. Hence.5m soil depth for tree planting is provided so that headroom of buses.5m can be achieved for the passing of fire engine and school Soil Depth REV-00 / FEB 06 . Planting Verge 1.10 FSSD regulation requires that decking of the raised floor shall be constructed of non-combustible material or where combustible material is used as core material. 1. 4. if allowed in the case of sprinkler protected buildings.11 National Parks Board (NPB) accessway and access road shall not encroach into green buffers.4 VOL. the top.5m wide planting box is provided on one side of the internal driveway. The school hall also has 2 hose reels and 6 fire extinguishers provided to address this regulation. some building blocks cannot be shifted to achieve site the required width of planting verge. bottom. only a 1. exceeding 24m above the ground level is within 38m from a MOE schools are allowed to go beyond 38m. In schools undergoing upgrading. standby hose within the coverage.13 NPB requires provision of a minimum 2m soil depth for tree planting. due to tight requires that the fire engine Green Buffers not to be encroached upon configuration. The height of the concealed space measured between top of the structural floor and underside of the raised timber floor decking is usually not more than 55mm high. 1. In schools where there is space constraint. provided there are 2 nos.12 the fire engine access into the green areas is allowed but the NPB requires provision of a 2m wide planting verge on at least one side of the proposed internal driveway. encroachment by green area must be compensated by grass-cell pavers to provide greenery.

1m CDR 1.5m (internal dimensions). IDA now agreed that the TER TER REV-00 / FEB 06 . OTHERS PROVISIONS 3.0m (internal dimensions) 3. IDA now agreed that the CDR size to be reduced to 1m x 0.1-4 DESIGN EXCLUSIONS 1.0m x 2.14 IDA requires that the Co-axial Distribution Room (CDR) size to be 2.0m x 2.4 VOL.15 IDA requires that the Telecom Equipment Room (TER) size to be size be reduced to 2.5m (internal dimensions) but the door height shall be 2.2m x 2m (internal dimensions).

trees and shrubs are to be provided to green plots and perimeters around the school. down pipes or sub-soil layers for landscaping above ground to be provided for.1 Landscaping Basic turfing. maintaining them (especially of hanging planters. Turfing 2. Ensure rainwater down pipes or drains are not choked by fallen leaves due to the location of trees or plants. plants are planned for. Ensure safety in the design of softscaping and hardscaping to minimise risks to users and persons involved in and eco ponds (if any).2 The selection of plants is to be conducted in consultation with National Parks Board to ensure appropriate provisions for the to be designed in consultation with the school and MOE. 2.3 The following are some pointers which need to be addressed in providing for landscaping in schools: Careful attention to spatial design. The characteristics of trees and shrubs that are Flora selection considerations fast growing and shady. Design considerations Careful selection of building material to support plant life. Minimise any event of soil spillage along corridors especially during wet weather. drainage. shed very few leaves and are green all year round.2-1 EXTERNAL WORKS 2.4 VOL. are as listed below: • plant proposed. • REV-00 / FEB 06 . roof form. trellises Proper waterproofing. OTHERS PROVISIONS 3.4 Ensure planting does not cause nuisance or hazards by the type of preferred but not limited to.0 2. Landscaping features and structures are 2. building coverage and shadow line to ensure the green areas can thrive without mechanical support (sprinklers etc).

REV-00 / FEB 06 .2-2 EXTERNAL WORKS • have ground roots that are less extensive so as to avoid damage to ground features and underground services. • bear little or no fruits as these may attract insects and birds. • flowering shrubs that do not attract insects which may pose harm to students. OTHERS PROVISIONS 3.4 VOL. and spoils may present a hygiene and maintenance problem.

1 Scope of Upgrading Works for schools undergoing PRIME The objective of upgrading is to ensure that school facilities provision meets the latest standards and specifications of MOE in terms of curricular. OTHERS PROVISIONS 3.g new substation and cabling and electrical fixtures. The upgrading works may involve the following: Scope of Upgrading to fulfil latest MOE specifications Increase in general Nett Floor Area (NFA) Increase in no.4 VOL. e. Upgrading works to meet latest statutory requirements of M&E services. Some of the works involved include: Orientation of classrooms Provision of fire engine access Planning setbacks Use of water-saving cisterns in toilets/ sensor-operated flush valves for urinals and water closets in toilet cubicle for ambulant disabled and wheelchair users. REV-00 / FEB 06 . co-curricular and operational needs. installation. water reticulation system and gas piping Upgrading of civil works e. air- conditioning. of classrooms Increase in classroom size Addition of new building facilities Enlargement of facilities Addition or extension of new support facilities Refurbishment to the latest standard of finishes Improvement works to external facilities 3. Upgrading switchroom.3-1 UPGRADING WORKS EXCLUSIONS 3.g underground services and retaining walls.2 The upgrading works have also to meet the latest planning requirements stipulated by MOE and the statutory authorities.0 3.

Consultants shall identify and keep MOE informed of any shortcomings of the proposals or solutions.3 The design approaches for each school may vary. safety and public relations strategies and measures are understood and complied with recommended that the school moves out to holding vehicles.4 VOL.5 In the case of upgrading a school with the occupants still operating on site. 3. the site planning has to take into consideration the following requirements: Safety Criteria A separate access to the site for construction vehicles is available A clear separation access of for construction construction area from it the is operational side of the school (for schools with no alternative premises) Ensure that school’s security. REV-01 / MAY 06 . OTHER PROVISIONS 3. Consultants are required to carry out analysis of the needs and requirements of the school and recommend suitable solutions for the school.3-2 UPGRADING WORKS EXCLUSIONS Design approach 3.6 In order to ensure safety of students during the upgrading process. the two salient criteria are: To ensure safety of the students To minimise disruption to the operations and normal functioning of the school Important Criteria for upgrading a school on site 3.4 The alternatives to upgrading on site include: To move the existing school out to a holding school and rebuild a new school on site To move the existing school out to a holding school while upgrading the existing premises 3.

6 In order to minimise disruption to normal class activities. Bore piling is to be proposed for the foundation of the new blocks. structures are to be proposed independent of the existing structures. e. suitable solutions for the school and MOE for approval prior to The Consultants shall highlight and keep MOE informed of the shortcomings of their proposed Proposed plans for upgrading REV-00 / FEB 06 . a new block could be constructed on a vacant area of the Whenever extensions to existing structures are required. access and working area near the existing structures. The works to existing teaching blocks should be limited to internal A & A works. micro-piling system is to be proposed for any extension to existing blocks in view of the limited There should be temporary facilities provided in place of the affected facilities. OTHERS PROVISIONS 3.3-3 UPGRADING WORKS EXCLUSIONS Minimizing Disruption 3.g. The construction system to be used would need to be considered very carefully. If there are major shortfalls in area. as opposed to driven piles. solutions. 3. extension to the hall and canteen.7 Consultants are advised to carry out their own detailed study and analyses of the site and building works and recommend commencement of works. which can be carried out during the school holidays. new load-bearing Where space permits.4 VOL. the main approach is to minimise structural changes to the existing blocks. site. In addition. a temporary hall/canteen structure is to be provided as a sheltered assembly area during the upgrading/ extension of the old hall/canteen.

Diagram 4-A SAMPLE ELEVATION Diagram 4-B SIGNBOARD PART DETAIL REV-00 / FEB 06 . OTHERS PROVISIONS 3.4-1 PROJECT SIGNBOARD 4.0 The following are samples of project signboard design for MOE’s school development projects.4 VOL.

4 VOL.4-2 PROJECT SIGNBOARD Diagram 4-C SAMPLE FRAME DETAIL Diagram 4-D SAMPLE SECTION A-A REV-00 / FEB 06 . OTHERS PROVISIONS 3.

OTHERS PROVISIONS 3.0 VOL.5-1 HOARDING DESIGN Hoarding Design for Schools undergoing PRIME The hoarding and project signboards to be used for the upgrading works are as shown in Diagrams 5-A to 5-I.4 5.0 5. Diagram 5-A DETAIL • Signboard to be used (as internal facing) only where construction works are taking place adjacent to existing operating school premises • To be aluminum silkscreen / painted SAFETY SIGNAGE FOR CONSTRUCTION WORKS Diagram 5-B HOARDING FOR PRIME PROJECTS REV-00 / FEB 06 .

4 VOL. The composition symbolizes the delivery of the education for a new millennium where there will be an extensive use of its technology. OTHERS PROVISIONS 3. REV-00 / FEB 06 . The colours of the MOE’s crest are adopted for the graphics. The swirl is the symbol for the new millennium and the circuitry denotes technology.5-2 HOARDING DESIGN Diagram 5-C O-Orange (BS 06E51) G-Grey (BS 00A05) R-Red (BS 04E53) B-Blue (BS 020D45) W-White (BS 00E55) BK-Black NOTES • • The colours will be to SO’s approval For project rebuilding works. replace “Upgrading Works” to “Rebuilding Works” • Contractor to verify all dimensions on site before fabrication EXPLANATION FOR GRAPHICS: The design is represented by a pair of hands holding a book with a page about to be turned over revealing a new chapter.

OTHERS PROVISIONS 3.5-3 HOARDING DESIGN Diagram 5-D LEGEND O-Orange (BS 08E51) G-Grey (BS 00A05) R-Red (BS 04E53) B-Blue (BS 020D45) W-White (BS 00E55) * The colours shall be to SO’s Approval COLOUR DIAGRAM Diagram 5-E HOARDING DESIGN FOR NEW WORKS REV-00 / FEB 06 .4 VOL.

1 Specifications for CCTV System .4 Appendices 4.

DELIVERY. The explanation to the Code is as follows: Code M P Explanation Mandatory The vendor is to meet the necessary mandatory. Optional Requirement The optional requirements refer to what is preferable and desirable to have. INSTALLATION. Primary Requirement The primary requirements refer to the most important specifications.Appendix 1 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE SUPPLY. The vendor is to meet the primary requirements or propose substitutes to the primary requirements. Information O I REV-00/FEB 06 Page 1 of 11 . TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF A CCTV SURVEILLANCE AND RECORDING SYSTEM INCLUDING CAMERAS TO THE SCHOOLS This compliance checklist sets forth the detailed specifications.

1 Background 1. 1. The professional site survey with recommendation on the operation siting of camera location. 1. One copy is to be forwarded to the school for verification and endorsement before any work is carried out.2. software.Quarterly servicing. and any technical adjustment to the hardware and software within 30 days of installation.2 A newly setup of CCTV System comprises 12 cameras for Primary & Secondary and 16 cameras for Junior College.Repairs and replacement of faulty components .2. install. 1. The vendor is responsible for ensuring that a complete working system is provided.2. as an option.2.1. 1. test and commission the CCTV surveillance and recording system with the necessary hardware. During the warranty period. Vendor should provide the work scope of a maintenance agreement in the submission of the quotation.2.2 Scope 1. The response and turnaround time for the CCTV Surveillance and Recording System including Cameras installed during the Warranty Period is shown in Appendix 1. the vendor should be responsible for all cost incurred in repairing and replacement of the faulty equipment. INTRODUCTION Appendix 1 Description 1. focusing. like proper termination of DC/AC and Coaxial Cable connections and supply of any other equipment for the complete system as stated in this specification.1 Ministry of Education (MOE) is sourcing for a CCTV Surveillance and Recording System including cameras for educational institutes with the option to connect to the school local network.5 The vendor must be responsible for the rectification of all defects within a twelve (12)-month Warranty Period of the CCTV Surveillance and Recording System including Cameras installed at no extra cost to the contract. Page 11 of 11. I I M M M M M Vendor to submit the quotation as optional item. 1.2.1 The vendor must supply.6 The vendor is to quote. O Page 2 of 11 .2 The work scope must include a professional site survey and advise to the school on the suitability of camera locations and any additional technical requirements. 1. training and documentation as specified in this document. deliver.4 The work scope must include follow-up on fine tuning of the camera positions. The scope of the warranty and maintenance agreement should include but not limited to the following:. 1. the type of lens to be used and any technical requirements are to be documented.1. reviewing images and recording settings. specialised cleaning on sensitive components and testing REV-00/FEB 06 Code Remarks School has the option to decide.3 The work scope must also include the cabling job.1. for schools to enter into 2 years comprehensive maintenance agreement upon expiry of the warranty period with the option to renew for another 2 years up to a total of 6 years.

the detailed technical specifications of all equipment and schematic diagrams of the equipment showing their interfaces with each other. single phase. Page 11 of 11. This includes inspections and investigation on causes of system mal-function and prompt rectification. Part of the tender evaluation process will to access the quality. 1. 50 Hz input electric power supply. It is the responsibility of the vendors tendering to select the most appropriate equipment to fulfil the objectives and requirements of the system. .3 All hardware and software being proposed is to be fully compatible and interoperable. namely the school Local Area Network.3.3.3 General Requirements Description 1. power failure and other contingencies when the system is not fully functioning. if any.3. 1. 1.Appendix 1 Description Attendance to breakdown.The response and turnaround time for the CCTV Surveillance and Recording System including Cameras for the maintenance contract is shown in Appendix 1.9 The vendor is to provide up two centralised training sessions for up to 30 participants per session.Vendor is to provide the renewal of security software license installed in the system.5 The proposed system is to be compatible and interchangeable with any types or brands of industry standard cameras. 1. the system must be updated with the latest Anti-virus Signature files (on a daily basis) and Operating System patches (as and when available) . 1.3. The system must be compatible to the school computer which is installed with Microsoft Operating System.2.4 The proposed system should be compliant with all MOE policies.2 All proposed hardware and software must include features to integrate fully with existing computing resources.6 The proposed system is to operate on a 230-volt.3. 1. . reliability.8 The vendor is to submit as part of the proposal. .3. catalogues.7 The proposed system should include features of lightning protection for components exposed to such risks.Provides quarterly updates with the latest Anti-virus Signature files and Operating System patches.10 The connection from the video cameras to the CCTV REV-00/FEB 06 Code Remarks - M Code M M Remarks M M M M M M M Page 3 of 11 . Includes all product brochures. detail and updated documentation. and suitability of the equipment proposed.3.3. 1. 1.3.3. including but not limited to the MOE security standards. 1.1 The proposed system is to be easily scale for future expansion and needs of the education institutes. 1.7 The specification is given as a performance related specification for the system and equipment.If the system is connected to the school LAN. 1. With the option to connect to the school local network.

1. The vendor should include detailed technical specifications of the secured means/medium as part of the proposal.3.11 The vendor should include an option to provide 15 minutes Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) to the system. the UPS should send shut down signal to the critical system (that cannot withstand power shutdown) for a graceful shutdown sequence. Code M Remarks P REV-00/FEB 06 Page 4 of 11 . In the event of prolong power failure.Appendix 1 Description network should be made by secured means/medium so to prevent eavesdrop and hacking to the system.

Vendor is to provide the detail reports of QA Test including: .1.1 The vendor is to state the type of system proposed for CCTV Surveillance and Recording System including the detail of M the hardware and software.2.3 Physical Housing 2.4.Thermal Profile Test .4. The vendor should provide all software licences that are deployed for the system to operate. Stable temperature under non-air conditioned environment with high performance ventilation system.1 The CCTV Surveillance and Recording System shall be likely to install in the school’s General Office (the actual location shall be determined by the school).4 CCTV Surveillance and Recording System (Hardware and Software) 2.2 The proposed housing must be of industrial grade that can operate under local non-air conditioned environment. 2. vendor is to specify the detail including the country of origin.3. 2. HT Technology. 7 days week.3 The proposed system is installed with at least an Intel Pentium 4.3 The operating system must be embedded Microsoft or Linux.2 All software for the management of the proposed system must include features to support remote management from a client workstation locally.1 General 2.6 GHz.Reliability Prediction Test (MTBF) 2. M 2.2.4 The vendor is to recommend the video compression technique basing on the frame per second stated in M paragraph 2.6 The proposed system is able to support up to 16 cameras. 2.2. 2. If the proposed system uses any other proprietary OS. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE CCTV SURVEILLANCE AND RECORDING SYSTEM INCLUDING CAMERAS Description 2.2 Operating Environment 2.2.4. 2.3.5 The proposed system support PAL/NTSC signal.3. 2.4. M REV-00/FEB 06 Page 5 of 11 .2 The proposed system is designed such that minimum knowledge on the use of personal computer system is M required for daily operation.4.7 and must be open IEEE standard.4. security key.1 The proposed system is to have all vital recording components and features condensed into a single box unit for ease of use and administration.1 The proposed system must include features to integrate with the existing school network infrastructure. 2.3.4. 2. 1024 MB RAM or M equivalent. Code Remarks Appendix 1 I M M M M M P P 2.4 The proposed system is to have at least 2 types of hardware locks. 2.3 The proposed system is to have option for non rack mountable or rack mountable to conserve space and easily integrate into existing server rack. 2. like keyboard lock. 24 hours. 2.

14 2.21 2.4.4.26 2.4. The proposed system is to have image digital zoom capability. JPEG or Bitmap). The proposed system is to have the option for backup of the recording if the primary HDD failed. exporting images. The proposed system must include features for alarm.27 REV-00/FEB 06 Page 6 of 11 .23 p 2.9 2. 1xVGA.4.4.7 The proposed system is able to store up to 3 weeks of recording at least 8 fps and at resolution of 640 x 480 for all 16 cameras in a continuous recording mode.4.4.4.4. The proposed system is to allow digital search of all videorecordings of cameras based on times and dates stamp. 4-split. The proposed system is able to output images to TV. The proposed system is allow Video Triplex Multiplexing (Record.13 2.12 2.4. State otherwise if it is different. The proposed system is to have the rotation (Auto-Selector) screen feature.18 M 2. SMS or telephone call notification alert upon event triggering. MMS.4.10 2. The proposed system is to have image enhancement feature for individual camera for display and recorded images.8 2. 8-split. The proposed system is able to support 4 video outputs (1 x S-Video. The proposed system is to have motion detection or event recording with zone masking and sensitivity configuration features for individual camera.4.17 2.4. The HDD must be hot swappable and with a 20% buffer capacity.4. The storage device must be hot swappable.4. The proposed system is to consist at least have full screen. keyboard and mouse and/or remote control that allow user to select the viewing of the camera image.22 M M 2. The proposed system is able to support scheduling for individual camera recording profile.4.11 M M M M M M M M M M 2.15 2. 10-split.4.20 M M 2.25 P P P 2. The proposed system is able to support Time & Date Stamping on Video recording. The proposed system must include features to allow user to access with web browser or any client software up to 3 LAN user computer systems within the school. etc.Appendix 1 Description 2. Playback and Archive) simultaneously The proposed system is to have Watermarking feature for video authentication. configuration / setting of the DVR. The proposed systems is able to supports a minimum display resolution of 640 X 480 for up to 16 cameras Code Remarks M 2.4.4. Vendor is to provide detail on the types of backup system.4. 1xBNC Monitor and 1xTV Monitor). The proposed system allows playbacks and be able to be exported out into both picture and video format (AVI.24 P 2. 2-split. The proposed system must include features to provide network support (100 BaseT). The proposed system is to include 1 x 17” LCD monitor or equivalent. and 16-split screen displays of video from the cameras. State otherwise if it is different.19 2.4. The proposed system is able to support Watch Dog function.16 2.

28 The proposed system is able to support different setting in recording rate/speed for different cameras. 2.4.3 for the school to install the additional features.4.34 The proposed system is able to support control and interface with up to 2 x Pan/Tilt/Zoom cameras.30 The proposed system is to have at least 6 multi-users access levels with password access.Thermal Profile Test . 7-days week. The man machine interface of the video editing software shall be user friendly for the user to operate on.4. When connected to the School LAN.5 Optional Installation 2.1 The vendor is to provide quotation as optional items stated in paragraph 2. Vendor is to provide detail on the multi-users setting.g. Vendor is to provide the detail reports of QA Test including: . the system will have to comply with all existing MOE security policies e. security rights for different class of users.29 The proposed system is able to support output video or images in AVI. The quotation for the optional items valid for 2 years upon contract awarding.4.Reliability Prediction Test (MTBF) Code P P Remarks P P P P P M 2.35 The components for the proposed system must comply with industrial standard that can operate under local non-air conditioned environment. the vendor must comply with all existing MOE security policies including providing a firewall. 2.5.32 The proposed system is able to support retrieving playback concurrently during recording locally within the designated displays for monitoring. 2. etc. 2.5.g.2 and 2.4. 24 hours recording. I O REV-00/FEB 06 Page 7 of 11 . 2. cabling) and hardware/software necessary.Appendix 1 Description 2.4. JPEG or Bitmap. 2. 2. All personal computers or servers connected to the School LAN have to be installed with Anti-virus software and the latest Operating system patches.31 The proposed system provides video editing facility to allow exporting of certain desired portion of the video-recordings onto DVD/RW (to be provided with the system) or external storage device using USB.33 The proposed system is to have the advanced object feature that allows user to search the movement of object in the particular area selected on the date/time selected. VPN and any other hardware/software necessary to secure the system from security breaches. The option to connect to the school LAN includes the provision of any additional infrastructure (e.5. If the system should be connected to the school LAN and wireless is proposed. the system must be updated with the latest Anti-virus Signature files (on a daily basis) and Operating System patches (as and when available).5. 2.4.4.2 Connection to School LAN – The vendor provide the option for the CCTV Surveillance and Recording System to be connected to the school LAN.

2. D: 96. Operating Humidity: 30% ~ 90% RH 2.3 Notification Alert Upon Event Triggering – The vendor provides the option for the CCTV Surveillance and Recording System to be connected for the notification alert upon event triggering. Minimum Illumination: 0. 2. White Balance: Auto with manual overwrites 2.6.5 Lux colour (F1. 2. 2. SMS (MMS) alert notification.8. 75 ohm / BNC Connector 2. The option to connection includes the provision of any additional infrastructure (e. Electronic Shutter of PAL: 1/50 ~ 1/100.18.5. Lens is to have Electronic Iris. b. The proposed system is to have camera intelligence light sensing mode control to prevent colour and black and white hunting.4 Deg.11. Image pick-up device of 1/3” Super HAD CCD. A minimum horizontal resolution of at least 420 TV lines.6 CCTV Colour Dome Camera (Indoor Camera) 2. c. Angle of View H: 74. Camera assembly is to be easily installed and removable.6.12. 2. Sony CCD or equivalent. Fixed lens and lens must be of glass material.2 Deg ~ 30 Deg.8 Deg ~ 37.6.6. External device alarm (siren. Camera is to be able to accept a wide range of input voltage including DC12V /AC24V power supply.9.6.2.000 Sec 2.6.6.1.03 Lux black and white (F1. Camera must be tempered proof with alarm triggering upon the termination of video transmission to the Surveillance and Recording System.0 2.15. cabling) and hardware/software necessary for the following: a.6.6.3 ~ 2. Video Output 1. M M M M M M M M P P P P P P P M REV-00/FEB 06 Page 8 of 11 . Compatible with various lens types.6.6.13. M 2.6.5.20. 2.6. V:54 Deg ~ 22.0V[p-p] PAL Composite. burglar alarm or strobe light).6.14.6.g.2) and 0. Auto Back Light Compensation (ABLC): Auto with manual overwrites 2. 2.2) 10-Bit.3. Telephone call alert. Day and night colour camera.6.4 Deg 2.6. S/N Ratio: Not less than 50 db (AGC Off) 2. Vendor is to recommend the best focal lens to be used in order to suit the site environment.Appendix 1 Description 2. Scanning System 2:1 Interlaced (PAL) 625 Lines / 50 Fields / 25 Frames 2.6.6.6.4.19.10.7. 2.6. Code O Remarks M M Vendor is to provide the brand and country of manufactured for the CCD Vendor is to provide the brand and country of manufactured for the Lens. M 2. Operating Temperature: -10 Deg C ~ +50 Deg C 2. Maximum Aperture Ratio 1:1.17.16.

Camera and lens must comply with industrial standard that can operate under local environment.01 Lux Black and White (F1. M 2.2) and 0.6.7.10 2.7. 2.7 2.000 Sec Compatible with various lens types.6 2.15 2.7.19 2. Lens mount to be CS mount or C mount with the supplied adaptor.Appendix 1 Description 2.21 White Balance: Auto with manual overwrites. M 2. Auto Back Light Compensation (ABLC): Auto with manual overwrites.14 2. The housing must meet IP66 standard.17 2.9 2.7.20 2. M M M M M M M M M M P P P P P M M REV-00/FEB 06 Page 9 of 11 .11 2.5 2.7.7.1 Day and night colour camera.2 A minimum horizontal resolution of 480 TV lines.7. The lens must be of glass material.7.7.7. The proposed system is to have camera intelligence light sensing mode control to prevent colour and black and white hunting. Camera assembly is easily installed and removable. Camera is to be able to accept a wide range of input voltage including DC12V/AC24V power supply.8 2. Vendor is to provide the detail reports of QA Test conducted on the camera and lens by the manufacturer including the reliability prediction test (MTBF).7. Sony CCD or equivalent. Outdoor weather proof housing includes sunshield for all outdoor camera installation.5 Lux Colour (F1.7.4 Lens is to have Auto Iris and Vari-focal lens of 6 to 60mm.7.7.7.21. 24 hours.18 2.7.12 2.7.7. Scanning System 2:1 Interlaced (PAL) 625 Lines / 50 Fields / 25 Frames Video Output 1V (p-p) PAL Composite. 2. 7-days week. Minimum Illumination: 0.16 2. 2.3 Image pick-up device of 1/3” Super HAD CCD. 75 Ohm / BNC Connector S/N Ratio: Not less than 50 db (AGC Off) Operating Temperature: -10 Deg C ~ +50 Deg C Operating Humidity: Less than 90% RH (No condensation) Camera must be tempered proof with alarm triggering upon the termination of video transmission to the Surveillance and Recording System.7.7.7. Code M Remarks M M Vendor is to provide the brand and country of manufactured for the CCD Vendor is to provide the brand and country of manufactured for the Lens.13 2.7 CCTV Colour Fixed Camera (Outdoor Camera) 2.2) Picture Elements: Minimum 542 (H) x 582 (V) / PAL Electronic Shutter of PAL: 1/50 ~ 1/100.

Comply to .22 Camera and lens must comply with industrial standard that can operate under local environment. Code M Remarks M M M M M M M M Vendor to submit the quotation for 1 x Surge Protection Device as optional item.6 To supply and install (including ceiling or wall mounting bracket and cabling) for a 21” Flat Screen CRT TV at the General Office. Include BNC connectors on coaxial cable ends.8.8. 2. Detail of cabling work is to be determined during the site survey with the school’s representative after tender is awarded.11 All installations must comply with all relevant statutory requirements.8. other current regulations and industrial best practices.4 To provide all necessary 13 Amp power points for all cameras and DC adapter.Appendix 1 Description 2. Vendor is to provide the detail reports of QA Test conducted on the camera and lens by the manufacturer including the reliability prediction test (MTBF). 2.5 When the DC/AC termination is at the camera point. M 2.3 Coaxial Cable of RG59 up to 150m and RG6 > 150m to 400m. M M REV-00/FEB 06 Page 10 of 11 .1 All cabling work (video cable and electrical cables) for indoor is above false ceilings in PVC conduit pipes whenever possible. 2.8.7.2 All cabling work (video cable and electrical cables) for outdoor is to conceal in water proof PVC conduit pipes.8. Code of Practices. 2. otherwise in PVC trunking. 24 hours. 2. 2. 2.8.8. Detail of cabling work is to be determined during the site survey with the school’s representative after tender is awarded.8 Installation 2. 2.8 The vendor is to provide professional advice to the school for the installation of surge protection device for the appropriate outdoor camera for protection of high voltage surges from nearby lightning strike. 2. 2.8.10 The vendor will be responsible for providing all access equipment necessary to enable safe installation of all high level equipment and cabling. Vendor to submit the quotation for 1 x Video Signal Booster as optional item.7 To supply and install (including video and power supply cabling) for a 17” CCTV monitor at the Security Guard location (exact location is to be determined by the school).UL1354 or equivalent (Must submit certificate) Length marking on cable – compulsory.8. 7-days week.8. the DC/AC power supply point is to be enclosed in a metal housing to prevent vandalism and turning off the power supply to the camera.8.9 The vendor is to provide professional advice to the school for the installation of video signal booster for the appropriate outdoor camera.

etc. which affects the System critical functionalities or total system failure. Definition of Response Time The “Response Time” shall be the time between notification of the problem to contractor and the response by the contractor to the site. 2 Urgent 3 Normal 3. Response and Turnaround Time S/N 1 SEVERITY Critical RESPONSE TIME Less than Four (4) working hours after receiving service call Less than Eight (8) working hours after receiving service call Next working day TURNAROUND TIME System must be up within 1 working day System must be up within 2 working days System must be up within 3 working days. Sunday and Public Holiday. This includes the Surveillance and Recording System (hardware and/or software) and/or 50% and above of cameras installed not transmitting images or with blurred images. Definition of Working Hours The “Working Hours” shall be from Monday to Friday (9. c. 2. System Breakdown Severity Appendix 1 S/N 1 SEVERITY Critical 2 Urgent 3 Normal DEFINITION Critical defect shall be defined as defect. This includes the CCTV Surveillance and Recording System (hardware and/or software) and/or 25% to 49% of cameras installed not transmitting images or with blurred images.00 pm) excluding Saturday. This includes 25% of cameras installed not transmitting images or with blurred images. and no work around solution exits. which affects the camera or other external peripherals.00 am to 6. monitors. Definition of Turnaround Time The “Turnaround Time” shall be defined as the period of time between the arrival of the contractor’s maintenance staff after notification by the Authority of the defect and the acceptance by the Authority of the restoration of the system operation availability. REV-00/FEB 06 Page 11 of 11 . b. remote control. Definition a. mouse.RESPONSE AND TURNAROUND TIME 1. Urgent defect shall be defined as defect. which affects the System such that required operational objectives cannot be achieved and work-round solution exists. and external peripherals like keyboard. Normal defect shall be defined as defect.

Master Revision List Index .

3-7 2.Master Revision List Design Handbook Vol. 8.4-2>Type 4-1>Location – Insert Music Room 1.67 .3-11>Drawing title . 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 Circular No.4-2 1. / Circular Date 03/2006 (May 06) 03/2006 (May 06) 03/2006 (May 06) 03/2006 (May 06) 03/2006 (May 06) 03/2006 (May 06) 03/2006 (May 06) 03/2006 (May 06) 03/2006 (May 06) 1.Amended page reference 1.3-7>item 3.3-11 3.3-8>item 3. 6.Amended title . 2.4-6 2.34 .Inserted setbacks from site boundary 1. 1.3-4>item 3. 5.2-3 1.3-1 .1-4>Drawing Amendment .3-8 2.58 .3-2 Page No. 1.Omitted “2. 4 – Technical S/ No.1-4 1.4-6>Type 4-6>Location – Amended “Staff Room” 2.3” 2. 7. 3.Amended title 3. 9. Revision No.3-2>Header title .Inserted table gridline 2.Inserted “Trunking & Conduit” Index 2. 4.2-3>Item 2.3-4 2.

You're Reading a Free Preview

Download
scribd
/*********** DO NOT ALTER ANYTHING BELOW THIS LINE ! ************/ var s_code=s.t();if(s_code)document.write(s_code)//-->